Siar Spe wk YN
Ty WE.
of Hy 4 e ~~: pet
ma’ al in wanate
we ad
A eee ad
Tumi ew. Toons
Coes Oe
ba
\ \ ry Lu ,
} omsare
NAb s / i pet
we » ae M
iar reg”
bit a
Be sera we "s
a Ne itr
poe csensss #. be = é S Pe: he
¥ we FFB Hf @: yee. tents”
Ag “s Ah Pinas te . iwi wOer = ad ste | 4
PN Eh Hierro ee en "tate rt
.
@ Pan ns 800
TTT LA write cast Ni
j tae
MTT |
canal be O01. Wwe 3 |
Srnane .
}
me 3 7 Fg EO reer ee eR Oe on LGM ee ee ee ee Ee ele aie Oy ae be Me? A
} \ ra , rh hie we “! dase PU ANA Sierra! a re ee Te premrsren? :
sean Hi ; : If
NX: UWNAp eh? ment jee terantl j a WE Sante .
v
nog Att | VA ww saat egy age "Fee A 'v wiy7t arsenic TO
y ARMA TAT stangpettedl :
ah Oy: “O46 \
| e
vidi 4. ie ibd. it Se Men angst = serif ae R (ili,
ALAA ' 2 Poe Way div’
ty ii Sane. Ye oradabiainpbr-e ial s vee o fiianct rH * ea Ppenees m\ \, Wy rch |
a "See ; eee See HO : es ri yy toe : . ic Was |W = )
on nad ae fet byebbbhi att Ms Aa eae
Neh 8s Were % =; Wane APO }] \ Y.* ty FW
19 ok eb hbbnpin TARR al NQF ey JS as
Mevyetiiny We yo"? oe "Nee M an | ae | | 415 ‘=
reeeetr it] Pe PTT] | in, or, jen
% 4
AA ‘
Ae
“Oh, Be
Basen Ny: wasarannes BAR AON I Dim iris
w Oy ower fi NN wo
tere? | vie
acetate hy myreeet M
iw -e- : ee ay Stanance ca ARNE: Soa
my Nis seller andl
ate! es Te AALUEEr Meee gag eet nNR
wane ape fton io) WRAPS wean, ult PRP ORIEN UL NG
7 S* | 9
Th Doe vA! New!
eee
mati fit
:
apesten ae fines McG:
ni
‘ga
pn |
Pi S\N ins a
| ah BR Ae
AUTEETLT [a MAA os SN
Sah st Nit tape aieiel pad cho NRL
= wo
: ane 7% Siar ee eS Sar ag
: ~ Pe oe YG
Vey AAs AP Ue ik A a j
. ey ies ONIN SSIVINANN ffe. Ro ares & FS ; So ry L ces Bh pa abhid a ae WA Vv Whit SU id y
Hn o : | | tii Vox: nfs 1 win bid Malate a dro Fy. Se fe
: .- . ~s : pak aN 4 oe Cad) w >. ea
2% 5 Ses Hee: Re fi a s Ww , sy ‘ ane ot io te aay ¢ as n wen ai fe. ower
. : - ‘ . e 9 < ~ F on Og “A ~ wal A 1 ~ 3 ae > ‘ =
sig! NANA : ii Nyy Sal WE ~ ra inne qi ~ fos
Add ( v Sepa ce Thy
“Vs gv arty TTA ed
anal Le eatit peta Te ett | Had ty ene 3 Pine: : Rs
= wv 7 ~ a Sig PES a= Bl @ ,
» a aad a ig é ’ vt a y | bd Ss wy = ~ Fd
aye eee nape ee TH, 4 ltt ¢ a
Wgee® % Ve
1 bw 5 A ae 2 I! Nr AA 9
Wn! LT suey Natt f Se a gitt! MN) ~"S ae yi Mitty = tt
‘ A it alee Ann dy aS er | Vite. 4 4
'sSupnannee TOLLE pion TESTE 4 me PEN
rt Op LPN oo eae ‘
mronmen MO Nal lias cia LAL Ll jae) resayt
s fi J “Os Cyt, hel
as Bile tgs Mee e cd
Pete Pm steer niin Sait: m
: wes Ar yp ai 1) bs | K sl ett. vga! w
. \ Ty AL \ HLL Ww Se Af an wt . $44 g: aM oo Sey
tinatidl Tages OR MM gee ren’
rh
e s74 -) Ly
eWay Bid Adah || || Fey Pe aN
Hey psesoant MMS «
. te Vv Vey Bee Al). aN
‘ a] rel ry 4 Ci. | im | Shed
rm i ~ 34 ' ATT vf ivy OG. ag itty Th Pe iy og tt ; ig Wye Ady,
* Ves me - 4 at} 13 , : 1S Re 7 “iG yeveg + OFS Bla | * ¥ Sh p>) wv
iy, * ery prs i soy a BE dalaatabLaledy wet att ae “ig it eq, . Wh 1 | mh
~ PEG Pee yo wy Co Wyeee (i
+4 Yeiiiilinl Serenity tkang thi scngrt yee
A KS AGS ae 7
TV RERLEE Bw endtiamedtad ynedt 19 Vatu - wT phy share "hh A | STEPH Pe Te
: PP Bsr ie
Se ea
Pie ua)
niin "
sedi
a
ay
i Hu
a ih
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE ©
AVOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1918, pp. 1-196,
witH 1 PuatTe and 32 TExr-FIGURES.
ye
a
“axnsonian Instity
rA\S %, ‘
$tional Musev™ +
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON:
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,
PATERNOSTER ROW,
IS Ie
OF THE
COUNCIL AND OFFICERS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
MIS
Patron.
His Magesty Tue Kine.
COUNCIL. |
His Grace Tue DuKe or Beprorp, K.G., F.R.S., President.
Tue Hon. Cecit Barrne, M.A. |
Ricuarp H. Burne, Esq.,
M.A.
Lr.-Cout. S. Moncxron Copr-
|
MAN, M.D., F.R.S.
CuarLes Drummonn, KEsq.,
Treasurer.
ALFRED Ezra, Esq., Vice-
President.
Carr. HAroLp S. FERGUSON.
Cart. Huau §. GLADSTONE,
M.A.
Sipney F. Harmer, Esq., M.A.,
Sc.D., F.R.S., Vice-President.
Pror. JAMes P. Huu, D.Sc.,
F.R.S.
WituiAM Huntsman, Esq.
Str Epmunp G. Loprr, Br., |
Vice-President.
Ne f u . a
¢€ ety ey y = a
* ‘
Pror. Ernest W. MacBripe,
D.Se., LL-D., F.R.S., Vice-
President.
Con. Sir A. Henry McMaunon,
G.C.M.G., K.C.L.E.,G.C.V.O.,
C.8.1.
P. CuaumMers MircHey, Esq.,
MOA DSc? LD. HIRES
O.B.E., Secretary.
ApriAN D, W. Pottocr, Esq.
Tue LorD QUEENBOROUGH.
Toe Marquess of Siigco, F.S.A.,
Vice-President.
AuByN Treyor-BatryE, Hsq.,
M.A.
AntrHony H. WINGFIELD, Esq.
A. SmiraH Woopwarp, Ksq.,
IID ag IDSIRaS, egleing-
sident.
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.
P. Cuatmers Mitcuent, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., O.B.E.,
Secretary.
R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of Mammals and
Resident Superintendent of the Gardens.
D. Sera-Suiru, Curator of Birds and Inspector of Works.
Lieut. Epwarp G. BouLencer, Curator of Reptiles.
Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, Curator of Insects.
JouNn Barrow, Accountant.
W. H: Cots, Chief Clerk.
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1918, pp. 1-196.
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICKS.
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of November and
iDyerersrmnl oye, WIG Goo nsoconnsoonosenadaee saga ond0nddoonDboands
Mr. D. Seru Suiru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of; and remarks upon, a series of lantern-slides made
from photographs of Reptiles taken in the Gardens...
Dr. P. Cuaumers Mircuent, F.R.S., Secretary to the
Society. Communication of a letter from Mv. T. E.
Whitehead on the Wild Dingo ...........--...:esseeee ees
Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.8. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
a New and a Rare Species of the Golden Mole.........
The SECRETARY. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of January, 1918 ......
Dr. Smrra Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a
eopy of an incised drawing of a hunted deer............
Professor Povunron, F.R.S:, F.Z.S. Communication of a
letter from Captain G. D. Hale Carpenter on an
African Civet attacking Human Beings ...............
Professor E. W. MacBripe, M.A., DSc., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
An account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of his
recent investigations into the development of the
Sears Wee bina pee hy cee eee aici onde lors a weratoeie bislarerciaiaieiere’s
Mr. D. Sers Surru, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
and description of skins of the Hoatzin, illustrated
by lantern-slides 2. ...5.2..4.9.casedet se seeescienecler ee eesens
Page
187
187
188
189
190
191
191
192
iv
Mr. C. Tare Regan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of
photographs of an Indo-Pacific Chetodont Fish.
(lest torsos 128. se clraae tte An cioe a ame ee ete
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the months of February and
JUTE aCe) O15 2 OS) Rol een nl CPAP NALA EOR GH STRA ama Sw ao
Miss L. EK. Cunrsman, Assistant Curator of Insects, Exhi-
bition of specimens of an Kast-African homopterous
IDS Cbs se oy 8 Se areca nT as eR DO
Dr. A. S rru Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of,
and remarks upon, the fossil rostral teeth of Hopristis
CHAKA de RETO ee eee CROCE OS coger uM na Nome wea yCRemacohonee
Mr. G. A. BouLtencrr, F.R.S. Exhibition of the head of
a Congo Mish) Hydrocyon goliath.) see
Mr. D. Sera Suire, F.Z.8., Curator of Birds. Exhibition
of, and remarks upon, a Zulu Head-dress...............
Dr. P. CHatmers Mircuenn, F.RB.S., Secretary to the
Society. Remarks on an advertisement announcing
Minis Sales amenhegWmitedmstatesum sre an annem ae
Professor. Woop-Jonus, F.Z.8:, Honorary Acting Prosector.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens from the
Prosectorium illustrating the effects of Rickets
PAPERS.
—— eee
1. Skull of Rana tigrina Daud. By B. L. Buatta, MESes
and Barnt Prasnuap, M.Sc. (Assistant Professors of
Zoology, Government College, Lahore). (‘Text-
figures 1—9.)
suns niese S880) [8)8 eho nelelalaleliei etal sveletefelolefelelslelefelelevelelelalatelsteherereiere
2. Description of a new Snake of the Genus Oligodon
from Upper Burma. By G. A. BoutencEr, E.RS.,
F.Z.8. (Text-figure 1.)
hi OO See CCN a)
psu)
. Reptiles from the River Tajan (Transcaspia). By
L, A. Lantz. (Plate I.)
ee a
Page
194
194
195
195
196
Alphabetical List of Contributors
Vv
. On the External Characters of the Lemurs and
of Tarsius. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. (Text-
MEMES WING) sacnesaasossesesso0 2000000 ospapegscosecpaceddes
_ A Classification of the Pyratrpm, subfamily Hyrso-
TROPIN#. By Sir GeorcE Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S. ...
}. First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and
Invisible Characters in Silkworms. By Miss Maupe
Hn) CHRETIORIN: MZ ashy Its! UiiSom Wold beh aosppagodcasasongsede
. Notes on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during
1913-1917. By Srpxey F. Harmer, Sc.D., F.B.S.,
F.Z.8., Keeper of Zoology in the British Museum
(Natural EMIS tory, yore cone ep ae erie ais enocee co uidecmns se
. On the Variation of the Pit- Viper, Lachesis atrox. By
Miss Joan B. Procrsr, F.Z.S8. (Text-figures 1-5.)...
. Report on Deaths of Animals in the Gardens in 1917.
By J. A. Murray, M.D., B.Sc., F.Z.S., Director,
Imperial Cancer Research Fund, Pathologist to the
Society .
Bam me ees sees ererseseseesereess essere sesesesesees oer soeene
eee verses oscese nesses oesneseseser
weet PP Set osoersoserereserssssreseressesoosnosseeeresseoeseoseneressens
Page
19
59
133
147
163
yu
a ah
hae
*
AN ae AGS aii CAC SiS)
OF THE
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1918, pp. 1-196.) : a
Page
Buatta, B. L., M.Sc., and Barnt Praswap, M.Sc.
Skull of Rana tigrina Daud. (Text-figures 1-9.) ...... 1
Boutencer, G. A., F.R.S., F.Z.8.
Description of a new Snake of the Genus Olzgodon
from Upper Burma. (Text-figure 1.)........................ 9
Exhibition of the head of a Congo Fish, Hydrocyon
GOULAEIE yes. eck Ee Ree talent ave ISIE
en(Rext=tig ures) acgse epeecaesascee os: seers 192
Sera Smirx, D., ¥.Z.S., Curator of Birds.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series of lantern-
slides made from photographs of Reptiles taken in the
Gandenst tec. ..seceacne Ae haces a deta dear cares rhage 187
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Zulu Head-dress... 195
W oop-Jones, Professor, F.Z.8., Honorary Acting Prosector.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, specimens from the
Prosectorium illustrating the effects of Rickets ............ 196
Woopwarb, Dr. Suits, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.
Exhibition of a copy of an incised drawing of a hunted
CGC Teac gee ato secs e eneias SESE SE OUNOREE URE ESE OBE aan ie aa 19]
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the fossil rostral
heethiol Ho pristis: andi tr0siisi tech ue ene ae ees eaten tone 194
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918. b
pe rate AeA petgh iy tit ‘dt er wine’ oe
sea Pemiorngs h Leow
(au Solent oe By
ceEpe
evar ADRSaeerd
oe
4 SP asiiyi 0; 5 I
e ; ‘Whos ay:
hada be Tt uit
p es ‘
SSS PP Khe Cees
INDEX.
1918.—Pages 1-196.
4
[New names in clarendon type. Systematic references in italics.
(z.8.U.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |
Agama sanguinolenta, 14.
Alamosa bipunctella, 65.
piperatella, 65.
Anerastia ablepta, 88.
acrophea, 88.
anemopsis, 88.
argosticha, 88. —
baliora, 88.
ephestiella, 88.
——— erasmia, 88. »«
korbi, 79.
—— pleurochorda, 88.
awiphimela, 88.
Aptenodytes patagonica (z.s. u.), 194.
Atascosa quadricolorella, 104.
Aurora longipalpetla, 106.
AVES:
Head-dress made of plumes of Chere
progne, 195.
Axis porcinus (z. 8. L.), 194.
Balenoptera acutorostrata, 148.
borealis, 149.
physalus, 151.
Balearica pavonina (z. s. L.), 195.
Bandera binotella, 89.
carneella, 90.
Bandera cupidinella, 90.
perlepidella, 90.
— subiuteella, 90.
—— virginella, 90.
Baptotropa, gen. n., 116.
tricolorella, 116.
Barberia affinitella, 181.
Bematiscus lesche ; exhibited, 189.
Biafra concinnella, 115.
— rhodinella, 115.
Bison americanus (z. s. .), 193.
Boiga-trigonatum, 16.
Cabnia myronella, 131.
Calamotropa, gen. n., 91.
pulverivena, sp.n., 91.
Calera punctilimbella, 59,
albicostella, 62.
Canis familiaris, communication, 188.
Carduelis caniceps (z. 8. L»), 187.
Carphibis spinicollis (z. s. u.), 191.
Ceara albifasciata, sp. n., 63.
-— discinotella, 63.
Chere progne: exhibited, 195.
Chortoneeca, gen. n., 80.
eurysticha, 81.
eee leucocraspia, sp. n., 81.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XLV.
14
Xi
Chortoneca minimella, 81.
SSS minoralis, 8 ] .
Chrysochloris selateri: exhibited,
190.
Cenochroa californiella, 59.
illibella, 58.
inspergella, 59.
-— monomacula, 59.
Coenotropa, gen. n., 89.
—— limitella, sp. »., 89.
Commotria albinervella, sp. u.,
till
—— arrhabdella, sp.n., 108.
——- castaneipars, sp. n., 112.
crassiscapella, 110.
—— enervella, sp.n., 112.
—— erythrograpta, sp. n., 109.
invenustella, 108.
laticostella, 108.
—— mesiella, sp. n., 108. |
—— miosticta, sp. n., 110.
—— neurias, sp. n., 109. |
-— oberthuri, 108.
opacella, 108.
—— phlebicella, sp. n., 112.
—— pheenicias, sp. n., 110.
—— phycitella, 109.
—— propheella, sp. n., 112.
— rhodochroa, s).n., 111.
——-. rhodoneura, sp. n., 110. |
—— rosella, sp. n., 111.
—— roscopennella, 108.
—— rufidelineata, sp. n., 110.
—— rufimedia, sp. n., 109.
—— tripartella, sp. n., 109.
-—— venosella, sp. n., 111.
Coracopsis nigra (z. 8. L.), 187.
Coscoroba cescoroba (z. s. t.), 187.
Critonia hilgertt, 121.
—— holorhoda, 120.
-— leucopleura, sp. n., 120.
ochracéalis, 121.
—— pheoneura, sp. n., 119.
promelena, 120.
—— purpureotincta, 120.
— rhodessa, 121.
roseistrigella, 120.
—— sarcoglauca, 121.
INDEX.
Critonia sarcoida, sp. n., 121.
subconcinnella, 120.
Cygnus melanocephalus (z. 8. .), 187.
Delphinus delphis, 159.
Dembea venulosella, 64.
Discofrontia normella, 119.
Eechinoecardium cordatum: lJantern-
slide, 192.
Ematheudes crassinotella, 115.
euchlytelia, 115.
—— lentistrigalis, 114.
—— paleatella, 114.
pseudopunctella, 114.
punctella, 114.
straminella, 114,
- tunesiella, 114.
varicella, 115.
vitellinella, 115.
Emmalocera actinoleuca, sp. n.,
127.
albicostalis, 131.
— anerastica, 129.
—— aurifusella, 128.
— bifidella, 128.
—— carnatella, 130.
—— costella, 130. *
—— cremoricosta, 1380.
depressella, 128.
—— diversella, 130.
—— endopyrella, sp. n., 127.
— eremochroa, sp.n., 130.
erythrinella, 180.
laminella, 129.
latilimbella, 129.
— leucocincta, 128.
longiramella, 127.
— lucidicostella, 129.
— monochromella, 130.
ornatella, 127.
—- polychroella, sp. n., 128.
—— pulvereatis, 127.
—— radiatella, 127.
sanguifusalis, 128.
—— strigicostella, 128.
INDEX. xi
Emmalocera subfasciatella, 151. | Halicherus grypus (h. . 1), 187
— tricoloraiis, 130. :
—— uimbricostella, 129.
Holacanthus seimicirenlatus (Fig. 1),
photograph, 192.
—— umbrivittella, 131. | Hosidia ochrineurella, 64.
—— variegateila, 129. Hydrocyon goliath ; exhibited, 195.
Epidauria chionocraspis, sp.n-, | Hyperoodon rostratus, 153.
92. Hypsotropa acnidias, 77.
— discella, 92. — adumbratella, 73. .
—— perfasciella, sp. n., 92. —— albivenalis, 70.
—— pheniceella, 92. —— approximella, 77.
strigosa, 92. — hipartella, 78.
—— subcostella, sp. n., 93. | —— biscrensis, sp. n., 69.
—-- transversariella, 92. | —— castella, 78.
Eremias intermedia, 14. gener j a i
- — (Mesalina) guttulata, 15. eee See ease
+— velox velox, 14. | —— cremoricosta, sp. u., 7+.
Eryx miliaris, 17. — diaphza, sp. n.. 79.
Ethiotropa, gen. n., 116. —— dyseimata, 75.
pyromerella, sp. n., 116. —— endorhoda, sp. n., 76.
ETHOLOGY. — | —— euryzona, 75.
Insecta: Exhibition of specimens —— fuscostrigella, 68.
of an East-African homopterous __. fusifasciata, sp. n., 71.
insect, 194. | —— graptophlebia, sp. n., 76.
Eudocimus ruber (z. s. t.), 191. | —— heterocerella, 68.
Eumeces schneideri, 15. | icasmopis, 75.
scutatus, 15. ichorella, 72.
—— illectalis, 69.
Felis chaus (2. 8. t.), 194. waiematellsL, 1k.
Fondunkia translucidella, 131. ee aa it
Fossifrontia leuconeurella, 107. See ie
—— leucocraspis, sp. n., 77.
leucophlebiella, 77.
Genneeus swinhoii (z. s. u.), 191. —— limbella, 71.
GEOGRAPHICAL: ——— luteicostella, 70.
Insecta: An East-African homo- | —— monostidza, sp. n., 76.
pterous insect from Nairobi, 194. neurica, 78.
Mammatra: On Cetacea stranded on | ——- niphopleura, 75.
the British Coasts, 147. —— niveicosta, sp n., 74.
Pisces: Head of Hydrocyon goliath | ——— ochricostella, sp. n., 70.
from the Congo, 195. ~ —— ocraceella, sp. n., 69.
Rertitia: Reptiles from the River | papuasella, 73.
Tajan, 11. —- paucipunctella, 72.
Globicephala melena, 157. —— periphza, sp. n., 74.
Gorgon taurinus (z. 8. L.), 187. ——— pervittella, sp. n., 68.
Grampus griseus, 157. phyrdes, 73.
Gymnodactylus caspius, 14. polyactinia, 70.
microlepis, sp. n. (PJ. I. fig. 1), .—— polystictella, sp. n., 77.
ie | —— punctinervella, sp. n., 72.
X1V
INDEX,
Hypsotropa purpurella, sp.u.,71.
[NSE
Or
pusillclla, 73.
psamathella, 70.
quadripunctella, Tb.
ramulosella, 76.
rhodochroella, sp. n., 69.
rhodosticha, 77.
ToOsescens, sp. u., 79.
sabuletella, 73.
seeletella, ‘72.
semirosella, 69.
solipunctella, 72.
stereosticha, 75.
subcostella, sp. 1., 68.
syriacella, 72.
tenutcostella, 69.
tenuinervella, 73.
tripartalis, sp. n., 7
wnipunctella, 71.
vertheimsteint, 72.
- vulneratella, 72.
zophopleura, 71,
cra.
1 the Pyralidx, subfamily Hypso-
tropine : systematic, 55; On visible
and invisible characters in Silk-
worms: structure, 183; On an
Hast-African homopterous insect,
194.
Ityrea nigrocincta: exhibited, 194.
Lagenorhynchus aculus, 158.
allirostris, 158.
Laurentia albivenella, sp. n., 90.
inclarella, 91.
Leotropa, gen. »., 64.
Lopl
Lutr
Mab
papuanensis, sp. n., 65.
phoenicias, sp. n., 64.
sarcina, sp. n., 64.
1ophorus jmpeyanus (z. s.u.), 191.
w lutra (z.s..), 191.
uia septenteniata, 10.
MAMMALIA.
Skull of Rana tigrina: structure, 1;
External Characters of the Lemurs
and of Zarsius: structure, 19; On
Oetacea stranded on the British
Coasts: structure, 147; Communi-
cation of letter on the Wild Dingo,
188; On a new species of the
Golden Mole: structure, 189; On
the rare Golden Mole, 190: Copy
of drawing of a hunted Deer, 191 ;
On an African Civet attacking
Human Beings, 191: On Fur Sales
in the United States, 195.
Martia arizonella, 118.
Megalophota, gen. v., 117.
—— leonella, sp. n., 118.
Menuthia navella, 61.
Mesodiphletia crassivenia, 62:
-—— deliquella, 62.
~—— ochraceella, sp. n., 62.
rosella, 62.
stricticostella, 62.
Mesoplodon bidens, 15d.
Metacrateria, gen. n., 79.
—— metallaciis, '79.
Miasticta, sp. n., 79.
— rerirrorella, sp. n., 79.
—— pulverulella, 79.
Monoctenocera brachiella, 122.
—— leucania, 122.
MorpPuHoLoey.
See STRUCTURE.
Nasua narica (z. 8. .), 190.
Nuti
ia tessellata, 17.
Navasota chionophlebia, sp. n.,
66.
—— discipunctella, sp. n., 67.
-~—— hemapheeella, sp. n., 66.
~—— hebetella, 66.
leuconeurella, sp. n., 66.
—— myriolecta, 67.
—— persectella, sp. n., 66.
—— syriggia, sp. u., 67.
Oligodon hamptoni, sp. n. (Fig. 1),
9.
INDEX. XOVi as
Ollia honoponerelia, 104.
parvella, 104,
santartiella, 104.
Orcinus orca, 156.
Osacia lineolella, 123.
Oxyrhopus cleelia: lantern-slide, 188.
PATHOLOGY.
Animals in the Society's Gardens,
188.
Patna brunneicostella, sp. n., 117.
—— eboricostella, 117.
—-— venatella, sp.n., 117.
Pectinigeria pamponerella, 104.
-— violodis, 104.
Peoria albidella, 78.
Phocena phocena, 159.
Phenicopterus chilensis (z. 8. L.), 187.
—— roseus (%. 8.1..), 187.
Physeter catodon, 151.
PIscus.
On the development of the Sea-
Urchin, 192; A Cheetodont Fish
with Arabic characters, 192; On
fossil rostral teeth of Eopristis and
Pristis, 194; Exhibition of head
of a Hydrocyon goliath, 195.
Polyocha achromatella, sp. n.,
126.
——. cinerella, 125.
detritella, 126.
— flagrantella, 125.
—— foucarti, 126. ;
—— fuscicostella, sp. n., 126.
gensanalis, 125.
leucopleurelia, 124.
—— neuropterelia, 126.
—— plinthochroa, sp. n., 124.
—- rhodesie, 131.
——- sanguinariella, 125.
—— stipella, 125.
— strigivenella, 125.
—— venosa, 125.
—— vesculella, 125.
Polyplectruim chinquis (z. 8. u.), 191.
Powjadia cyttarella, 104.
— leuconewra, 104.
Powjadia pimella, 104.
Prinanerastia incarnatella, 80.
—— lactealis, 80.
— lotella, 80.
nitidicostella, 80.
Prophtasia amplichea, sp. n., 105.
—— bistriatelia, 106.
—— epiteuxis, sp. n., 105.
-—— glaucophza, sp. n., 105.
-—— platycerella, 104.
—— pyrostrota, sp. n., 106.
-_— sphalmatella, sp. n., 105.
Ragonotia dotalis, 124.
Raphimetopus, gen. n., 78.
—— ablutella, 78.
—— spinifrontella, 78.
REPTILIA :
On a new Snake of the Genus
Oligodon : systematic, 9; Reptiles
from the River Tajan: systematic,
11; On the variation of the Pit-
Viper: structure, 163; Lantern-
slides made from photographs of
Reptiles, 188.
Rhinaphe apotomella, 82.
— approximella, sp.n., 82.
biseriella, 85.
brunneovittella, 85.
castanealis, 83.
—— celselia, 83.
-—— conspersella, 86.
ella, 86.
—— enervella, 84.
—— endonephele, sp. n., 87.
—-— flavescentella, 84.
-—— furvimacula, sp. n., 87.
haploschema, 84.
—— hemirhodella, 85.
— holophea, 8:3.
—-— ignetincta, sp. n., 87.
—— infumella, 86.
—— lateritiella, sp. n., 86.
—— leucoteniella, 85.
——- lotricella, 85.
—— mictochroella, 87.
neesimella, 83.
Xvi
thinaphe nigricostalis, 83.
——- pailidicosta, 84.
—— pheostrotella, sp.n, 85.
plinthina, 83.
—— sangirensis, sp. n., 85.
--— secholdi, 87.
-—— separatella, 84.
—— signicollis, 87.
—— stictella, 84.
—— syssema, 86.
------ taliella, 86.
—— vectiferella, 88.
venelia, 83.
— venilineella, sp. n., 86.
—— virginella, 84.
Rhodochrysa superbella, 89.
¥
Sabormania pia, 131.
Saborina forcipella, 122.
-—— papuacola, sp.n., 123.
vicina, 123.
Saluria albivenella, 99.
—— anchridis, 98.
-—— arcticostella, 100.
ardiferella, 99.
hreviculella, 101.
callirhoda, 103.
—— cancelliella, 102.
——— carnescens, sp. n., 94.
—-— claricostella, 95.
ctenucha, 94.
—— Gesertella, sp: n., 97.
—— devylderi, 100.
—-- dichroella, 101.
—— distictella, sp.n., 101.
ensiferella, 102.
erodella, 98.
jflammella, 94.
——- flavicosta, sp. n., 96.
— Jenrkompsoaersill, ps n., 98.
—— floscella, 96.
—- furvella, 100.
—— gemmatella, 100.
—— glareosella, 95.
——— grammivena, sp. n., 99.
—— hemiphealis, 94.
—— holochroa, 102.
INDEX.
Saluria inficita, 96.
—— insignificella, sp. n., 103.
— interpunctella, sp.n., 103.
— lentistrigella, sp. n., 97.
—— macrella, 100.
—— maculivittella, 102.
magnesiella, 103.
—— mesomelanella, sp. n., 103.
—— minutella, 95.
-— museella, 28.
= neotomella, 101.
—— neuricella, sp. n., 98.
—— nigritella, 99.
—— nilgiriensis, sp. n., 95.
-— ochridorsella, 97.
—— opificella, 101.
ostreella, 102.
paranensis, 98.
—— paucigraphella, 94.
pectigerella, 102.
pleurosticha, 98.
-—— proleucella, sp. n., 99.
—— psammatelia, sp. n., 94.
pulverosa, 102,
—— rhodophea, sp. n., 100.
rosella, 97.
-—— rufella, sp. n., 101.
—— semirosella, sp, n., 94.
—— sepicostella, 99.
—— spurcella, 96,
—— stictella, sp. n., 96.
——- stictophora, sp. n., 96.
—-— subcarnella, 100.
-—— subcostella, sp. n., 100.
—- tenuicosta, sp. n., 98.
tetradella, 102.
—— triparteila, 108.
—— varicoselia, 99.
verecundella, 97.
Schenectadia merilesella, 131.
Schlegelia wilsont (%. s. u.), 187.
Siboga albimediella, sp. n., 113.
—— dialeucella, sp. n., 113.
—— falsella, 113.
zeavora, sp. n., 113.
Statina hifasciella, 60.
cashmiralis, 60.
—— gaudiella, 60. °
: INDEX.
Statina punctitineella, 60.
rhodobaphella, 6\).
roseotinctella, 60.
—— rosinella, sp. n., 60.
STRUCTURE.
Insecta: On visible and invisible
characters in Silkworms, 133.
Mamnania: Skull of Rana tigrina, 1;
External characters of the Lemurs
and of Tarsiws, 19; On Cetacea
stranded on the British Coasts,
147; On a new species of the
Golden Mole, 189.
ReptintA: On the variation of the
Pit-Viper, 163.
Sudania subcostella, 88.
Tampa dimediatella, 63.
Taphrometopon lineolatum, 16.
Xxvil
‘Tetrapteryx paradisea (z. s. L.), 193.
Tinerastia discipunctella, 61.
Jissirella, 61.
Tursiops truncatus, 157.
VARIATION:
ReptiniA: On the variation of the
Pit-Viper, 163.
Pisces: A Chetodont Fish with
Arabic characters; On fossil ros-
tral teeth of Eopristis and Pristis,
194.
Vipera lebitina, 15.
Zamenis diadema, 16.
rhodorahchis, 16.
Ziphius cavirostris, 154.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEBY STRERT,
By
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
“ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON,
1918.
PARTS I. & Thine, nso
CONTAINING Paces 1 to 196, witu | Prate
AND 82 TEXT-FIGURES.
AUGUST 1918.
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENTS PARK.
: LONDON : :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREHN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTHR ROW.
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
ris
Bae
.<
f y
od
LVS Ot 30. NEN Die:
1918, Parts I. & II. (pp. 1-196)
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Page
The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie durimg the months
of November and..December.alOl7 siieestocet cee Se ei ee ee 187
Mr. D. Suru Smitu, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a series
of lantern-slides made from photographs of Reptiles taken in the Gardens ........ 187
Dr. P. Caatmers Mircuntn, F.R.S., Secretary to the Society. Communication of a letter
from Mr. T. E. Whitehead onthe Wild Dineor ..4e J 25. 5 Gee oe ee 188
Dr. R. Broom, C.M.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a New and a Rare Species of
bie Golden Mole .si2i 2.205 Habs: Nat 4 iis Potent 4 wee oe een eet 183
The Sucrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
Of danuary,, ROG s crac acs aiete cies eee epee Siete ee, RRC ee tant ieee parca LE
Dr. Suir Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.8. Exhibition of a copy of an incised drawing ofa |
hunted deer’ cess 27. Gracin cine te cin aes See te eee ne arte eee 191
Professor Povutron, F.R.S., F.Z.8. Communication of a letter from Captain G. D. Hale
Carpenter on an African Civet attacking Human Beings ...........0000.-.00000 191
Professor E. W. MacBripu, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.Z.S8. An account, illustrated by
lantern-slides, of his recent investigations into the development of the Sea-Urchin.. 192
Mr. D. Sera Situ, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds. Exhibition and description of skins of the
Hoxsizin} allustrated:bylantern-slides (s,s: hece eee ee eee Peel Oe
Mr. C. Tavs Rugan, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.8. Exhibition of photographs of an Indo-Pacific
Ohxtodont Fish." (Dext-feure 1) o.0 5, 20. te oe ee ee 192
The Srcrurary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
of Hebruanye dol 8 sic tiara ae ke Ik eee iatradatvdiele Guicy euaontnn ert ward tan saan ae neat 193
Miss L. E. Cunnsman, Assistant Curator of Insects. Exhibition of specimens of an Hast-
Afrieanshomopterous insect ~... 0.00.0 s sn oe cies SO eee ee
Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the fossil
rostral teeth of Hopristis and Pristis ...... <'eSiai eitelau sh ouehes Umeua ebch a tape omelet car Rataaan cesta case 194
Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF TIT
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
PAPERS.
1. Skull of Rana tigrina* Daud. By B. L. Buarta, M.Se.,
and Baint PrasHap, M.Sc. (Assistant Professors of
Zovlogy, Gav conmene College, Lahore)+.
Acgirsonian nstyt, alos
FEB 17 1920
Length of head and body — 0°48 to 0°51; average 0°50 0° 49 to 9°51; average 0° 50
Length of hind limb
Length of head and body
= 0°69 to 0°73; average 0°71 0°65 to 0°70; average 0°68
The comparison with the corresponding data of G. microlepis
shows the difference in the length of limbs*. Besides G. lon-
gipes has 12 to 15 supralabials, and the first pair of chin-shields.
almost always forming a suture behind the mental; on one-
specimen only out of 14 these plates. are separated by two small
scales. As to the size of the tubercles of the head, neck, and
back, the scaling of the throat and belly, the number of femoral
and preeanal pores, the two species seem to agree.
There is a very interesting gradation in the characters of
‘scaling between the three species G’, microlepis, G. fedtschenkoi,
and G. caspius. G. microlepis has the smallest and the most
numerous scales, its tubercles are relatively feebly developed ;
G. fedtschenkot forms the link between the foregoing and G. cas-
pius, which has the largest and the least numerous scales, and |
very strongly developed tubercles. The following table con-
tains the most important distinctive characters of these three
species :— ;
; G. microlepis. G. fedtschenkoi +. G. caspius f.
Tubercles of the temple ... moderately conical. conical. trihedral.
Before the ear-opening ... ... 2 or 3 small tubercles. 2 or 3 small tubercles. 1 large tubercle.
On the neck ................., slightly conical scales. moderately prominent very prominent large.
; trihedral tubercles. trihedral tubercles.
Tubercles of the back ...... moderate, prominent, large,. prominent, not very large, very promi--
not spmose. spinose. nent, often spinose.
Guuilatiscales=ssssesee asses extremely small. very small. small.
Number of scales in a line |
between the apex of the |
mental or the suture of > 136 to 144. 123 to 131. 100 to 114.
the chin-shields and the |
analuclerginare ru)
Number of Bea “seales )
across the middle of the - 35 to 38. 30 to 338. 24 to 29.
belly ALi)
Suprafemorals on the inner 2 small, smooth, or in- moderate, distinctly large, strongly keeled.
side of the thigh ......... ) distinctly keeled. keeled.
Number of femoral and) 34. to 39. 26 §.
preanal pores ............ 9
* Nikolski attributes as a distinctive character to G. longipes the greater diameter
of the eye, which he supposes to be longer than the distance from eye to nostril ;
with this statement Mr. Lindholm does not agree.
+ Material: 2 ¢ from Samarkand.
¢ Material: 2 9 from Shemakha (Caucasus); 5 spec. (2 ¢, 12, 2 juv.) from
Sangatshaly near Baku (Caucasus): 3 spec. (1¢,22) trom Askhabad (‘Transcaspia),
1 g¢ trom Anat (Transcaspia), and the 2 described here trom the river Tajan.
* § 24 to 84 ventral scales and 30 to 37 pores, according to Nikolski, Fauna of
Russia. Reptiles I., Petrograd 1915, p. 78.
|| The maximum is 30, according to Nikolski, Joc. cit. p. 74.
14 MR. L. A. LANTZ ON
2. GymNopactyus caspius Eichw. (PI. I. fig. 3.)
12. Length of head and body 65mm. 9/10 supralabials,
7/8 infralabials. 14 longitudinal rows of dorsal tubercles. 65
dorsal scales in a transverse row across the middle of the body.
101 scales in a line between the suture of the chin-shields and
the vent. 28 ventral scales across the middle of the belly.
3. AGAMA SANGUINOLENTA Pall.
4 specimens, agreeing in every respect with others from
Transcaspia (Askhabad, Anat, Bairam-Ali). Length of head and
body 83 mm. (¢), 81 mm. (¢), 78 mm. (9), and 36 mm. (juv.).
14 to 17 supralabials, 15 to 17 infralabials. 43 to 47 gular scales
and 73 to 76 ventral scales in a line from mental to vent. 58 to
64 dorsal and ventral scales round the middle of the body. The
young differs from the adults in having no spinose scales.
4, KREMIAS VELOX VELOX Pall.
2 specimens, entirely agreeing with other material from Trans-
-easpia (Askhabad, Bairam-Ali), Length of head and body
65 mm.(d) and 34 mm, (juv.). 6 to 9 superciliaries. The large
supraocular shields completely or almost completely separated by a
row of granules from the frontal and the postfrontal. Infranasal
not reaching the rostral. 6 anterior and 3 posterior supralabials,
6 to 8infralabials. 5 or 6 chin-shields in the young, the first 3 or 4
forming a suture. 22 or 23 gular scales in a line between the
suture of the chin-shields and the collar. 10 plates in the collar.
50 to 53 dorsal scales across the middle of the body. 30 trans-
verse rows of ventral plates, the longest of which consists of 13
to 15 plates. 20/21 femoral pores. Supracaudal scales strongly
keeled. ‘
5. EREMIAS INTERMEDIA Stv.
3 typical specimens. Length of head and body 55 mm. (@ ),
37 and 38°5 mm. (juv.). In the 2 a granule between the
prefrontals. 6 to 8 superciliaries. The large supraocular shields
entirely separated by a row of granules from the frontal and the
postfrontal*. 6+142 to 4 supralabials: 7 or 8 infralabials.
26 or 27 gular scales in a line between the suture of chin-shields.
and the collar. 11 or 12 plates in the collar. 47 to 50 dorsal
scales across the middle of the body. 29 or 30 transverse
rows of ventral plates, the longest of them consisting of 16 to
18 plates. 13 or 14 femoral pores on each side.
* J shall show in a more detailed publication that the subspecies transeaspica
Nik., which,. according to the author, may be distinguished by this character, is
‘identical with the typical E. intermedia.
REPTILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. 15-
_ 6. Eremias (Mesauina) Gurrutata Licht.
1 Q. Length of head and body 49 mm. 5 superciliaries.
Row of superciliary granules beginning behind the 7th super-
ciliary only. Occipital as large as the ‘interparietal. 4 anterior
and 3 posterior supralabials. 7 infralabials. 22 gular scales in a
line between the suture of the chin-shields and the collar. Collar
free, consisting of 9 plates. “40 dorsal scales across the middle
of the body. 28 transverse rows of ventral plates. 10 femoral
pores on each side.
7. EUMEGES SCHNEIDERI Daud.
1 spec. Length of head and body 109 mm.(¢) and 63 mm.
(hgr.). 6+1 +3 supralabials in the ¢, 54+1-+2 only in the half-
grown specimen, the middle one being fused with the following
by forming a very large subocular. 8 infralabials. 4/5 or 5/8
nuchal plates. 25 or 26 dorsal tha ventral scales round the
middle of the body. 68 scales in.a line between the suture of
the @hin-shields and the anal plates.
8. EumeEcess scutatus Theob.
3 spec. Length of head and body 122 mm. (¢), 124 and
116 mm. (both 2). The head-shields offer many anomalies. In
one @ the right supranasal is divided; the other @ has both
prefrontals divided into two unequal parts, and two loreals on
the left side. In the ¢ the parietals form a long suture behind
the interparietal_ 4 to 6 superciliavies. 4 or 5+1+3 supra-
labials, the last being very small. 7 infralabials. 3/4 or 4/4
nuchal plates. 21 dorsal and ventral scales round the middle of
the body. 78 to 80 scales in a line between the suture of the
ehin-shields and the anal plates.
9, MABUIA SEPTEMTENIATA Reuss.
2spec. Length of head and body 82 mm.(¢) and 90 mm.
(¢). Supranasals meeting in a point (d) or separated (¢ ).
Preefrontals separated from each other, the internasal forming a
short suture with the frontal. 4 anterior and 2 posterior supra-
labials. 8 infralabials. 34 or 35 dorsal and ventral scales round
the middle of the body. 70 or 71 scales in a line between the
suture of the chin-shields and the vent.
10. VIPERA LEBETINA L.
1 spec.* Length of head and body 520 mm. Tail incomplete.
10 supralabiis, 13/14 infralabials. 25 longitudinal rows of
dcrsal scales. 121 ventral plates.
* Tt was impossible to ascertain the sex of the snakes, the viscera having been
removed.
16 Mk. L. A. LANTZ ON
11. Boga rrigoNnaruM Schneid.
2 specimens :—
Length of head and body............... 510 480 mm.
IDEMERAN @Fe UBM Cyoesnassane scoonacdoscosce LNG) 108,
Number of supralabials ............... 8/9, the 3rd, 4th, and 5th entering
Number of infralabials ............... 11/12 [the orbit.
ie < DebilgeR}
Memipoualshieldsieeyas pease ae 24+3 14343
Number of rows of dorsal scales...... 21
Number of ventral plates ............ 222 221
Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 86 84.
12. TAPHROMELOPON LINEOLATUM Brandt.
1 specimen. Length of head and body 790 mm. Length of tail
375 mm. 8 supralabials, the 4th and 5th entering the orbit.
11 infralabials. 2-+1/2+3 temporal shields. 12 rows of dorsal
scales. 181 ventral plates. 121 paurs of infracaudals.
13. ZAMENIS RHODORHACHIS Jan.
2 specimens :—
Length of head and body............... 715 6380 mm.
TL SMERTN OP URL Gooscobonssaeaceso casconecs ASB 230;
Number of supralabials ............... §, the 5th and 6th entering the
Number of infralabials.................. 10 [ orbit.
Temporal shields .................. 0.2. 2+5 to 8 irregular ones.
Number of rows of dorsal scales... ... 19
Number of ventral plates............... 227 226
Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 121 117
These specimens have no red stripe along the back.
14, ZAMENIS DIADEMA Schleg.
4 specimens :—
Length of head and body ............ 870 830 825 770 mm.
JDEHVEXNN Oil TEM coononocpcsvceosducuocpsdes . US 190 215 = (140) ,,
Number of supralahials ............... 11/12 12/18 10/11 12/13
Nember of infralabials ... ............ 11/18 12 13/14 ‘' 12
Number of rows of dorsal scales ... 27 29 27 27
Number of ventral plates ............ 225 244 217 234
Number of pairs of infracaudals ... 76 83 83 oa
Behind the prefrontals a row of 3 accessory shields; in one
specimen the median one is fused with the right inter-
nasal. 3 (51) exceptionally 4 (aa) frenals. 2 preeoculars.
Supralabials more or less separated from the loreals and entirely
separated from the orbit by a row of small shields, the first of
which may reach the postnasal; there are 2 or 3 shields between
the supralabials and the loreals, 3 to 5 between the former and
the orbit, and,sfollowing them, 2 or 3 postoculars. Temple
covered with small irregular shields.
REPTILES FROM THE RIVER TAJAN. M7
15. NaAvrrix TESSELLATA Laur.
3 specimens :—
Length of head and body ............... 580 530 470 mm.
DEMEAN OP TER GoScocatosseobosobondonooooncs LASS) 155 12S
(Sete et ee Ly
Number of supralabials .................. 8
Number of infralabials .................. 10/11
Number of preoculars . 4 2/3 2
Number of postoculars .................. 4 4 3
si eae ee ee
Temporal shields .. ; soa 14+2+2 or 3
Number of rows of alone sores ties 19
Number of ventral plates ................ 176 170 176
Number of pairs of infracaudals ...... 70 73 69
In the specimen having 2 preeoculars and 3 postoculars the 4th
and Sth supralabials enter the orbit.
16. Eryx miniaris Pall.
1 specimen. Length of head and body 355mm. Length of
tail 30mm. Internasals separated by the point of the rostral.
4 scales between the postnasals. Round the eye a circle of 13
small shields, the lowest of them much enlarged and reaching
the 6th supralabial, the two anterior ones a little enlarged (pree-
oculars), the others (supraoculars and postoculars) about equal
in size. Between the supraoculars 5 scales across the head.
are
Between the postnasals and the preoculars 8 (t+t+4) small
loreal shields. 13 supralabials, the 3rd one being the highest.
20 infralabials, the first 3 or 4 enlarged, the others very small,
with larger shields below them.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Gymnodactylus microlepis, sp. u., 6, River Tajan.
Vig. 2. G. fedtschenkoi Str., 6, Samarkand.
Fig. 3. G. caspius Kichw., 9, River Tajan.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. II. 2
Ue olka
A ee ‘noltslacnnie’
ora ive, a
k beset
THE EXTERNAL CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS. 19
4, On the External Characters of the Lemurs and of
Tarsius. By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S.
[Received March 5, 1918; Read March 5, 1918.]
(‘Text-figures 1-16.)
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page
Imtroduchonewee et cern een te kee
The Muzzle and the Rhinarium........................... 20
SINGH) and cain REE A Wat re ne ti AE KOO
The Facial and Carpal Vibrissee ..................... 2 24
The Glands of the Fore Limb............................... 25
“Nave 18 leawnGlS PNG! WECLtes oon oesccacuodoodonconcsonnaccancenovess QU
aires Su lin owas eeany ke i le NEG
’ Woe Alms ennel ies (CVAMNCIS 3,25. ccassenososecoe urononancean . 20)
The External Genitalia of the Male ..................... 42
The External Genitalia of the Female ................... 47
General Conclusions and Systematic .................... 51
Introduction.
The materials upon which this paper is based are mainly the
lemuroid Primates which have died in the Zoological Gardens
during the past ten years or so. Representatives of practically
all the commonly imported menagerie species of the group have
passed through my han¢s in that time, namely, species belonging
to the genera Chiromys, Chirogaleus, Lemur, Galago, Perodicticus,
and Mycticebus. For the loan of examples of Hemigalago and
Tarsius 1 am indebted to Prof. Wood-Jones, the Society’s
Prosector. I am also indebted to Mr. Oldtield Thomas and to
Prof. J. P. Hill for the chance to examine other specimens of
Tarsius. I have not, however, been able in all cases to see repre-
sentatives of both sexes of the species; and of many admitted
genera, notably Microcebus, Mixocebus, Lepilemur, and Loris, no
specimens have come to hand. This applies also to the three
genera of Indriside (Jndris, Propithecus, Lichanotus), which, like
Tarsius, seem to be intolerant of captivity even in their own
countries. The external characters of the Indviside, however,
have been tolerably fully described and illustrated in Milne-
Edwards and Grandidier’s great work on the Fauna of Mada-
gascar. From this I have freely borrowed. Unfortunately no
text accompanies the numerous plates on the various species of
Lemuride# published in that work. Of other treatises dealing
with the Lemurs on a comprehensive scale the most important
is the paper by Mivart and Murie (Tr. Zool. Soe. vii. 1872), in
which some of the external characters of a few diverse types are
dealt with from the comparative point of view. ‘The rest of
the bibliography consulted consists mostly of special memoirs on
particular species, like Owen’s paper on Chiromys, HETOLUNGHSIHOE
20 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
on Tarsius, Van der Hoeven’s on Perodicticus, Huxley’s on
Arctocebus, Beddard’s on Hapalemur, and so forth.
Many of the facts dealt with in the following pages are
of course well known. Some characters, however, are here
described, I believe, for the first time; and I trust that the
collation of the facts and their comparative treatment may prove
useful to future students of this group.
In the matter of names [ have followed the conservative course
of using Lemur for the species to which it has been by common
consent assigned in all recent literature, although by the rules
of nomenclature, it has no right to a place in the Primates
at all, but belongs by Storr’s very definite selection to the
Dermoptera, Galeopithecus volans being its type-species. Even if
that selection be set aside, it appears to me that the “ indications”
of the 10th edition of the ‘Systema’ show that the species known
as Loris tardigradus is its type. This is clearly a case for the
* Fiat’ Committee on Mammalian generic names; and it is my
confidence that the Committee will see the wisdom of allowing
Lemur catta to stand as the type of Lemur, that induces me
to retain this generic name in its commonly accepted sense.
Similarly I have employed Chiromys for the Aye-Aye (mada-
gascariensis), although Daubentonia is the correct title for that
species. The Fiat Committee, I believe, has these names now
‘under consideration.
The Muzzle and the Rhinarium.
The bestial aspect of the face of the Lemuroid as compared
with the Pithecoid Primates is not due to the general elongation
of the jaws. In this character the Lemurs are surpassed by
Papio amongst the Pithecoids. It is due to two correlated
features, namely, the retention of the primitive moist glandular
rhinarium and the projection of the upper jaw supporting it
beyond the level of the chin.
The rhinarium is naked to a varying extent on its dorsal side
and also beneath the nostrils laterally and in front. It is con-
tinued downwards in front as a strip of grooved naked skin
cleaving the upper lip to its inferior edge. At this point the lip
is adherent to the gum covering Une premaxille, so that it is
incapable of protrusion.
Although the rhinarium is tolerably similar throughout the
eroup, one or two variations may be pointed out. In the typical
Masearene Lemurs, including Chirogaleus (text-fig. 1, A), the labial
extension of the rhinarium is comparatively short and the later-
ally extended infranarial portions shallow. In Perodicticus the
infranarial portion is deeper ; but in Vyeticebws it is not so. In
Galago crassicaudatus (text-fig. 1, B) the labial extension of the
rhinarium is a little longer and thinner than in Chirogaleus
and Lemur. In Hemigalago demidoffii it is remarkably long and
gradually widens above where it passes into the infranarial portion
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 21
‘of the rhinarium ; but in the length and shape of the rhinarium
G. senegalensis is intermediate between G. crassicaudatus and
H. denvidoffi (text-figs. 1, C; 2, B).
In Chiromys the vhinarium is not so prominent; the nostrils
are longer, more slit-like, and separated in front by a narrower
septum. The infranarial portion is very deep towards the middle
line, reaching almost to the edge of the upper lip and making the
labial extension of the rhinarium appear very short. In this
genus also the frenum which ties the lip to the gum between the
Text-figure 1.
PRS EMIS AN Cay ayy, “
TANS
Gy =
(SAG SERS S
Ms
E
. Rhinarium of Chirogaleus major.
. Rhinarium of Galago crassicaudatus.
Rhinarium of Hemigalago demidoffi.
. Rhinarium of Chironys.
. Nose of Tarsius.
A
B
¢:
D
iE
points of insertion of the incisor teeth is somewhat longer than in
‘typical Lemurs, so that the lip is capable of being protruded to a
slightly greater extent in the middle line. It is probable that
the variations of the rhinarium and upper lip, like many of the
structural characters in Chiromys, are correlated with the rodent
dentition and peculiar method of feeding of this Lemur; but our
knowledge of the function of the rhinarium is too imperfect to
warrant more than a suggestion on this point (text-fig. 1, 1D),
.
22 MR. R. I. POCOCK GN THE EXTERNAL
I have not been able to examine in a fresh state the rhinarium
of any species of Indrisidee.
The muzzle of Z'arsius is very different from that of all Lemurs..
The only trace of the rhinarium, if such it can be called, that
remains is a narrow rim of naked skin surrounding the nostrils,
which are widely separated as in the Platyrrhine Pithecoid
Primates. The nose scarcely projects at all, and the muzzle is
squarely truncated and deep, and the upper jaw hardly overhangs
the lower, so that in profile view the muzzle has a_ decidedly
feline appearance, contrasting markedly with the generally
canine appearance of that of the true Lemurs. The long upper
lip is undivided and continuously hairy from side to side across
the middle line, and its frenum is set higher above the incisor
teeth, suggesting that the lip is susceptible of partial protrusion
after the manner of the lip of the pithecoid Primates, but to a
lesser degree (text-figs. 1, E; 2, A).
The primitive muzzle of the Jemuroid Primates, with its
rhinarium and adherent upper lip, is associated with the habit of
drinking by means of lapping. The specialised muzzle of the
pithecoid Primates with aborted rhinarium and_ protrusible
upper lip is associated with the habit of drinking by means of
suction. But Varsius, although more resembling the pithecoids
in the structure of the muzzle, drinks, it is said, by the lapping
method*. This fact is full of interest’in connection with the
view, supported by other considerations, that Varsius links the
Lemuroids and Pithecoids together.
The Kar‘.
In the species referred to Lemur the pinna of the ear is
tolerably uniform in shape and structure. It is small and con-
cealed to a greater or less extent by its own hairs and those of
the surrounding area of the head. Its superior posterior edge is.
not folded; but the anterior edge of the upper half forms a
strong ridge overlapping the anteri ior end of the simple shelf-like
supratragus (plica principalis) and descending below it and
vanishing in the capsule of the pinna above and within the
small lobate tragus. The antitragus is somewhat larger than
the tragus, sommenmnes much lar ger (Lemur catta); and ahe deep:
notch between them is appr oximately on a level with the external
auditory meatus. The flap of the ear behind the antitragus is
marked with a depression, the anterior and posterior margins of
which are respectively the ridge running upwards from the anti-
tragus and the adjoining postero-inferior edge of the pinna.
The supratragus, forming the upper boundary of the capsule of
* H. Cuming, P. Z.S. 1838, p. 67. Mr. Cuming also makes the interesting
remark that when any object is put near a Tarsius, the animal “draws up the
muscles of the face similar to a Monkey and show its.... teeth.” I have never
seen Lemurs behave in this way.
+ Described in several types by Mivart and Murie, Tr. Zool. Soc. 1872.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 23
the pinna, is set comparatively high up, approximately halfway
between the tragal notch and the upper edge of the pinna.
In Chirogaleus (text-fig. 2, C) the ear is similar to that of Lemur,
but the ear of Microcebus is provided with a much larger pinna
which, judging from a living example, is ribbed above the capsule
and capable of being folded as in the Galagos. In the latter, as
is well known, the pinna is of great size. The portion of it just
above the capsule is ribbed and grooved and susceptible of
folding. The supratragus is more expanded and more flap-like
Text-figure 2.
Cc
A. Head of Tarsius.
B. Head of Hemigalayo demidoffi.
C. Head of Chirogaleus major.
1). Head of Perodicticus.
Figures drawn from spirit specimens. All X 3.
than in Lemur and the pouch, probably the homologue of the
bursa of the ear of the Carnivora, is set higher up than in the
Lemurs. Wycticebus and Perodicticus have the pinna no larger
relatively than in Lem, and it is simplified by the almost total
suppression of the tragal and antitragal thickenings; but, as in
Galago, the pouch is set high up and the supratragus is flap-like
and valvular (text-fig. 2, D). As Mivart and Murie pointed out,.
there is a small fold of the integument above the supratragus in
Nycticebus, and a similar but better developed fold is developed
24 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
in Arctocebus. Huxley cites the presence of this fold as one of
the features distinguishing this genus from Perodicticus.
Although the ear of Chiremys is relatively as large as in the
Galagos, if is not ribbed and grooved above the capsule. The
supratragus is a thickened ridge as in Lemur; but the tragus is
not an angular projection as in that genus but a simple ridge,
and the notch between it and the well-developed antitragus is
comparatively deep and wide. Its lower rim, however, does not
extend downwards so low as the external auditory meatus, the
portion of the pinna just beyond this meatus being elevated as in
Carnivora, Ruminants, and many other Mammals.
The ear of Z'arsiws is similar in all essential details to that of .
the Galagos, except that the supratragus and the antitragus are
somewhat larger and more valvular (text- ime, A, Jah),
The simplest type of ear in this group, and I suspect the most
primitive, is that of Lemur and Chirogaleus, ears with a greatly
expanded and ribbed pinna and valvular supratragus being
derivative and specialised structures. According to this view the
ear of Tarsius is the least primitive of all. It is gradationally
linked with the ear of Chirogaleus by the ears of Galago and
Microcebus.
The Facial and Carpal Vibrisse.
In the development of the facial vibrissze * the most generalised
type I have examined is Chirogaleus major, where the mystacial,
suplary: genal, and interramal tufts are all well developed
(text-fig. 2, C). There is a single genal tuft on each side set low
down behind the corner of the mouth. Most of the species
referred to Lemur resemble Chirogaleus except that the inter-
ramal tuft is absent; but in ZL. variegatus it is usually, if not
always, retained, although of small size. ‘The full complement of
tufts is present in Chiromys, but the vibrissee composing them
are generally shorter than in the typical Lemurs, and in two
cases the interramal tuft was reduced to a single vibrissa.
In the Galagos (Galago crassicaudatus, G. senegalensis, and
Hemigalago demidoffi) the vibrissee are poorly developed as com-
pared with those of the typical Mascarene Lemurs, more par-
ticularly Chirogaleus major, with which the Galagos were at one
time associated. The interramal tuft appears to be invariably
absent, and the genal tuft is set high up on the cheek a little
below and behind the posterior angle of the eye (text-fig. 2, B).
It resembles in position the upper genal tuft of the typical
Carnivora, whereas in Chirogaleus and Lemur the genal tuft
resembles in position the lower of the two tufts in that order.
In Nyceticebus and Perodicticus the vibrissee are even less well
developed than in the Galagos, the genal tuft being suppressed
in the specimens examined (text-fig. 2, D). The genal and
interramal tufts are also absent apparently in Tarsius, although
* P.Z.S8. 1914, pp. 889-912.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 25
Burmeister figures some vibrissee in front of the ear. These do
not, however, correspond in position to the genal tuft of the
Galagos (text-fig. 2, A).
The prevalence in most orders of Mammalia of the complement
of tufts described above as occurring in Chirogaleus suggests that
the absence of one or more of the tufts is a derivative and not
a primitive feature. In this respect the Lorises, Pottos, and
Tarsius are more specialised than the Mascarene Lemurs.
The Carpal vibrisse in Lemurs have been studied by Beddard
and Bland-Sutton. Confirming and extending their observations,
I may add that I have found these tufts of tactile bristles in
Chirogaleus major, Hapalemur griseus, and in examples of the
following species of Lemur, namely, catia, variegatus, macaco,
mongoz, coronatus, rufiventer, albifrons, and many of the species,
subspecies or varieties grouped round the last. They are not
always easy to detect in the thick fur, and sometimes appear to
be wanting; but in such cases I suspect their absence is due to
moulting or to artificial removal by rubbing. I have not found
them in Ohiromys, Nycticebus, Perodicticus, or Tarsius; and, since
Bland-Sutton also noticed their absence in Perodicticus, it may
be inferred that their absence is characteristic of the Asiatic and
African lemuroids*.
‘The prevalence of these vibrisse in many orders of Mammals
suggests that they are a primitive Metatherian and Kutherian
character, a suggestion which involves the conclusion that their
absence in the above-mentioned Lemuroid genera is due to
suppression and is a derivative feature.
The Glands of the Fore Limb.
In Lemur catta, but in no other species referred to the genus
Lemur, there is a peculiar gland on the fore-leg, which was
figured and described by Biand-Sutton + and also figured by
Milne-Kdwards and Grandidier. A strip of black naked skin
extends from the palm of the hand over the wrist up the distal
third of the corresponding surface of the fore-leg. It ends
proximally in a smooth elliptical area, which is present even in
the newly-born young (text-fig. 3, A). In adult males the
elliptical area is raised into a swollen cushion-like pad composed
of white tissue, fatty in appearance and consistency and covered
with black skin. On the ulnar side of the pad a large, erect,
solid horny excrescence is developed (text-fig. 3, B). This varies
in size apparently with age; its apex is sometimes bifid, but
generally simple, and it is sometimes present on one limb and
* J have failed to detect the carpal vibrissze on dried skins of Indris and Propi-
thecus; and in both these genera the interramal tuft appears to be absent. Also
in the one skin of Indris available for examination the genal tufts are wanting,
whereas in a skin of Propithecus diadema these tutts are well developed and set
low down on the cheek as in Lemuride.
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, pp. 369-372. In 1863 Gray pointed out the presence of
this structure in Z. catta and its absence in other species.
26 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
absent on the other. In females the excrescence is generally
absent or quite small. Only in rare cases of probably aged
individuals is it comparable in size to that of the males; and the
elliptical area is generally flat in the females.
Text-figure 3.
A. Fore-arm of Lemur catta, newly born, showing the extension of the naked
skin from the palm of the hand and the elliptical glandular area above the:
wrist.
B. Section through the glandular area and the horny spur of the fore-arm of an
adult male Lem catta.
C. Superficial view of the shoulder-gland of an adult male Lemur catta.
D. Vertical longitudinal section through the same.
E. Vertical transverse section through the same.
F. Section through the shoulder-gland of adult female Lemur catta.
According to Bland-Sutton the ducts of numerous sweat-glands.
open upon the surface of the skin of the elliptical area. Secretion,
no doubt, exudes through the pores; but I have never succeeded
in squeezing any visible secretion to the surface by pressure.
The only use I have seen the Lemur make of this structure is.
to apply it to the tail by drawing simultaneously the applied
wrists along that organ from near the base to the point.
Possibly by this means the secretion is wiped on the long hairs.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 27
to scent them. But so far as my observations go, this action is.
restricted to the male when stimulated to anger at the time
of rut.
Also in Lemur catta, but in no other species referred to the
genus, there is a large gland in the male on the inner side of
the upper arm near the top of the biceps muscle just below the
shoulder (text-fig. 3, C). It is a circular or elliptical mound-like:
elevation covered with short hair, except in the centre of the
summit where there is a small naked area carrying the orifice of
the gland which is usually shaped like a strongly curved crescent.
In section the gland is seen to be composed of a thick-walled
sac, the cavity of which is subdivided by ridges and outgrowths.
of the walls, making, in a sense, a multilocular gland. It is the
partial blocking of the rounded orifice of the gland by one of
these outgrowths that gives the orifice its erescentic shape. The
cavity of the gland is filled with strong-smelling brown sticky
secretion which under pressure can be squeezed, like a worm,
from the orifice (text-fig. 3, D, E).
In the female this gland is not always developed, and when
present it consists of a small elevation covered with normally long
hair and having no cavity or trace of orifice (text-fig. 3, F).
The suggestion that these glands are modified mf&immary glands
is, | think, erroneous. At all events they coexist with the normal
pectoral mammary glands.
It is interesting to recall that Hapalemur also has a similar
gland on the shoulder and a somewhat similar gland above the
wrist. I have, however, seen these only on dried skins, and have
nothing to add to the descriptions published by Beddard * and
Bland-Sutton 7
But there are two points worth attention arising out of the
facts just mentioned. Despite the development of these glands
in Lemur catta and Hapalemur griseus, and in no other species,
these two Lemurs do not appear to be nearly related. Judging
from cranial and dental characters, the relationship of Hapalemur
griseus is with Prolemur simus, and of Lemur catta with the
other species usually assigned to the genus Lemur.
The second point is the coexistence in two otherwise dissimilar
genera of two sets of glands, one below the shoulder, the other
above the wrist. This raises the very important question of
possible correlation in development between two or more struc-
tures, a question which opens a very wide field for research in
zoology.
The Hands and Feet.
In the species of Lemur the digits of the hand are longish and
slender, and free from webbing to approximately the same extent
asin Man. The pollex is the shortest of the series and is sepa-
rated by a wide space from the second, the base of which it
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 393; and 1891, p. 450.
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 369.
28 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
slightly overlaps when laid forwards. It can be extended at right
angles to the long axis of the palm, but is not truly opposable
since the large composite palmar pad—-the “ ball” of the thumb—
at its base is almost stationary. ~The succession of the digits in
length is 4, 3,5, 2, but the fourth only exceeds the third slightly,
and the second and fifth are approximately equal. The palm is
longish, longer than wide, and passes proximally beyond the base
of the pollex. Of the four interdigital pads, the first or pollical
is confluent with the inner proximal (thenar), constituting the
“ball” of the thunb. The remaining three interdigitals form
a transverse trilobed cushion-lke pad. Behind the fourth or
external interdigital, the external portion of the palm is occupied
Text-figure 4.
A. Foot and B.:Hand of Lemur macaco; X 2.
1, 2, 3, 4, the intermediate pads; I, II, the proximal pads.
by the elongated external proximal (hypothenar) pad, which is
subdivided, the posterior expanded portion lying alongside the
posterior portion of the “ball” of the pollex, from which it is
separated by a groove (text-fig. 4, B).
In its main features the hand only varies in minor particulars
in the different species examined, namely, 4. catta, macaco, albi-
JSrons, mongoz, variegatus, and coronatus, except that in L. varie-
gatus the palm is a little wider as compared with its length.
In the foot the hallux is of great length and thickness, is
capable of being extended at right angles to the sole, and is
opposable, the “ball” of the hallux, consisting mainly of the
large, projecting first or hallucal interdigital pad, being movable
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 29:
and capable of being pressed against the second interdigital pad
and the elongated external proximal pad, closing up the depression
in the middle of the lower surface of the foot. For the rest, the
digits and the pads of the foot resemble in a general way those.
of the hand (text-fig. 4, A).
A point to notice is that in Lemur catta the naked sole is
extended proximally to the tip of the caleaneum or heel. In the
other species the heel is covered with hair, the hairy area being
about one-third the length of the naked area, or a little more.
Text-figure 5.
A. Hand and B. Foot of Chirogaleus major ; nat. sized
C. Hand and D. Foot of Galago senegalensis; nat. size.
In Chirogaleus major the hands and feet are substantially
similar to those of Lemur, but the naked palmar and plantar
surfaces are broader as compared with their length, and the
individual pads are more sharply differentiated, and, judging by
their papillary ridges, endowed with greater tactile sensibility.
In the foot the hairy area of the heel is relatively longer, being
30 MR. R. I, POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
about two-thirds the length of the naked portion. In the speci-
men examined the third and fourth digits were approximately
equal both on the hands and feet (text-fig. 5, A, B).
The hands and feet of the Indriside, as figured and described
by Milne-Edwards and Grandidier, show some interesting pecu-
liarities suggesting more complete adaptation to arboreal life than
in the Lemuride. In Propithecus the digits of the hand are
hardly more webbed than in Lemur, but the palm is narrower,
especially posteriorly, where the pollex arises. The pads appear
to be very little differentiated, and the absence of the “ball” of
the thumb indicates a feeble grip for that digit. In Lichanotus
(Avahis) the ball of the thumb is better developed, but the palm
of the hand is apparently longer than in Propithecus, the second
; Text-figure 6.
A. Foot and B. Hand of Chiromys; X 3.
‘digit, which is very short, being widely separated from the
pollex. The third, fourth, and fifth are Jong and united by
narrow webbing approximately to the ends of the first phalanges.
In Jndris also the hand is long and slender, with a wide space
between the long weak pollex and the second digit. The latter,
however, is not so short as in Lichanotus, and is united to the
third, as the third is to the fourth and the fourth to the fifth, by
integument permitting but slight divarication of these digits and
increasing in appearance the elongation of the palm.
In the feet there is less variation. The hallux is normally
-elongated, but is slender from base to apex without the muscular
«development seen in other Lemuroidea, and the digits are webbed
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. Jl
approximately to the distal ends of the first phalanges. In
Indris the interdigital webbing 1s somewhat deeper than in the
others and extends to an equal distance along all the digits, but
in Propithecus and Lichanotus it is deeper between the third
and fourth than between the second and third and the fourth
and fifth.
Some of the peculiarities of the hand of Chirom ys, such as the
presence of claws and the modification of the third digit, are well
known (text-fig. 6, B). The palm is narrower than in the true
Lemurs. The pollex is not truly opposable, but it is so long that
when turned forwards it overlaps the palm, asin Man. All the
other digits are long, even the second and fifth, which are sub-
equal, exceeding the Jength of the palm. The third is v ery long
and slender ; the metacar pal that supports it projects beyond the
palm, a unique modification which confers exceptional mobility
on the digit. Nevertheless this digit is shorter than the fourth,
which is nearly twice as long as the palm. Although a shallow
web joins these two digits at the base, the hand may be described
as unwebbed. In correlation with the grasping capacity of the
large claws, the digital pads are comparatively slightly expanded.
The feet are less modified than the hands and conform to those
of the Lemur-type, except that the digits are thinner, the hallux
_is a little shorter and weaker, the second, third, fourth, and fifth
are a little longer and armed with claws correlated with narrower
pads. The heel is covered with hair as in all Lemurs except
L. catta (text-fig. 6, A).
In this genus the unique elongation of the metacarpal of the
third. digit of the hand and the slenderness of the digit are
adaptations to feeding.
In Galago of the er assicaudatus and senegalensis types the hand
is wider than in Chirogaleus and its pads still better differentiated
and more prominent, especially the first, or pollical, intermediate.
All the normal six pads are distinguishable. The internal
proximal is a small pad situated near the base of the outer border
of the thumb, and the external proximal is a rounded pad in
contact with the internal intermediate and not extending back-
wards to the wrist as in Chirdgalews and the true Teams. A
wide space separates it from the internal proximal, which is also
set nearer the wrist. Similar differences obtain in the feet,
where all the six pads are clearly defined. In G. crassicaudatus,
montewt and their allies the BORteE part of the naked portion
of the foot, as Beddard pointed out, is covered with coarse close-
set papillze, and the hairy area of the heel is longer than in
Chirogaleus major, being about as long as the naked poe tion.
In G. senegalensis it is Neonsider ably longer (text-figs. 5, C, D;
UNIS)
i Hemigalago the pads show some interesting differences
from those of Galago. In the hand the six pads are even more
sharply defined, and are arranged so as almost to encircle a large
naked submedian area of wr inlled skin. The two proximal pads
32 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EX'TERNAL
are almost in contact in the middle line, the external being elon-
gated and extending practically from the wrist up to the internal
intermediate. Behind the two proximal pads there is a short
Text-figure 7.
A. Hand and B. Foot of Galago crassicaudatus.
1-4, the intermediate pads; I, II, the proximal pads.
area of naked wrinkled skin. The pollex is longer and more
prehensile than in Galago. The arrangement of pads on the
foot is similar, but the two proximal pads are relatively much
smaller than in the hand, and the internal is set farther from the
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 30
hallucal intermediate and is widely separated from the external.
In this genus there is no definite heel-like area behind the pads
as in Galago, the skin round the proximal pads being merely
soft and creased. The hairy area of the foot back to the tip
of the caleaneum is nearly twice as long as the naked area (text-
sa) val, 185).
Text-figure 8.
.
A. Hand and B. Foot of Nycticebus; x 2.
C. Hand and D. Foot of Perodicticus; X< 2.
1-4, the intermediate pads ; I, II, the proximal pads.
The arrangement and distribution of the pads give a primitive
stamp to the hands and feet of Hemigalago in the sense that they
recall very forcibly the pad-development seen in the extremities
of many Rodents, Insectivores, and Marsupials.
The hand of Mycticebus and Perodicticus differs in some
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1$18, No. III. ; 3
34 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
remarkable particulars from that of the other genera hitherto
noticed. It is capable of being turned at right angles to the axis
of the forearm. ‘Lhe palm is short and broad, and the powerful
pollex can be set so far backwards that its long axis is practically
in the same line as that of the palm and of the fourth and
longest digit, thus giving the widest possible span to the extre-
mity, and when the pollex is in this position the internal proximal
pad, constituting the proximal portion of the “ball” of the
thumb, lies nearly in a line behind the external proximal pad.
The pollex, moreover, is Incomparably more strongly opposable
than in any other genus of Lemuroid Primates, and surpasses
even the thumb of Man in that respect. When brought into
opposition, the composite ball of the thumb is pressed against the
second intermediate pad and the external proximal pad. Except
that the hallux is a little longer and stronger than the pollex,
the feet conform to the hands in type. In all other genera of
Primates the two extremities are dissimilar.
As is well known, the second digit of the hand in Vyecticebus is
dwarfed and in Perodicticus is represented by an excrescence
upon the second intermediate pad. For the rest the hand of
Perodicticus is narrower with reference to its span, and the third
and fifth digits are tied basally by a shallow web to the fourth,
xo that the three cannot be so w idely separated as in WV, yovicebus.
In the feet of both genera the heel is hairy and shorter than the
naked part of the sole, the second digit is dwarfed, and the third
and fifth are basally webbed to the fourth in Perodicticus, free
in Vycticebus. The nails on both extremities are larger in the
former than in the latter genus (text-fig. 8, A, B, C, D).
The published descriptions of the extr emities of Arctocebus
suggest that they differ from those of Perodicticus in having the
third, fourth, and fifth digits more completely webbed (see P. 2.8.
1864, pp. 316- 317, 319-- 320). Huxley, however, states that the
calcaneal tuberosity of the foot is naked and separated from the
padded portion by a narrow band of hair. But since the heel is
without exception covered with hair in all the remaining species
of arboreal * lemuroid Primates, I suspect that the nakedness
mentioned by Huxley was due to artificial rubbing in the specimen
he examined. It is not uncommon for the hair to be worn
off the heels in captive examples of common lemurs (Z. albifrons,
etc.).
In the distinctness and separation of the pads and their
encircling arrangement round a central palmar area, the hand of
Tarsius vecalls that of Hemigalago; but there ave certain differ-
ences. The hand and fingers of Varsius are relatively longer,
the pollex is smaller, closer to the second digit and not opposable,
the third digit is the longest of the series, slightly surpassing the
second and fourth, which are subequal. The first, ox pollical,
* Lemur catta, which has the heels naked along the middle line, lives in
rocky hills.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. © 35
intermediate pad is small and rounded, smaller than and in con-
tact with the internal proximal, which is elongated and surpasses
the external proximal in length. The second intermediate pad
is markedly larger than the others of that series. Finally, the
nails ave sharply pointed, compressed and convex from base to
tip, simulating claws, nearly the distal half being free from the
pad though normally resting upon it (text-fig. 9, C).
Text-figure 9,
A. Hand and B. Foot of Hemigalago demidoffi ; nat. size.
C. Hand and D. Foot of Tarsius; nat. size.
1-4, intermediate pads ; I-II, proximal pads.
In the feet the hairy area back to the heel is shorter than in
Hemigalago, and the naked padded area and digits longer. The
plantar pads are peculiar. The hallucal, or first, intermediate is
large and prominent, and is fused to the internal ee to
36 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
form a single long pad which sometimes fuses proximally i in the
middle line with the external proximal, which is itself united to
the external intermediate, forming a long pad extending along
the outer edge of the sole of the foot. The second and third
intermediates are united to form a single large elongated pad,
broad distally, narrowed proximally, where it terminates in the
middle of the membranous area of the sole. Of digits two to five
the fourth is the longest as in Lemuroid Primates; but the third
has an erect claw like the second—a characteristic not found
in any Lemuroids, but probably primitive and forcibly recalling
the corresponding “ syndactyle” digits of many Marsupials (text-
1a, 8), ID).
The Sublingua.
There are one or two points to be recorded in connection with
the swblingua, an organ which is especially well developed in the
Lemuroid Primates. Typically it is a thin flat fibrous plate,
lyrate or leaf-like in form with free apex and free lateral margins.
It covers a considerable area of the lower surface of the tongue,
the frenum of which arises from an angular notch in the middle
of its posterior border. The pointed or truncated apex is ser-
rated or denticulated to a varying extent, and the underside is
strengthened by a fine median longitudinal ridge, with frequently
a smaller ridge close to it on each side, making three in all.
Beneath the sublingua the floor of the mouth is provided in
front with a pair of small soft flaps, the frenal lamelle, arising
at the bottom of the lingual frenum and continued backwards to
a varying extent as a free narrow edge towards the base of the
tongue. A similar and homologous structure is prcsent in some
other Mammals—e. g., Canis, Pteropus, where, as in the Primates,
it overlies the orifices of the sublingual and submaxillary salivary
glands.
In the species usually referred to Lemur the sublingua ex-
hibits certain structual differences, which examination of a larger
number of individuals than I have seen may show to have
systematic value. For instance, in JL. variegatus there are
three comparatively strong denticles at the tip and three corre-
spondingly strong keels below. In other species the tip is rather
serrulate and the keels weaker. On the other hand, I have noticed
differences in the shape of the sublingua within specific limits.
In a male of LZ. coronatus, for example, it was lyrate with bulging
postero-lateral margins; in a female it was evenly attenuated,
the two margins gradually converging from near the base to the
tip. In the male again the frenal lamellae formed together a
broad semicircular flap ; ; in the female they were narrower,
forming a nearly parallel-sided flap. In a male specimen of
L. albifrons albifrons and in a female of L. a. nigrifrons the
frenal lamelle were of the same shape as in the male ZL. coro-
matus; but inexamples of L. variegatus, macaco, catta, and mongoz
the lamelle were narrow and resembled more or less closely those
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. Bi
of the female LZ. coronatus mentioned above (text-fig. 10, A—D, G).
In Chirogaleus major the narrowed sublingua is apically serrulate
and the frenal lamelle are narrow as in most Lemurs. The
sublingua of Hapalemur was briefly described by Beddard.
Text-figure 10.
. Lower side of tongue of Lemur coronatus.
. Sublingua of another specimen of the same species raised from the frenal
lamellee.
. Lower side of distal end of tongue of Lemur variegatus with the tip of the
sublingua showing beyond the frenal lamellz.
. Lower side of tongue of the same without the frenal lamellz.
. Lower side of tongue of Galago crassicaudatus.
. The same of Nycticebus with supplementary frenal lamelle.
. Side view of tongue of Lemur coronatus.
. The same of Galago crassicaudatus.
Q b>
DQ
sl., sublingua ; fJ., frenal lamelle.
38 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
The sublingua is also present, as Milne-Edwards and Grandidier
have shown, in the Indriside.” It has a single median inferior
crest and three apical denticles. In Propithecus it hardly differs
in form from that of the Lemuride, being broad at the base
posteriorly, nearly parallel-sided, and attenuated at the apex.
In /ndris its lateral edges are rather strongly convex, the base
being narrowed like the apex. In Lichanotus it is very short,
its free lateral edge being apparently only about half as long
relatively as in Propithecus and Indris.
In Galago, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus the sublingua is broader
than in the Lemuride, especially at the apex, which is almost
truncated and armed with many denticles—z. e. 9 in a Galago
monterri—and its attachment to the tongue in the middle line is
set farther back so that a greater extent of its apex is free. I
also noticed 9 denticles at the tip in a specimen of Perodicticus
theanus. But in both Perodicticus and Galago these denticles
form a continuous series, whereas in an example of Vycticebus,
with 7 denticles, the outer on each side was larger than the rest
and separated from them (text-fig. 10, E, F, H).
In Chiromys the sublingua is of a different type. It has a
free lateral margin, but towards its abruptly attenuated tip it is
closely adherent to the tongue. It is not denticulated, but ends
in front in a firm, deflected hook which is the anterior termi-
nation of a thick median keel or ridge, itself carrying two or
three teeth, and traversing the whole of the underside of the
sublingua back to the upper end of the lingual frenum. Just in
front of the point there is on each side of the sublingua a.small,
probably glandular pouch, like a watch-pocket, with its orifice
looking forwards. The frenal lamelle are present and narrow; but
I could not be sure of their exact form. In the example of this
genus I examined the sublingua is less cordate and the tongue
less rounded than depicted by Owen, who, moreover, did not
mention the small teeth on the carina or the pocket-like glands
near the base of the sublingua (text-fig. 11, A, B).
The sublingua of Varsiws, described and figured by Burmeister,
is different from that of Lemurs. It is not so well developed, is
softer in consistency. and is defined from the tongue laterally by
a groove. In the middle it is provided with a rod-like thickening
which has a knob-like expansion at the apex. This rod, corre-
sponding to the median carina of the sublingua seen in Chiromys
and other Lemurs, was compared to the lytta of the tongue of
Canis by Burmeister. But the bifurcation of this rod and some
other structures at the tip of the sublingua described by that
author I was unable to detect in the single example of the tongue
of Tarsius I examined. In this specimen the frenal lamelle
consist of a pair of longish slender processes, each tipped with a
few small projections. At the proximal end of these processes
on the outer side the edge expands abruptly to form a flap with
a lobulate margin which extends far backwards along the sides
of the tongue. Burmeister described the frenal lamelle as the
CHARACYERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 39
‘‘Unterzunge.” His figure represents this structure as an
undivided semielliptical lamina with evenly denticulated margin.
This does not agree with my observations (text-fig. 11, C—E).
It has been suggested that the sublingua of the Lemurs acts as
~a tooth-brush to clean the porrect, close-set, and comb-like series
of anterior mandibular teeth. Lemurs certainly use these teeth
to comb their own fur and that of their companions. I have
never seen them employ these teeth for any other purpose, and
Text-figure 11.
. Side view of the tongue of Chiromys.
. Lower view of the same.
. Lower view of the tongue of Tarsius raised from the floor of the mouth.
. The same extracted with the frenal lamelle and the fringe attached.
. Side view of the tongue of Tarsiws, showing the comparatively slight
* differentiation of the sublingua and the well-developed frenal lamelle with
backwardly extending lobulated fringe.
soon PS
since there is frequently a rapid movement of the tongue after
the combing action, I do not doubt that the suggestion as to
the function of the sublingua is correct; and the suggestion is
strengthened by the structure of the sublingua in Chiromys,
where the median keel ends in a firm hook well adapted to all
appearance for removing particles lodged between the two rodent
incisor teeth of the lower jaw. .
40 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
In connection with the fur-combing use of the pectiniform
mandibular teeth in the true Lemurs, it must be remembered
that the spatulate finger-tips and short nails of these animals
deprive the digits of the scratching power they possess in ordinary
mammals with narrow finger-tips and comparatively long claws
or nails. Only one digit in the Lemurs is functional as a
scratcher, namely, the second of the hind-foot, which is short
with small terminal pad and long semi-erect claw. Thus is
established a most interesting correlation of characters in the
Lemurs :—namely, the uselessness of the fingers for scratching
the fur, the modification of the anterior mandibular teeth to sub-
serve that end, and the differentiation of the sublingua to keep
these teeth clean from seurf and hair. Now in Z'arsius the lower
mandibular teeth are not modified to form a comb. Possibly
they are employed for cleaning the coat, but their structure
makes them less lable to be clogged, and at the same time less
efficient instruments for the purpose than the corresponding teeth
of the typical Lemurs. Possibly, perhaps probably, for these
reasons, the sublingua is less differentiated and two of the digits
of the hind-foot, the second and third, are set apart as scratchers
and are capable of acting in unison, almost like the corresponding
united digits of the syndactylous Marsupials.
The sublingua of Chiromys probably serves mainly the purpose
of keeping the gnawing-teeth free from woody fibre; and, for
anything I know to the contrary, it may also cleanse them of
hair and scurf. But I am not aware whether these teeth are
used as a comb or not. At all events, in the case of this genus it
is interesting to note that the absence of the typical lemurine
dental comb is accompanied by well-developed claws and by fur
of a very different texture from that of ordinary Lemurs, since
it consists of a light underwool covered by long coarse hairs.
Possibly the fisefulness of the claws in combing this fur has been
one of the principal guiding factors in their evolution from nails.
The Anus and its Glands.
In all the Lemuroids examined, with one exception, the anus
is Situated in the normal, position below the joint of the tail so
that the base of that organ, when depressed, closes over it. But
in Chirogaleus major it is placed below, or on the distal side of
the joint of the tail, so that when that organ is raised the anus
is carried up on its base (text-fig. 16, A).
Normally in this group, that 1s to say in WVycticebus, Perodic-
ticus, Galago, Chiromys, the Indriside appar ently, and in Lemar
catia, variegatus, and coronatus, the per ineal and circumana] areas
are covered with hair; but in LZ. macaco, LZ. albifrons, and the
various forms such as nigrifrons, rufus, fulvus, cinereiceps, asso-
ciated with albifrons, these regions are covered in both sexes
with nearly naked, folded, wrinkled, and glandular skin, and
similar naked skin extends for an inch or so along the root of
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 4]
_ the tail (text-figs. 12, A; 15, BE). In other species referred to
this genus, i.e. L. mongoz and L. rubriventer, the glandular area
is much less differentiated, the skin being more closely covered
with fine, short hair and less distinctly folded and wrinkled.
Text-figure 12.
ANS
SA
We Was ,
O
Z
Yr
Ge
:
1 “a
AN
C
A. Anal and genital area of male Lemur albifrons, showing the nearly naked
glandular skin stretching from the root of the tail to the scrotum.
B. The same of Lemur mongoz, showing the hairy but partially wrinkled skin
round the anus.
CQ. The same of female Lemur mongoz, showing the absence of wrinkled skin
round the anus, the long grooved clitoris (cl.), and the orifice of the urethra
(u.) below that of the vagina (v.).
D. The same of male Lemur catta, showing the hairy unwrinkled skin round the
anus and the naked scrotum.
42 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
The only example of ZL. rubriventer examined, namely a female,
had the skin of the circumanal area distinctly but not strongly ~
wrinkled. On the other hand, some females of Z. mongoz show
no sign of wrinkling, others show traces of it, and in some
males the wrinkling is rather strongly pronounced. A complete
gradation therefore in the development of the glandular area can
be traced from ZL. coronatus through L. mongoz to L. macaco and
L. albifrons (text-fig. 12, A-C).
The paired anal glands, so well known in some orders of
Mammals, e. y. the Rodentia and Carnivora, appear to be absent
in almost all Lemurs. The only genus in which I have found a
trace of them is Chiromys, where they are represented by a pair
of small, shallow invaginations, one on each side of the anal
orifice.
The External Genitalia of the Male.
According to Milne-Edwards and Grandidier each of the three
genera of Indrisidze may be characterised by the structure of the
penis and baculum. The penis appears to be short, subcylin-
drical, and apically truncated, and the baculum is distally
biramous in all cases. ;
In Lichanotus the epithelium is striated, and there are on each
side of the organ near the middle of its length two strong
recurved spines set one above the other. The baculum is greatly
expanded at its proximal end and gradually narrows from the
thickening to the middle of its length. From that point the two
sides diverge gradually to the apices of the two branches, which
themselves diverge evenly at about an angle of sixty degrees,
each branch being rather less than one-third of the length of the
whole bone.
In /ndris the epithelium of the penis is irregularly reticulated,
and on each side of the organ there is a patch of rather small
spines set in three irregularly vertical rows which extend also to
the underside. The baculum differs from that of Jichanotus in
being thicker in the middle of its length, without any proximal
(or basal) expansion, and in having the two branches much less
divergent and a little longer, each slightly exceeding one-third
the length of the entire bone (text-fig. 14, C).
In Propithecus the epithelium of the penis is grooved and beset
with minute spicules. The baculum differs from that of Zndris
in having the branches very long, each being more than half the
length of the entire bone, longer, that is to say, than the stalk
instead of shorter as in /ndris and Lichanotus.
The penis of Chirogaleus major (text-fig. 13, I, K, L) is rather
short and broad, nearly parallel-sided, with an ovate extremity
giving it a somewhat linguiform appearance from the lower or
upper view. It is longitudinally grooved and closely punctured,
the punctures possibly marking the position of minute spicules
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 43
rubbed off. The orifice of the urethra is situated above the pad
covering the tip of the baculum, a character in which the penis
Text-figure 13.
WV,
mn
les)
Zim
A. Penis of Galago crassicaudatus from below with the frill folded over the tip
of the glans.
B. Tip of the glans of the same with the frill spread.
}. End of the penis of the same from the side with the tip protruding from the
frill.
D. Penis of Galago senegalensis from below.
E. Tip of the glans of the same showing the absence of the frill.
¥. Penis of Nycticebus from the side.
G. Tip of the glans of the same to compare with B and E.
H. The same of Perodicticus.
I. Penis of Chirogaleus major from below.
K. Tip of penis of the same showing the orifice of the urethra above the tip of the
baculum.
L. Penis of the same from the side with a probe passed dowa the urethra.
M. End of penis of Lemur macaco from below.
N. The same from above.
O. Penis of Lemur albifrons from the side.
P. Tip of penis of the same.
44 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
differs from that of all the Lemuroid Primates examined by me.
Above the orifice there is a transverse glandular depression
overlapped by a thick flap of epithelium. A somewhat similar
crescentic flap half encircles the bacular pad laterally and below.
The baculum (text-fig. 14, A, B) itself is a little longer than that
of an adult example of Lemur albifrons more than twice the size
of Chirogaleus major. Seen from the side the baculum shows a
slight sinuous curvature, the distal half being depressed. Seen
from above or below, the main part of the shaft is straight and
subcylindrical, but its apical fourth is divided into two curved
branches, a right and left, which diverge at first, then converge
so as almost to meet apically in the middle line, circumscribing
an ovate space. The urethra, which runs along the underside of
the main portion of the baculum, passes through this space at
the point of bifurcation of the baculum. Hence it comes about
that the orifice of the urethra lies above the pad which covers the
juxtaposed tips of the two branches,
In being distally biramous the baculum of Chirogaleus resembles
that of the Indrisine Lemurs, a point of great interest. It is
most like that of Lichanotus, but has the base less expanded and
the branches curved and convergent apically instead of widely
divaricated. According to Beddard Hapalemur also has a
bifid baculum. I do not know the course of the urethra with
regard to the baculum in the Indriside, nor is Beddard quite
clear on this point in his description of the penis of Hapalemur,
but since he states that the urethra opens at the posterior end
of a groove marking on the glans penis the forking of the
baculum, it may be inferred that the orifice of the urethra is
beneath the tip of the baculum as in typical Lemurs and not
above it as in Chirogaleus.
On one of the plates of his unfinished work Milne-Edwards
illustrates the male genitalia of a Lemur which, although un-
named in the legend, is clearly shown to be Z. catta by the naked»
scrotum. Four bacula are figured on the same plate. They
may have been taken from. specimens representing four distinct
species or from four examples of ZL. catia. If the latter, the
figures attest a certain amount of individual variation in this
bone, particularly in width at the base and expansion and
curvature at the tip. There the matter must rest.
In the species I have examined, namely L. catta, macaco, -
albifrons, and coronata, there is very little variation in the penis
and baculum. The penis (text-fig. 13, M-P) is subcylindrical
and armed in the middle of its length with many reversed spines
which are mostly of smal] size; two or more pairs, however, on
each side are much larger than the others, but these large spikes
are not always either symmetrically placed or numerically iden-
tical on the two sides. The orifice of the urethra is terminal
and opens just beneath the tip of the baculum. The baculum is
a comparatively short and slender rod with a larger proximal and
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 45
a smaller, sometimes incipiently bilobed distal expansion. As
compared with the size of the animals, the baculum in the
species referred to Lemur is smaller than in any other genus
(text-fig. 14, H).
In Galago senegalensis the penis is long (text-fig. 13, D, E).
Its narrow and cylindrical, proximal portion gradually expands
distally to a considerable extent, and its terminal portion is
attenuated. The orifice of the urethra, opening beneath and
behind the hardened rounded pad covering the tip of the baculum,
is provided with a small inferior and two small lateral labia.
Except at the distal and proximal ends the epithelium of the
penis is thickly beset with comparatively coarse reversed spines
Text-figure 14.
a ee
Gari, Al aishagwce ae
(co
f H
A. Baculum of Chirogaleus major from the side, the line indicating the course of
the urethra.
BB. The same from above showing the apical bifureation.
C. Baculum of Indris trom above (copied from Milne-Edwards).
ID. The same of Galago senegalensis from the side.
E. The same of Galago crassicaudatus.
F. The same of Nycticebus.
G. The same of Perodicticus.
H. The same of Lemur albifrons.
I. The same of Chiromys.
(All the figures twice nat. size.)
approximately equal in size. The baculum (text-fig. 14, D) is
long and slender, being actually nearly twice as long as that of
an adult male Lemur albifrons. It is practically straight and
gradually attenuated from its broad base, but there is a slight
sinuosity in its distal third and a slight and gradual thickening
at the apex which is blunt.
46 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON 'THE EXTERNAL
In Galago crassicaudatus and monteiri (text-fig. 13, A-C) the
penis differs considerably from that of G. senegalensis. It is
clavate in form, being gradually incrassate from the base to the
blunted tip. The orifice is just below the apex of the baculum,
and the two are encircled by a frill of grooved, wrinkled epithe-
lium, forming a sort of secondary prepuce, which is attached by a
frenuin to the lower lip of the orifice and encloses a glandular
space. The spines covering the penis are bidentate or tridentate,
and much smaller than in G. senegalensis. The baculum (text-
fig. 14, K), although actually longer than in G. senegalensis, is
approximately the same shape and relatively about the same size.
In Vycticebus the penis (text-fig. 13, F, G) is much shorter than
in Galago and smooth and of tolerably even thickness through-
out. The callous pad at the tip of the baculum is large, rounded
and prominent, and overhangs the orifice of the urethra, which
lies in a glandular space bounded laterally and below by a pair
of labia practically as in G. senegalensis. The baculum (text-
fig. 14, F) is a nearly straight rod, only about two-thirds the
length of that of G. senegalensis, although the animal itself is
much bigger.
In Perodicticus the penis (text-fig. 13, Hl) i is short and smooth
and like that of Vycticebus except that, the tip of the baculum
and the orifice of the urethra are surrounded by a complete hood
or frill of wrinkled epithelium enclosing a circular glandular
space. The baculum (text-fig. 14, G) in the specimen examined
is shorter than that of the éxample of Vycticebus, but decidedly
thicker at the base inferiorly and with its upper edge a little
more sinuous.
According to Huxley's description (P. Z.S. 1864, p. 334) the
extremity of the glans penis in Arctocebus closely resembles that
of Perodicticus except that the encircling hood is bifid in the
middle line below. He states, however, that the baculum is :75
of an inch in length, about twice as long, that is to say, as in my
example of Perodicticus, although, judging from the dimensions
of the limbs, his animal was considerably the smaller of the two.
In Chiromys the penis is rugulose, wrinkled, and very slightly
narrowed distally for three-fourths of its length, then somewhat
abruptly attenuated to the apex, where the upturned tip of the
baculum terminates; but just below this point there is a little
soft, curved, subcylindrical process upon which it seems probable
the orifice of the urethra opens. When the prepuce is reflected
to its fullest extent, the basal fourth of the exposed portion of the
penis is seen to be provided with five probably glandular, longi-
tudinal grooves, one in the middle line above a two on each
side, one above the other, the ventral middle line being occupied
by the frenum. The baculum (text-fig. 14, I) is tolerably stout and
longer than in any genus of Lemuroid known to me. Allowing for
its curvature, it is as long relatively as in Galago er assicuudatus.
When seen from the side it is markedly sinuous, its upper edge
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARBSIUS. ~ 47
being concave close to the base, then convex, then strongly con-
cave owing to the upeurling of the distal fourth of its length.
The ventral side is curved in correspondence. No other
Lemuroid known to me has a strongly upcurled tip to this bone.
In connection with the scrotum there is one fact to be re-
corded. In Lemur catta this sac is always naked (text-fig. 12, D).
In all other species of Lemuroid Primates it is clothed with hair
normally (text-figs. 12, A, B; 16, A). Occasionally the postero-
inferior portion is naked, as J have noticed in one or two specimens
of Galago; but I have no doubt that in these cases the absence
of the hair was due to rubbing.
The External Genitalia of the Female.
In the standard text-books of Mammals published even as
recently as Max Webew’s in 1904, it is stated that the urethra
traverses the clitoris in the Lemuroidea. This is not true of any
Madagascar Lemur I have examined, and applies only to the
Asiatic and African forms. In the Madagascar species \the
urinary orifice opens at a varying distance between the vaginal
aperture and the apex of the clitoris, generally much closer to
that orifice and only in one case, Lemur catta, a little nearer the
tip of the clitoris.
Milne-Edwards and Grandidier have shown that the clitoris
varies considerably in form in the three genera of Indriside.
In Lichanotus (Avahis) it is long, pendulous, and narrow, and
parallel-sided invits distal two-thirds, but expanding proximally
towards the orifice of the vulva. From the orifice of the urethra,
situated a little below the vulva, a groove extends towards the
tip of the clitoris, and at the extreme tip of the latter is placed
the aperture of a glandular depression.
In Propithecus the clitoris is much shorter and thicker, with
a broadly rounded distal end carrying a glandular orifice. The
aperture of the urethra les approximately midway between the
orifice of this gland below and of the vagina above. In Jndris
the distal end of the clitoris is gradually and widely expanded
laterally and extended considerably beyond the orifice of the
gland, but the orifice of the urethra is situated even nearer to
the vulva than in Lichanotus.
In the species usually referred to the genus Lemur there is
considerable variation in the structure of the genital area of the
female.
In Lemur varius the clitoris is a short, thick, fleshy excrescence
with a blunt apex and somewhat cordate in shape, rising from
the centre of a tolerably large area of naked skin. Its free
posterior surface 1s marked by a median groove or rima defined
laterally by a pair of thick labia. When the Jatter are separated
the urinary channel, a gutter with thin elevated margins, is
displayed. In a mated female this gutter is seen to lead from
48 *, MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
Text-figure 15.
A. Anal and genital area of female Lem catta, showing the thick clitoris
protruding between the labia of the vuiva.
B. The same of female Lemur variegatus, showing the short cordate vulva arising
from a naked area of skin.
C. Vulva of the same enlarged, showing the lateral grooves and the orifices of the
urethra and vagina covered by membrane (hymen) in the virgin female.
T). Side view of the same vulva.
EK. Anal and genital area of female Lemar albifrons, showing the circumanal
elands and the long attenuated clitoris.
F. The same of Lemur coronatus, showing the long clitoris and the absence of
circumanal glands. ‘
G. Vulva of the same on larger scale, showing the supplementary labia beneath
the orifice of the vagina.
cl., clitoris ; w., orifice of urethra; v., orifice of vagina. ;
.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. 49
the orifice of the urethra, which is just below that of the vulva;
but in a virgin female the two orifices are concealed by a flap of
membrane (hymen), below the edge of which the open channel
extends, narrowing in its course to the apex of the clitoris. The
sides of the clitoris are marked by a couple of deep, probably
glandular, grooves (text-fig. 15, B, C, D).
In Lemur catta the clitoris is a thick elongated excrescence
Text-figure 16.
A. Anal and genital area of male Chirogaleus major, showing the position of the
anus on the root of the tail.
B. The same of female Hemigalago demidoffi, showing the long pendulous clitoris
below the vulva.
C. The same of female Galago crassicaudatus with the labia of the vulva spread
open.
PD. Vulva of the same with the labia closed.
I. Vulva of the same from the side.
F. Anal and genital area of female Tarsivs, showing the labia of the vulva
partially spread open.
G. The same from the side with the labia closed.
el., clitoris; 7., labium of vulva; w., orifice of urethra; v., orifice of vagina.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. IV. 4
50 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE EXTERNAL
with the orifice of the vulva at its base and that of the urethra
about one-third of the distance from the tip—much lower, that
is to say, than in Z. varius. The urinary channel runs from the
urethral orifice to the apex of the clitoris. The orifice of the
vulva is bounded on each side by a pair of thick labia, which,
when separated, diverge from above that orifice and inferiorly
disappear in the area of naked integument from which the
clitoris rises (text-fig. 15, A).
In L. macaco, albifrons, fulvus, mongoz, rufiventer, and coro-
natus, the clitoris is narrow, elongated, attenuated towards the
apex, and arises from an area of naked or nearly naked skin. It
is channelled to the apex from the orifice of the urethra, which
opens a short distance below that of the vagina. It varies to a
certain extent in length within specific limits, e.g. Z. albifrons,
and is rather exceptionally long, less attenuated and narrower
at the base in Z. coronatus than in the others. Moreover, in the
single example of this species examined, two pairs of elongated
laminz, constituting labia, diverged obliquely just below the
orifice of the vagina (text-figs. 12, C; 15, E, F, G).
In the Asiatic Lemuvoids the clitoris differs from that of the
Madagascar forms in being traversed by the urethra which opens
at its tip.
In Galago crassicaudatus the clitoris is elongated. thick from
before backwards in profile view, and parallel-sided and com-
pressed from the posterior aspect : at its tip there is a depression,
probably glandular, almost encircling the urethral orifice, and
comparable to the similarly situated gland in the Indriside.
The vulva consists of two turgid labia, of which the opposed
surfaces are provided with several small fine lamine, running
from the edges of the labia inwards towards the orifice of the
vagina (text-fig. 16, C. D, E).
In Hemigalago the clitoris is relatively much longer and
thinner than in G. crassicaudata. The distal portion appears to
be strengthened by a baculum and the tip is provided with a
glandular depression encircling the end of the bone. The two
labia at the sides of the orifice of the vagina are relatively
smaller than in G. crassicaudatus (text-fig. 16, B).
In Vycticebus the clitoris is short and thick, resembling the
prepuce of a penis. There is a glandular depression at the tip.
The orifice of the vagina is a wide transverse rima just at the
base of the clitoris. The general appearance of the external
genitalia is very different from that of Galago and Hemigalago.
Possibly the specimen examined was a virgin female.
The female external genitalia of Zarsiws are unlike those of
the Asiatic and Masearene Lemurs, but in the single example
examined recall rather those of the Old World pithecoid Primates.
The vulva is a laterally compressed, elongated excrescence, with-
out pendulous apex. The rima is short and bounded by a pair
of labia concealing the small clitoris and the orifices of the
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS, 51
arethra and vagina, which are comparatively close together. It
is significant that the vulva of this genus as a whole is less like
the vulva of the Galagos than that of the true Lemurs. It
‘approaches most nearly the vulva of LZ. varius (text-fig. 16, F, G).
General Conclusions.
The conclusions of general interest which have suggested them-
selves in the course of the investigations above detailed are
subjoined in the order of their importance :—
1. In the case of Tursius the structure of the upper lip and of
the nose severs the genus completely from the Lemurs and brings
it into line with the Pithecoid Primates. Taking this character
in conjunction with the nature of the placenta, the presence of
the postorbital partition, and other well-known features, it seems
that Hubrecht was quite right in removing Yarsius from the
Lemurs and placing it in the higher grade of Primates. I pro-
pose to give practical expression to this view by dividing the
Primates into two great series. For the first, comprising the
Lemurs, the old name SrREPsIRHINT is available. For the second,
comprising Zarsius and the Pithecoidea, I suggest the title
Hartoruini. The Haplorhini will contain two divisions, the
‘Tarsioidea and the Pithecoidea *.
2. With Zarsius eliminated from the Lemurs, the Strepsirhini
may be divided into the Chiromyoidea and the Lemuroidea. It
has been the fashion of late years to depreciate the characters of
Chiromys. Dy. Standing indeed gave the genus merely subfamily
rank under the Indriside, the latter being equivalent to the
Lemuride. But that classification sacrificed the characters of
Ohiromys to the hypothesis that the genus is a specialised off-
shoot of the Indrisoid stock. That may be true. Nevertheless,
the specialisation has proceeded so far, and in so many directions,
that it appears to me impossible to dispute the claim that the
Lemuride and the Indriside are much more nearly akin to each
other than either is to the Chiromyide. In the description of
Chiromys the peculiarities of the teeth generally distract attention
from the curious cranial modifications correlated with the rodent
dentition, such as the immense size of the premaxille, which
reach the lachrymals and exclude the reduced maxillee from con-
tact with the nasals; also the absence of the bony ridge closing
the glenoid behind and the longitudinal extension of the man-
dibular condyle, two correlated characters subservient to the
back and forth movement of the mandible well known in the
* I prefer this name to Anthropoidea because in ordinary terminology the title
“anthropoid,” reasonably according to its meaning, has become restricted to the
man-like Apes. A marmozet can hardly be called “ anthropoid,” with any approach
to the real meaning of the word. But a marmozet and a man are Ele Saniliecoels
52 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON ‘THE EXTERNAL
Rodentia. These cranial features distinguish Chiromys from all
Lemurs ; and when taken in conjunction with the teeth, with the:
peculiarities of the hands and feet, and of the sublingua, they out-
weigh, in my opinion, the known differences between the true
Mascarene Lemurs (Lemuride and Indriside) and the Asiatic
and African Galagos, Pottos, and Lorises.
3. With regard to the Galagos, Pottos, and Lorises, I am only
acquainted with one invariable cranial character distinguishing
them from the Lemuride and Indriside. This was pointed out
by Forsyth Major and has been briefly expressed by Mr. Gregory *
as follows :—In the Asiatic forms the ectotympanic is enlarged
and external to the bulla of which it forms the outer wall. “In
the Mascarene forms the ectotympanic is inclosed within the
bulla, forming a ring or horseshoe. To this difference may be
added tne one pointed out above in connection with the clitoris,
which in the Asiatic genera is traversed by the urethra, whereas
in the Mascarene forms the urethra opens above the tip of the
clitoris.
In view of these facts, I should divide the Lemuroidea into
two series, for which Mr. Gregory’s names Lemuriformes for the
Lemuridz and Indvisidee, and Lorisiformes for the Loriside (or
Nycticebide) and the Galagidee may be adopted. Similarly
for the subdivision of the Lemuride I follow Mr. Gregory in
relegating the genera to two subfamilies, the Lemurine and
Chirogaleine ; but I cannot agree with him that /Zapalemur
belongs to the Chirogaleine. That genus appears to me to be
essentially a Lemurine, its inclusion in the Chirogaleine spoiling
the definition of the subfamily.
4. As a matter of minor interest it is quite clear that the
genus Lemur as generally admitted and as recognised in this
paper is susceptible of division into two or three genera. L. catta,
for instance, differs from the other species in having the glands.
on the fore-limb and the naked heel and seroma, aad also
in the structure of the vulva. JZ. variegatus is also peculiar in
the structure of the vulva. Furthermore, the Galagos of the
G. senegalensis- type may be distinguished by the str ucture of the
penis from that of the crassicaudatns- type. Generic names.
appear to be available for these subdivisions of emer and
Galago; but I do not propose to enter into that question now.
My views above set forth differ in so many particulars from
those of Mr. Gregory that it may be interesting to tabulate our
classifications side by side, omitting those he adopts based upon
extinct genera, which, so are as I am aware, do not materially
affect the arrangement of recent forms.
* Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer. 26, pp. 432-436, 1915. See also Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist. 35, pp. 266-267, 1916.
CHARACTERS OF THE LEMURS AND TARSIUS. D3
Gregory, 1915-1916. Pocock, 1918.
‘Order PRIMATES.
Subord. LEMUROIDEA.
| Order PRIMATES.
Grade STREPSIRHINI.
Series LEMURIFORMEs. | Subord. LEMUROIDEA.
Fam. Lemurip™. | Series LEMURIFORMES.
Subfam. Lenwrine. Fam. LEMURIDS.
, & Chirogaleine. | Subfam. Lemurine.
Fam. INDRISID2. » Chirogaleine.
» CHIROMYID®. Fam. INDRISID&.
‘Series LORISIFORMES. Series LoRISIFORMEs.
Fam. Lorisip®. RaeloRranpe
Subfam. Lovisine. Comics
oy) f ab.
Galagine.
i I Subord. CHTROMYOIDEA.
Sas yy =) |
Series TARSITFORMES. | Fam. CHIROMYID ®.
Fam. TARSIID2. ;
Grade HAPLORHINI.
‘Subord. ANTHROPOIDEA. Subord. TARSIOIDEA
» PITHECOIDEA.
Apart from the removal of Zarsius from the Lemuroidea and
the union of the Loriside and Galagide in a group equivalent to
the Lemuride and Indriside combined, my classification agrees
in the main with the classification published in Flower and
Lydekker’s ‘Mammals,’ and in other works of about that period.
‘Of more recent classifications it appears to me that Gadow’s
(Class. of the Vertebrata, 1898, pp. 52-53), although brief, ex-
presses the facts with the nearest approach to the truth, especially
in the primary division of the Primates into the three suborders
Lemures, Tarsii, and Simiz.
tie
2 ee
ON THE PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 5
|
5. A Classification of the Pyratipa, subfamily Hypso-
TROPINZ. By Sir Grorck Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8.
[Received February 19, 1918: Read March 5, 1918.]
Proboscis aborted or absent ; palpi upturned, oblique or down-
curved, the males of the species with the maxillary palpi brush-
like and contained in a hollow of the labial palpi usually having
the palpi oblique in the male and downcurved in the female;
maxillary palpi small and filiform, well developed and more or
‘less dilated with scales at extremity, or brush-like and contained
in a hollow of the labial palpi; frons smooth, with tuft of hair,
or prominences of various forms; antenne of male ciliated,
laminate, serrate or pectinate with uniseriate branches, the
basal joint often dilated and the shaft often downcurved at base
with a ridge of scales in its sinus; the build slender; tibiz with
all the spurs present; abdomen smoothly scaled. Fore wing
narrow; vein la separate from 16; le absent; veins 2, 3
rarely stalked; vein 4 often absent or stalked with 5, 3 and 5
stalked or from the cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 absent ;
8,9 and often 10 stalked or 9 absent, rarely 10 also absent,
8 given off before or after 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with
the median nervure pectinated on upper side; veins la, b,c
present; 2 from near or well before angle of cell; veins 3 and 4
sometimes absent, or 3 and’5 stalked or from the cell, 4 often
absent, or 3, 4, 5 all present, 4 stalked with 5 or from cell; 6, 7
stalked or from upper angle of cell; 8 anastomosing with 7 or
approximated to it but free.
The larve of very few species are known; these live on
Graminacee and pupate in the ground in a chamber formed
by agglutinated particles of the soil; Hmmalocera depressella,
however, is injurious to sugar-cane, the larva feeding in its
roots.
The subfamily is a development from the Anerastiane—Ane-
rastia Hiibn. Verz. p. 367 (1827), type dignella Hibn.—from
which it differs only in the proboscis being absent or aborted
and non-functional.
The types of the new species are in the British Museum, the
species of which the types are in the collection are marked with
at, and those not in the collection with a *.
No quotations from German authors published since Aug. Ist,
1914 are inserted. ‘* Hostes humani generis.”
SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
"p.La00) DULuUiaT
|
‘pyoohjog ‘vy0ucboy “vrovsc “DULogVg =“ rN07AA
suomuay aay
“piyuodfoosy “DUIDT * ee —pispzy dog
“DUT Se re
‘vdoujojdvg ‘pdououzy “vifrrg ‘sapnoyznupye wa ity
“phoquy aaoUEaS
“DiyyUoLfissog — saiaae ‘pdo.wjzownpn) “DIyUaInnT
‘paaspupg —“wshayoopoyy SS a
-edatpona “aan “DIDU0PLOY | ‘pdo.zosdh fy
among : |
“DZOSVAV NT “pduny, — ‘pigaydiposa yy
ama “pdotjoary ‘DUSDLIULT, | “DULDnaS
| |
26
‘paquagr ‘pipisozy “v.t ar “DIyINUa LT ‘VlajDQ ‘DoLyaoUa
quad 2pisor @) ty I 1°09 Y 10)
WNICOULOSAAF - HHL Ao ANHDOTAH
PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A.
Key to the Genera.
‘A. Hind wing with veins 3 and 4 absent.
a. Fore wing with vein 8 from 9 before 10, 3 and 5 stalked ......
b. Fore wing with vein 8 from 9 after 10. °
al, Fore wing with veins 3 and 6 stalked.
a2. Palpi upturned
b2. Palpi oblique, straigh
c2, Palpi downeurved
BT
Coenochroa,
[p. 58.
Menuthia, p. 60.
. Calera, p. 59.
b1, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.
a2, Palpi upturned
62. Palpi porrect.
- a3, Fore wing with vein 9 absent, 11
and 10...
63, Fore wing wi
th yein 9 present, 11 from cell ...........
Statina, p. 59.
. Tinerastia, p. 61.
stalked with 8
c. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell ................:.0.0 ee
3B. Hind wing with vein 3 present, 4 absent.
a. Fore wing with vein 4 absent.
al, Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 absent, 8 from cell, 3 ‘and
< 5 from cell ae
61, Fore wing with v
from cell ........
cl, Fore wing with ve
ein 9 absent, 10 from cell, 3 and 5
Calamnotropa,
A
_ Ceenotropa, p.89.
Mesodiphlebia,
[p. 61.
[p. 91.
Tampa, p. 62.
. Bandera, p. 89.
ad). Kore wing with vein 8 from 9 atter 10.
a2, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked.
a®, Palpi upturned.
at, Frons with rounded prominence .............0....05+6
b4. Frons without prominence,
a>, Palpi reaching to above vertex of head, the 2nd
joint slenderly scaled ...............-00eeeses eee:
b5, Palpi not reaching to above vertex of head, the
Qund joint broadly scaled ..............1-0..00ee eee
63, Palpi oblique or downcurved.
at, Frons with corneous plate produced to two slight
TOMS 1m INOME 65 sc0c0a000re0 aunon0cd0o90a02N87.000900000 00
b4. Frons without corneous plate ....................000:-
b2, Fore wing with veins 3 and 5 from cell.
a3, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked
63, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.
a+, Palpi upturned
b+. Palpi downcurved ....
ce}, Fore wing with vein 10 from
the cell, 8 and 9 stalked. —
a2. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked.
a3. Frons with flattened corneous plate, rather trifid im
front and produced to short lateral points, a cor-
neous plate below the frons .......... Labo
63, Frons with pointed conical prominence ......
©, Frons with long truncate corneous process with raised
rim at extremity ........
a3, Frons with rounded prominence with raised rim at
e’. Frons without prominence .)..............:0:e ee
62, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell.
a3, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7
3, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7
2. Fore wing with vein 4 present.
a}, Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 8.
a2. Fore wing with veins 4, 6 stalked or from a point.
a3, Hind wing with vein 2 from or from close to angle
of cell.
a+, Frons with conical prominence
GRRROWINAG Phyo uog oon dan eaadoodoowad oon edoboado Baolevooau oud ou
64, Frons without prominence.
a. Frons with long pointed tuft of hair ...............
65, Frons without tuft of hair
. Hypsotropa,
[p
_.. Sudania, p. 88.
. Rhodochrysa,
in 8from 9 before 10,3 and 5 stalked... Hosidia yp. 63.
Dembea, p. 64.
Ceara, p. 63.
Leotropa, p. 64.
. Alamosa, p. 65.
Navasota, p. 6d.
67.
R8.
LP
[p. 78.
. Raphi metopus,
Chortoneca,
[p. 80.
Metacrateria,
[p. 79.
Prinanerastia,
[p. 80.
_ Rhinaphe, p. 82.
Laurentia, p. 90.
Epidauria,p. 91.
. Fossifrontia,
[p- 107.
Aurora, p. 106.
. Commotria,
[p. 107.
58 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
63, Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell.
a‘. Frons with rounded prominence ........................ Siboga, p. 112.
64. Frons without prominence.
a. Fore wing with veins 4, 5, hind wing with veins
3and 5 stalked ......... ....... Ematheudes,
es wing with veins 4, 5, hind | wing - with veins [p. 114.
3 and d from angle of cell .. Ric . Baptotropa,
62, Fore wing with veins 4, 5 separate. [p. 116.
a’. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell......... Biafra, p. 114.
63, Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell. [p. 116.
a+, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7 ...... Ethiotropa,
64, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7 ... Patna, p.117.
b!, Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell.
a>. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 stalked.
a’, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked .......... . Saluria, p. 93.
63. Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell ... » dep ophtasia,
6°. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell. [p. 104.
a’, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 stalked; frons with
truncate “conical prominence Sag ot voce... Megalophota,
63, Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from the cell. [p. 117.
at. Frons with prominence hollowed out in front ...... Martia, p. 118.
64, Frons with disk of scales ....5) 00. ..c...csecse.ss 00-6. 4. -Discofrontia,
[p. 118.
c#, Frons without disk of seales or prominence ......... Critonia, p. 119.
C. Hind wing with vein 4 present.
a. Fore wing with vein 10 stalked with 8. [p. 121.
a}, Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7 ............... Monoctenocera,
61, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7............ Saborma, p. 122
6. Fore wing with vein 10 from the cell.
a\, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 stalked .............................. Osacia, p. 1238.
61, Fore wing with veins 2, 3 from the cell.
a, Frons with small rounded prominence with a corneous
OVENS ENON TI cock soncadanancneogouaveadoobedmnanebaueoonscadea JAUAOTOIOHOEy
63. Frons without prominence, (ip. 123.
a‘. Fore wing with veins 4,.5 stalked ..................... Polyocha, p.124.
64. Fore wing with veins 4, 5 from the cell ............... Emmatocera,
Tp. 126.
Genus CaNocHRoa.
Type.
Conochroa Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887) ...... californiella.
Petaluma Wulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii.
Dev 2LOUGL SOO) erate fo aas mets vba astle sprees openly Sei libella.
Proboscis absent; palpi downcurved, about three times length
of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and filiform ;
frons with conical prominence, thickly scaled above ; antenne
of male laminate and almost simple: Fore wing narrow and
elongate, the apex rounded; vein 2 from close to ‘angle of cell;
3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6 from well below upper
angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from before 10; 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent,
5 sometimes not reaching the termen; 6, 7 from upper angle ;
8 strongly anastomosing with 7.
(1) *Ca:nocHROA ILLIBELLA.
Anerastia illibella Hulst, Ent. Am. ili. p. 138 (Oct. 1887) ;
Rag. Rom. Mém. viu. p. 419, pl. 45. £.9; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N.
Am. p. 440.
Cenochroa puricostella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (Dec. 1887).
U.S.A., Texas, Arizona.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA@, 59
(2) Ca&NocHROA INSPERGELLA.
Cenochroa inspergella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887);_id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 419, pl. 45. f. 10; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 440.
U.S.A., Texas, Colorado, Arizona. |
(3) *CaNOCHROA CALIFORNIELLA.
Cenochroa californiella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 420, pl. 45. f.8; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 441.
U.S.A., Colorado, California, Arizona; Mexico, Presidio.
Auctorum.
Cenochroa monomacula Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 348:
(GUOMES GAN e skal nu nvum te trea eu cRUhen crema iannn inate PANAMA.
Genus CALERA.
nN
ype.
Calera Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888) ............ punctilimbella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending
about twice the length of head and smoothly sealed ; maxillary
palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth; antennz of male
somewhat laminate and ciliated, the basal joint somewhat en-
larged and flattened on outer side. Fore wing long and narrow,,
the apex rounded; vein 2 from near -angle of cell; 3 and 5
strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with
vein 2 from elose to angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked ;
8 anastomosing strongly with 7.
CALERA PUNCTILIMBELLA.
Calera punctilimbella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 417, pl. 40. f. 20; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 441.
U.S.A., N. Carolina, Iowa, Texas.
Genus STavrna.
Type.
Statina Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887) ......... roseotinctella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending
about two and a half times length of head and rather roughly
sealed; maxillary palpi minute, filiform; frons with tuft of
scales ; antenne of male Jaminate and ciliated, the shaft thickened
with scales above at base, the basal joint long, dilated and
flattened. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded ;
vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,
4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from
beyond 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to
60 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
angle of cell; 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anasto-
mosing strongly with 7.
(1) *Srarina GAUDIELLA.
Statina gaudiella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent, Soc. xvii. p. 216
(1890); Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 415, pl. 51. f.5; Dyar, Cat.
Lep. N. Am. p. 440.
U.S.A., Texas.
(2) SravTINA ROSEOTINCTELLA.
Statina roseotinctelia Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887); id.
Rom. Mém. vii. p. 416, pl. 47. f. 7; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 440.
U.S.A., Florida, Texas.
(3) TSTATINA PUNCTILINEELLA.
Statina punctilineella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 416, pl. 52.
elisa @OON)):
S. Brazin.
(4) PSTATINA BIFASCIELLA.
Statina bifasciella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 416, pl. 52.
f, 8 (1901).
U.S.A., Texas.
(5) STATINA RHODOBAPHELLA.
Statina rhodobaphella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 417, pl. 45. f. 6.
CELEBES, Sangir I.; N. GuinEA; QUEENSLAND.
(6) TSTATINA ROSINELLA, sp. n.
Q. Head and thorax purplish pink; abdomen whitish suf-
fused with red-brown, dorsally fulvous towards base; antenne,
pectus, and legs whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing
purplish pink, the veins streaked with white; a brown shade
below basal half of cell. Hing wing ochreous white.
N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie), 1 2 type. Hap. 16 sar
(7) TSravTINa CASHMIRALIS.
Statina cashmiralis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.
p. 20 (1901).
KASHMIR,
Genus MENUTHIA.
Type.
Menuthia Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888) ............... nanella.
Proboscis absent ; palpi upturned to far above vertex of head,
slender and smoothly scaled; maxillary palpi filiform; frons
PYRALID&, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 61
smooth ; antenne of female almost simple. Fore wing long and
narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from angle of cell : 3 and 5
stalked, 4 absent; 6 from Tnelaw upper angle ; ‘sh We 10 stalked,
8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with the cell short
veins 2 and 5 stalked, 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle ;.
8 strongly anastomosing with 7.
*VIENUTHIA NANELLA.
Menuthia nanella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 50 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 418, pl. 40. f. 22
ZANZIBAR.
Genus TINERASTIA.
Type.
Tinerastia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 414 (1901)... Siecle.
Proboscis absent; palpi upturned to rather above vertex of
head and nearly smoothly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and
filiform; frons with rounded prominence ; antennee of male
laminate and ciliated, the basal joint rather long. Fore wing
rather long and narrow, the apex rounded ; vein 2 from towards
angle of cell; 3 and 5 from an gle, 4 absent ; 6 from below upper
angle ; 8,9 , 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; s from cell. Hind
wing with seins 2 and 5 from angle of cell, 3 and 4 absent; 6, 7
fo)
stalked; 8 anastomosing strongly with 7.
(1) TTINERASTIA DISCIPUNCTELLA,
Menuthia discipunctella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 52 (1896) ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 414, pl. 52. f. 10.
CEYLON.
(2) TTINERASTIA FISSIRELLA.
Menuthia Jissivella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 52 (1896); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 414, pl. 52. f. 9.
CEYLON.
Genus MESODIPHLEBIA.
: eee : ‘ Type.
Mesodiphlebia Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi.
PSPAIO Me iam seiocicier. Geet -lacisiocieluersie melmneracie nile san a ence crassivenia.
Proboseis absent ; palpi porrect, about twice the length of
head, almost straight and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi well
developed and slightly dilated with scales ; frons with conical
tuft of hair; antenne of male laminate and ciliated, the shaft
somewhat curved at base and thickened with scales in the sinus,
the basal joint rather elongate and flattened. Fore wing long
and narrow, the apex apinilet 2 vein 2 from near angle of cell;
3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10;
11 from cell. Hind wing rite veins 2 and 5 from angle of cell;
3 and 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing strongly-
with 7.
62 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(1) *MEsopIPHLEBIA DELIQUELLA.
Anerastia deliquella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 861; Rag. Rom. Mém.
viii. p. 413, pl. 45. f. 5.
Anerastia trinotella Berg, An. Soc. Arg. 1885, p. 275.
ARGENTINA.
(2) TMESODIPHLEBIA CRASSIVENIA,.
Anerastia crassiwenia Zell. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 251,
pl. xii. f. 52 (1881); Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 415, pl. 40. f. 16.
COLOMBIA:
(3) MErsopIPHLEBIA STRICTICOSTELLA.
Mesodiphlebia stricticostella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887,
yp. 260; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 413, pl. 40. f. 15.
N. NicErIA; SUDAN.
(4) + MESODIPHLEBIA ROSELLA.
Calera rosella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 53 (1896) ; id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 412, pl. 52. f. 7.
Maopras, Nilgiris.
(5) }MESODIPHLEBIA OCHRACEELLA, Sp. n.
@. Head and thorax brownish ochreous; pectus, legs, and
abdomen white suffused with brownish ochreous. Fore wing
uniform brownish ochreous. Hind wing white with a faint
ochreous tinge.
ARGENTINA, Corrientes, Goya (Perrens), 1 2 type. Hap.
20 mm.
Auctorum.
Calera albicostella Grossbeck, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist. xxxvii.
ps LOAs CIO TiN sv caecrecpees cee Maciocia L ts: U:S.A., Florida.
Genus TAMPA.
Type.
Tampa Rag. N. Am. Phye. p.19 (1887) ....-.... dimediatella..
Proboscis aborted and small; palpi obliquely upturned to well
above vertex of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi well
developed and dilated with scales; frons smooth; antenne of
male ciliated. Fore wing long and narrow; the costa highly
arched, the apex rounded, the termen very oblique; vein 2 from
close to angle of cell; 3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 6 from below
upper angle; 9 and 10 absent ; 11 from close to 8. Hind wing
with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,
4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 anastomosing with 7 to
mear apex.
PYRALIDA, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 63
TAMPA DIMEDIATELLA.
Tampa dimediatella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 20 (1887); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 411, pl. 45. f.4; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 440.
U.S.A., Florida, Texas.
Genus CEARA.
Type.
Ceara Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 49 (1888) ».......5..... discinotella.
Proboscia absent; palpi upturned to rather above vertex of
head and moderately sealed ; maxillary palpi small and filiform ;
frons smooth, with large conical tuft of scales ; antenne of male
laminate and ciliated, the shaft with small tuft of scales above
at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded: vein 2 from
angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper
angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly
stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 strongly anastomosing with 7.
(1) *CEARA DISCINOTELLA.
Ceara discinotella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 368, pl. 39. f. 3.
S. BRaAzIu.
(2) TCEARA ALBIFASCIATA, Sp. n.
3. Head white; thorax white tinged with reddish brown ;
abdomen white tinged with brown and dorsally with fulvous
yellow towards base; pectus and legs white tinged with brown.
Fore wing with white costal fascia narrowing to a point before
apex and with vein 12 defined above and below by grey-brown,
the area below it to just below the cell and vein 2 white suffused
with grey-brown, leaving the veins streaked with white; the
inner area pale pink with a white streak on vein |. Hind
wing white, tinged with brown except on inner area.
Br. BE. Arrica, Eb Urru (Betton), 1 3 type. xp. 26 mm.
Genus Hosrpra.
Type.
Hosidia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 408 (1901). ochrineurella.
Proboscis absent ; palpi downcurved, extending about one and
a half times length of head and roughly scaled ; maxillary palpi
minute and filiform; frons smooth, with conical tuft of hair;
antenne of male ciliated, the shaft with sinus and tuft of scales
at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from
clese to angle of cell; 3 and 4 stalked, 5 absent ; 6 from below
upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from before 10; 11 from cell.
Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 5
strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked: 8 anastomosing strongly
with 7. ;
64 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
* HOsIDIA OCHRINEURELLA.
Hosidia ochrineurella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 409, pl. 45.
fal a@i9 Os):
Nata.
Genus Dremsra.
Type.
Dembea Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888) ............ venulosella,
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned to about vertex
of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi minute and slightly
dilated with scales; frons with large rounded prominence thickly
clothed with scales; antennee of male laminate and ciliated, the:
shaft with ridge of scales at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex
rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 53 and 5 shortly
stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked,
8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from
angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 anas-
tomosing strongly with 7. :
+D»EMBEA VENULOSELLA,
Dembea venulosella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 368, pl. 44. f. 19.
N. Nigeria; AByssInIA; Br. C. AFRICA.
Genus LEOrROPA, nov.
Type, L. phenicias.
Proboseis absent ; palpi obliquely upturned to about vertex of
head and moderately scaled ; maxillary palpi minute and filiform ;
frons smooth, rounded; antenne of male laminate and ciliated,
with a sinus at base containing a double ridge of scales. Fore
wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of
cell; 3and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2
from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 very strongly stalked,
4 absent; 6, 7 stalked; 8 strongly anastomosing with 7.
(1) tLEOTROPA PHGNICIAS, Sp. n.
3g. Head and thorax purplish pink; abdomen pale brownish
grey dorsally tinged with fulvous; antenne brownish ; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen, except towards extremity,
brownish tinged with purplish pink. Fore wing purplish pink,
the veins streaked with white; a dark brown fascia through
upper part of cell to apex, the costal area towards apex white.
Hind wing brownish white ; a slight brown terminal line.
Sierra Leone (Clements), 1 gd type. Hap. 22 mm.
(2) tLEorroPA SARCINA, Sp. n.
o. Head and thorax white mixed with ochreous brown ;
abdomen white, dorsally faintly tinged with fulvous towards.
PYRALIDAH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 65
base ; pectus and legs white suffused with brown. Fore wing
white tinged with purplish pink, the veins streaked with white ;
the costa] area white narrowing to a point at apex and with vein 12
defined on each side by brown, a brown shade below the costal
area. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous brown tinge on
costal area and in submedian interspace. ‘
Br. EH. Arrica, Teita (Jackson), 1 5 type. Hap. 16mm.
(3) tLEOTROPA PAPUANENSIS, Sp. n.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with reddish
brown, the last dorsally tinged with fulvous towards base. Fore
wing whitish irrorated with reddish brown, the costal area rather
whiter, narrowing to a point at apex and with slight brown
streak below it. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown,
the cilia white.
| Dunc IN: Gunna, Ron I. (Doherty), 1 3 type. Hap. 14 mm.
Genus ALAMOSA.
Type.
Alamosa Hmpsn. Rom. Mém, viii. p. 369 (1901). piperatella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending
about twice the length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary
palpi minute and filiform; frons with flattened corneous plate
produced to two slight points in front and thickly scaled above ;
antenne of male laminate. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded;
vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6
from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10;
11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from just before angle of
cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle ;
8 strongly anastomosing with 7.
»
(1) ALAMOSA PIPERATELLA.
Alamosa piperatella Hmpsn. Rom. Meém. viii. p. 369, pl. 51.
f. 25 (1901).
U.S.A., Colorado, New Mexico.
(2) *ALAMOSA BIPUNCTELLA.
Alamosa bipwnetella Barnes & McD. Contr. Nat. Hist. Lep.
N. Am. ii. 4, p. 184, pl. 1. f. 7 (1913).
U.S.A., Florida. ;
Genus NAvASsora.
/ ‘Dype-.
Navasota Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887) ............ hebetella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi extending about the
length of head and moderately scaled, the 2nd joint oblique, the
3rd porrect ; maxillary palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth
with conical tuft of hair; antenne of male laminate and ciliated,
Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1918, No. V. Lia
66 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
the shaft with sinus at base containing a ridge of scales. Fore
wing narrow, the apex rounded; vein 2 from towards angle of
cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 5 from below upper angle; 8, 9,
10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind wing with
vein 2 from close to angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked,
4 absent: 6, 7 stalked; 8 anastomosing with 7.
(1) *NavAsora HEBETELLA.
Navasota hebetella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 369, pl. 89. f. 5; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.
U.S.A., Texas.
(2) rNAVASOTA PERSECTELLA, sp. N.
@. Head and thorax purplish red; abdomen white, dorsally
suffused with fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs
white tinged with rufous. Fore wing purplish pink; the costal
area creamy white, narrowing to a point at apex, vein 12 defined
by the costa above it being purplish red and by a fine streak
below, the costal area defined by a red-brown fascia below ;
veins 4, 3, and | slightly streaked with white. Hind wing white
slightly tinged with ochreous brown.
Timor, Dili (Doherty), 1 2 type. Hap. 16 mm.
(3) TNAVASOTA HAMAPHAELLA, sp. 1.
Q. Head and thorax dusky crimson; abdomen fuscous, the
base of dorsal area fulvous. Fore wing dusky crimson with a
slightly defined rather paler costal fascia attenuated to a point
before apex ; a very slight irroration of black scales and traces of
a terminal series of points. Hind wing ochreous tinged with
pale fuscous.
LovisIAbDEs, St. Aignan I. (Meek), 1 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.
(4) TNAVASOTA LEUCONEURELLA, sp. Nn.
3. Head and thorax dusky crimson; abdomen ochreous
white. Fore wing crimson; the veins streaked with white, the
subcostal and median nervures strongly so and the former
defined on lower side by brown suffusion from base to apex.
Hind wing yellowish white, the costal area tinged with fuscous.
Ueanpa, Kampala (Ansorge) ; TRAnsvaaL, White R. (Cooke),
1g; Narat, Estcourt (Hutchinson), 1 $ type; Cart Conony,
Transkei (diss /. Barrett),1 3. Hap. 24 mm.
(5) tNAVASOTA CHIONOPHLEBIA, sp. Nn.
Head and thorax purplish red mixed with some ochreous
white; abdomen rufous, dorsally fulvous yellow on basal half ;
pectus and legs whitish suffused with rufous. Fore wing purplish
pink, the veins strongly streaked with white. Hind wing white
tinged with rufous.
PYRALID.E, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 67
S. Nigerta, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso (Sir G@. Carter), 1 @ ;
N. Nicerta, Zungeru (Simpson, Macfie), 2 2, Minna (Macfie),
13,19 type. Hap. 16-22 mm.
(6) {NAVASOTA SYRIGGIA, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax rufous tinged with purplish pink, the
metathorax ochreous white; abdomen fulvous yellow; pectus
sand legs white, the latter tinged with purplish rufous. Fore
wing pale purplish pink, the veins slightly streaked with white.
Hind wing white with a faint ochreous tinge.
ARGENTINA, Tucuman, Los Vasquez (Dinelly), 1 Q type. Hap.
‘24 mm.
(7) NAVASOTA DISCIPUNCTELLA, Sp. 0.
Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with brown, the
last faintly tinged with fulvous yellow towards base of dorsum.
Fore wing white irrorated with fuscous brown and some pale
purplish-pink scales ; a black discoidal point; a. slight blackish
postmedial shade from vein 2 to inner margin.
N. Nigeria, Minna (Maejie),1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm.
Auctorun.
Navasota myriolecta Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 347
(COSIS.net Ns oe AOE PANAMA.
Genus Hypsorropa.
= Type.
Hypsotropa Zell. Vsis, 1848, p. 591 ............... lacie
Heosphora Meyr. P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii.
Weel DON LOSZ items ten mecclaes see cetandasnesccaye psamathella.
Seleucia Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259. semirosella.
JE OFOG IRE ING Nie leliny@s JOs IS) (CUSIST)) se scesaue approximella.
Ambala Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888) ......... Suscostrigella.
Lymira Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ......... semirosella.
Tiarra Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ............ pusillella.
Socora Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ............ tenwicostella.
Talamba Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888) ......... tenuinervella.
Wekiva Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii.
Oe 2OACUSOO)) eps aae i AR areas eI luteicostella.
Tinitinoa Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat®.Mus. xlvii.
et TR EL OMS \i ety. dU RG epee a one. Satoh lithe phyrdes.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically obliquely up-
turned to far above vertex of head, the 2nd joint fringed with
scales in front; maxillary palpi slightly dilated with scales ;
frons smooth, with tuft of scales; antenneze of male typically
somewhat laminate and ciliated, the shaft slightly curved at
base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded ; vein 2 from towards
angle of cell; 3 and 5 separate, 4 absent; 6 from below upper
angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 from beyond 10; 11 from cell. Hind
5*
68 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
wing with vein 2 from just before angle of cell; 3 and 5 strongly
stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 strongly anastomosing
with 7.
Secr. J. Palpi of male upturned. 5
A. Palpi of male hollowed out to contain the brush-like maxillary palpi; the
antennz with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.
a. (Ambala). Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches, the apex
ciliated.
(1) *HypsorroPpa CONTRASTELLA.
Ambala contrastella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom.
Meém. viii. p. 370, pl. 38. f. 11.
NATAL.
(2) Hypsorropa FUSCOSTRIGELLA.
Ambala fuscostrigella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 45 (1888); id. Rom..
Mem. viii. p. 371, pl. 38. f. 10.
PuNJAB.
(3) HypsorroPa SUBCOSTELLA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax white, the tegule and patagia suffused with
red-brown ; antenne red-brown; palpi irrorated with red-brown ;
abdomen white, usually irrorated with brown and dorsally suf-
fused with fulvous yellow towards base; legs irrorated with
brown. Fore wing white with a faint pink tinge, and strongly
irrorated with brown; an ochreous-brown fascia through the-
cell from base to apex, extending to just below the cell. Hind
wing white with a taint ochreous tinge.
N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Mache, Simpson), 1 5, 2 9 type;
Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Ilala (Veave),.
26. Exp. 20-28 mm.
(4) Hypsorropa PERVITTELLA, sp. 1.
Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown; abdomen
white tinged with red-brown and dorsally suffused with fulvous
vellow towards base. Fore wing white thickly irorated with
red-brown ; a red-brown fascia through the cell from base to
apex, the veins below it streaked with white. Hind wing white
with the costa tinged with brown towards apex.
PungaB, Ajmere, 1 ¢ ; Bompay, Deesa (Vurse), 1 3, 1 9
type. Hap. 20 mm.
6. Antenne of male with uniseriate branches below the sinus only, then
serrate.
(5) HypsorropaA HETEROCERELLA.
Hypsotropa heterocerella Himpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 54 (1896) ;
id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 371, pl. 52. f. 1.
KASHMIR ; PUNJAB.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN ©. 69
ce. Antenne of male somewhat laminate and ciliated to base.
(6) HypsorroPaA OCRACEELLA, Sp. Nn.
go. Head and thorax brownish ochreous mixed with some
white; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally tinged with fulvous
yellow towards base. Fore wing brownish ochreous; a dark
brown fascia along median nervure; a diffused antemedial line
‘from cell to inner margin ; a diffused dark postmedial line tend-
ing to form streaks in the interspaces, oblique to vein 6, then
inwardly oblique; a slight dark terminal lne. Hind wing
white tinged with ochreous brown and with a dark terminal line
to submedian fold.
Trvor, Oinainisa (Doherty), 1 g type. Hap. 14 mm.
B. Maxillary palpi of male filiform.
a. Antenne of male with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.
a’. (Soeora). Palpi of male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned and thickly
, scaled, the third joint porrect.
(7) *HypsorroPa TENUICOSTELLA.
Socora tenuicostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888); id. Rom.
Mulerins With, jo. BiG, yolle BS), igs Oe
GAMBIA.
b’. (Lymiva). Palpi of male slender, the 3rd jomt upturned.
(8) *HypsorropaA SEMIROSELLA.
Seleucia senirosella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. USSi7) pa2oep ide
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 373, pl. 38. f.9; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11.
‘p. 83.
SYRIA.
(9) Hypsorropa ILLECTALIS.
Addyme illectalis Wik. xxx. 959 (1864); Rag. Rom. Mem. vin.
pasts, pl. dot. o.
Seleucia costatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888).
BoRNEO; CELEBES.
(10) tH yPsorRoPA BISCRENSIS, Sp. 0. ,
Head and thorax white tinged with red-brown; abdomen
‘creamy white, dorsally suffused with ochreous brown towards
base. Fore wing white tinged with ochreous except a white
costal fascia narrowing to a point at apex, defined below by a
red-brown fascia; the median nervure and veins 5, 3 shghtly
streaked with white. Hind wing creamy white.
AucertA, Biskra (Walsingham), 1 3, 29 type, Hammam-es-
Salahin (Walsingham), 13. Hap. 22-28 mm.
(11) tHyPsorRoPA RHODOCHROELLA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax deep rose-red; abdomen ochreous yellow,
70 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; antenn fulvous yellow ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous yellow
suffused with brown. Fore wing deep rose-red, the costa and
veins strongly streaked with white, the interspaces of costal
area tinged with brown. Hind wing ochreous white slightly
tinged with brown. 5
Hab. Ucanpa, Mulema (Doggett), 1 3, Ketoma (Doggett),
1 3; Br. C.Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave),7 3, 3 2 type; TRAns-
VAAL, White R. (Cooke), 1 3 ; Navan, Estcourt (Hutchinson),
23. Hap. 20-28 mm.
(12) THypsorropa ALBIVENALIS.
Ambala albivenalis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxi.
p. 1250 (1912).
CEYLON.
d
6. Antennee of male without sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.
a. (Hypsotropa). Palpi long; antennze of male with the shaft thickened
at base.
(13) *Hypsorropa LUTEICOSTELLA.
Hypsotropa luteicostella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887) ;
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 376, pl. “30, (2 9; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. ie
p- 439.
U,S.A., Florida.
(14) rH ypsorropa OCHRICOSTELLA, Sp. h.
2. Head and tegule dark red-brown; thorax purplish red ;.
abdomen fulvous yellow ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen red-brown. Fore wing deep purple- -red ; a pale ochreous.
yellow costal fascia narrowing to a point at apex, the costa
tinged with purple-red and irrorated with a few dark scales to
beyond middle, the costal fascia defined by diffused dark brown
below. Hind wing reddish brown.
MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 1 9 type. Hap. 20 mm.
(15) fH ypsorroPa CHIONORHABDA, sp. N.
Head and thorax black-brown mixed with some purplé-grey,
especially on dorsum of thorax ; antenne whitish tinged with red-
brown ; abdomen pale reddish brown with darker segmental
lines ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey suffused
with blackish, the tibizw and tarsi in front white. Fore wing
purplish grey irrovated with black-brown ; a silvery white costal:
fascia narrowing to a point at apex and leaving the costal edge
black towards ace defined below by a broad black-brown fascia
with diffused lower edge. Hind wing grey suffused with reddish.
brown and with darker terminal line.
S. Nicerra, Yorubaland (Sir G. Carter), 13, 19; N.
Nicerta, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 ¢; Ueanpa, Gondokoro (Reymes-
Cole), 1 on Ketoma (Doggett), 2 3 ; Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje-
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINE. (a
(Weave),5 $, 3 2, Luchenya R. (Weave), 6 5, 2 2 type, Ruo
Valley (Weave), 1 ¢. Hup. 16-24 mm.
(16) Hypsorropa INFUMATELLA.
Hypsotropa infumatella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 39.
f. 8 (1901).
TRANSVAAL; NATAL.
(17) *Hypsorropa UNIPUNCTELLA.
Hypsotropa unipunctella Rag. Nouv. Gen p. 47 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 38. f 12 ; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11. p. 12.
K. Srperia, Amurland.
(18) tH yPsorroPa FUSIFASCIATA, sp. 1.
©. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdo-
men fulvous yellow, the ventral surface white tinged with red-
brown. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown ‘and irrorated
with blackish; a white costal fascia irrorated with blackish,
rather diffused below, the costal edge blackish towards base ;
a black discoidal point ; the terminal area suffused with blackish
except at costa; cilia with a blackish line near base. Hind
wing whitish strongly suffused with brown ; a fine dark terminal
line and line near base of cilia.
Cryton, Kandy (Green), 1 Q type. Hap. 18 mm.
(19) *Hypsorropa ZOPHOPLEURA.
Hypsotropha zophopleurw Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviil.
p. 117 (1908).
QUEENSLAND.
(20) rH ypsorroPA PURPURELLA, sp. n.
Head and thorax purple-pink; antenne fulvous yellow; palpi
tinged with fuscous ; abdomen fulvous yellow; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen greyish suffused with fuscous, the
claspers of male white. Fore wing purple-pink irrorated with
black, the costa brownish ; a black spot in the cell near base;
antemedial spots in the cell and on vein 1; obliquely placed
spots at upper and lower angles of cell; a subterminal series of
four spots, the spot at discal fold further from termen ; a terminal
series of black points. Hind wing ochreous white; a terminal
black line; cilia blackish at tips.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 9 3, 3 2 type. Hup.,
6 20, 9 22 mm.
(21) Hypsorropa LIMBELLA.
Hypsotropa limbella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 591; Herr.-Schaff.
Eur. Schmett. iv. p. 110, Tin. f, 38; Rag. Rom. Mém. vii.
p- 376; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.
S. France; [rary ; Daumatra; Asta MINOR.
2 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(22) Hypsorropa sYRIACELLA.
Hypsotropa syriacella Rag. Nouv. Gen. -p. 46 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 377, pl. 39. f. 7; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 12.
Syria.
(23) *Hypsorropa SOLIPUNCTELLA,
Rees ee Rag. Rom. Mem. vii. p. 377, pl. 43.
f, 23 (1901).
joe
(24) *Hypsorropa PAUCIPUNCTELLA.
Hypsotropa paucipunctella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895,
p. cil; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 378, pl. 51. f. 10; Staud. Cat. Lep.
joel, ile: jo 1},
Asta Minor, Taurus.
(25) *Hypsorropa ICHORELLA.
Anerastia ichorella Led. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,
p. 221) pls 3. £8); Rass Roms Mem. vii. pie3/8) ple 39) fale
Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. p. 13.
SYRIA.
(26) Hypsorropa VULNERATELLA.
Epischnia vulneratella Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 769: Rag. Rom.
WUiSraals wikhle Os Bick jols BO, is JUL S Shaadi, Chins Ibe, joralls ile jos 1S.
Anerastia ostrinella Lah. Bull. Soc. Vaud. vi. Contr. Faun. Sic.
p. 396 (1861).
» Hypsotropa roseostrigella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 379, pl. 39.
it, LB CUO),
SARDINIA; Srcity ; DauMatrra; SyRIA.
(27) TH yPsoTROPA SCELETELLA.
Anerastia sceletella Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 404; Hmpsn.
Moths Ind. iv. p. 54; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 379, pl. 44. f. 22.
BrnGau, Calcutta.
(28) Hypsorropa VERTHEIMSTEINI.
Hypsotropa wertheimsteini Rebel, Rovart. Lep. xx. p. 171
(1913).
HUNGARY.
(29) TH yPsorROPA PUNCTINERVELLA, Sp. 0.
Head and thorax pale ved mixed with whitish; abdomen
creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; palpi rufous,
white below towards base : pectus and legs er eamy white, the latter
irrorated with some red-brown. Fore wing pale red slightly
‘
PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. (3
‘irrorated with dark brown, the veins and costal edge white; a
minute antemedial black spot on vein | and postimedial spots on
veins 3, 2, 1; a terminal series of shght blackish points. Hind
wing ochreous white.
Cryton, Haputale (Alston), 1 5 type, Kegalle (Alston), 1 9,
Hambantota (Pole),1 9. Hap. 14-16 mm.
(30) HypsorropA ADUMBRATELLA.
Hypsotropa adumbratella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 380, pl. 38. f. 13.
GampBia; Naran; Carr CoLony.
b!. (Tiarra). Palpishort; antennz of male with the shaft curved at base.
(31) *HyPsorroPa. PUSILLELLA.
Tiarra pusilleila Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 46 (1888) ; id. Rom. Mém.
Vili. p. 372, pl. 39. f. 4.
ZANZIBAR.
‘Secr. IJ. Palpi of male porrect.
A. (Lalamba). Palpi of male hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary
palpi; antenne with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.
(32) HyPpsorroPpaA TENUINERVELLA.
Talamba tenuinervella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 387, pl. 40. f. 25; Hmpsn. Moths Ind.iv. p.95. *
PungaB, Kangra; Mapras, Nilgiris.
B. Maxillary palpi filiform.
a. Anteanze of male with sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of scales.
al. (Tinitinoa). Antenne of male pectinate with long uniseriate branches
to middle.
(33) *HypsorroPpA PHYRDES.
Tinitinoa phyrdes Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvi. p. 348
(1913).
PANAMA.
b’. (Heosphora). Antenne of male laminate.
(34) *HypsorrRoPA PAPUASELLA.
Heosphora papuasella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. xxiii. p. 382, pl. 39. f. 14.
N. GuINnEA,
(35) *HypsorroPA SABULETELLA.
Anerastia sabuletella Zell. Lep. Micr. Caffr. p. 73 (1852); Rag.
Rom. Mém. vill. p. 383, pl. 39. f. 18.
Care Cotony.
,
74 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(86) tHyPsorroPa CREMORICOSTA, Sp. n.
d. Head and thorax ochreous, the head and tegule suffused
with purplish red ; antenne ochreous yellow ; abdoinen ochreous,
dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen purplish red. Fore wing pale flesh-red,
deepening in colour towards the costal fascia which is ochreous
white, narrowing to a point at apex, slightly defined by brown
below and leaving the costal edge brown towards base. Hind
wing ochreous white, the costal area and termen except towards.
tornus deeper ochreous.
U.S.A., Colorado, Colorado Springs (Cockerell), 1 eS
Heep. 24 mm.
(37) THyYPsOTROPA NIVEICOSTA, Sp. 0.
@. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous except on
dorsum of thorax; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous.
yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white suffused with rufous. Fore wing pale flesh-red irrorated
with a few red-brown scales and deepening to rufous towards
the costal fascia, which is snow-white narrowing to a point at.
apex and leaving the costal edge rufous towards base. Hind
wing white with a faint ochreous tinge.
ARGENTINA, Gran Chaco, Florenzia (Wagner), 1 2 type. Hup.
20 mm.
(38) tH yPsorropa PERIPH#A, sp. 0.
@. Head and tegule white tinged with red-brown; thorax
pale purplish pink ; “abdomen white dorsally tinged w ith fulvous
yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing pale purplish pink; a
pure white costal fascia irrorated with afew brown scales towards.
costa, narrowing to a point at apex and defined below by dark
red-brown, diffused below. Hind w ing white with a faint
ochreous tinge.
N. Nieerra, Minna (Macfie), 2 2 type, Borgu, Yelwa Lake
(Migeod),1 29. Hap. 16 mm.
(39) tHypsorropa TRIPARTALIS, sp. nN.
@. Head white suffused with rufous; thorax pale purplish
pink; abdomen ochreous yellow; pectus and legs ochreous.
yellow, the fore legs tinged with brown. Fore wing with narrow
pure white costal fascia leaving the costal edge brown towards
base, the area to discal fold red-brown and the area below it
bright purplish pink. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous
tinge.
Formosa, Takow (Wileman), 1 2 type. Hap. 18 mm.
(40) tHypsorTROPA LATERCULELLA.
Anerastia laterculella Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 403;
PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINAE. 75:
Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 55; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 383,
pl. 44. f..21.
BENGAL.
(41) THypsorroPa ROSESCENS, sp. nh.
¢. Head and thorax purplish red-brown, the latter with the-
dorsum grey-brown ; abdomen fulvous yellow ; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with brown. Fore-
wing pale grey-brown suffused with crimson-red, rather browner
towards the costal fascia, which is white slightly irrorated with
pale red and narrowing to apex. Hind wing white tinged with.
ochreous brown.
Cryion, Nawalapitiya (Green), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 20 mm.
(42) *Hypsorropa STEREOSTICHA.
Hypsotropha stereosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xix.
p: 41 (1905).
QUEENSLAND, Thursday I.
(43) Hypsorropa ICASMOPIS.
Hypsotropha icasmopis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 116:
(1903).
QUEENSLAND.
(44) Hypsorropa EURYZONA.
Hypsotropa euryzond Meyr. Ent. Mo. Mag. xix. p. 256 (1882) ;
Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 382, pl. 39. f. 13.
S. AUSTRALIA.
(45) Hypsorropa NIPHOPLEURA.
Hypsotropha niphopleura Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv.
Pelli Gots):
N. AvstfRatia.
(46) fH ypsorRoPA DIAPH#A, sp. n.
@. Head and thorax black-brown, the frons and metathorax
rufous; antenne rufous; palpi black with a greyish gloss;
abdomen grey suffused with brown; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen grey suffused with blackish. Fore wing
whitish ; the costal edge black with a flesh-red fascia below it to
beyond middle, the area below the cell black with a whitish
“streak along vein 1. Hind wing whitish strongly suffused with
fuscous brown, the cilia whiter with a dark line near base.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9 type. Hap. 24 mm.
(47) Hypsorropa DYSEIMATA.
Hypsotropha dyseemata Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv.
p- 112 (1918).
Timor Laur; N. AUSTRALIA.
76 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(48) Hypsorropa QUADRIPUNCTELLA.
Hypsotropa quadripunctella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.
xl. p. 307 (1897); id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 39. f. 16.
Pungas, Oude; Borneo; Puto Laur.
(49) Hypsorropa PSAMATHELLA.
p. 234 (1879); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 39. f. 15.
TAnerastia nitens Butl. Trans. Ent..Soc. 1886, p. 440.
QUEENSLAND; N.S. WALES.
Anerastia psamathella Meyyv. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. iv.
(50) TH YPSOTROPA MONOSTIDZA, sp. 1.
2. Head and thorax ochreous with a faint purplish pink
tinge ; abdomen ochreous with a fulvous yellow tinge; pectus,
legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous with a brownish
tinge. Fore wing ochreous faintly tinged with purplish pink
-and irrorated with dark brown; a minute blackish discoidal spot.
Hind wing white tinged with ochreous especially towards termen.
SrERRA LEONE (Clements), 1 @ type. Map. 18 mm.
(51) tH yPsorRoPA GRAPLOPHLEBIA, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white mixed with purplish red-brown ;
‘abdomen white slightly tinged with brown; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with red-brown.
Fore wing white suffused with purplish red-brown and slightly
irrorated with dark brown. the veins white defined on each side
by fine dark brown streaks. Hind wing white tinged with
-ochreous brown.
MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Jarshall), 1 3 type. Hap. 20 mm.
(52) TH yPSOTROPA POLYACTINIA.
Heosphora polyactinia Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 384, pl. 52.
fa2 LOO):
UcanpDA; MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; Narat.
(53) THyPsorropa ENDORHODA, sp. n.
2. Head and thorax ochreous suffused with purplish pink ;
abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white
suffused with red-brown. Fore wing with the costal half to
median nervure and vein 5 ochreous, tinged with purplish pink
towards costa and with slight pale streaks on the veins; the
inner half purplish pink with slight white streaks on the veins.
Hind wing white tinged with ochreous.
N. Ruovesia (Coryndon), 1 2 type. Hxp. 24 mm.
(54) HypsorropA RAMULOSELLA.
Heosphora ramulosella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. eii; id.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN A. (LO.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 385, pl. 52. f. 3; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.
Polit
SYRIA,
(55) HypsorropA LEUCOPHLEBIELLA.
Heosphora leucophlebiella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 47 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. vii. p. 385, pl. 39. f. 17.
Br. C. ArricA; MasHonatanp; TRANSVAAL; Nata; CAPE
CoLony.
(56) Hypsorropa RHODOSTICHA.
Hypsotropha rhodosticha Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii.
p. 116 (1903).
QUEENSLAND.
b. (Peoria). Antenne of male without sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft
-(57) tHypsorROPA POLYSTICTELLA, sp. n.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous. .
Fore wing ochreous white suffused with rufous in the inter-
spaces leaving the veins pale; the costal edge black towards
base ; a slight shade formed by black irroration below the costa
to apex ; a small antemedial black spot on vein 1, a small spot
on lower discocellulars and an oblique postmedial series of four
small spots on veins 5, 3, 2, 1; a terminal series of small black
spots. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous; a fine fuscous
terminal line and slight brown line near base of cilia.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 ¢ type. Haup. 20 mm.
(58) *Hypsorropa ACNIDIAS.
Hypsotropha acnridias Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xvii. p. 117
(1903).
QUEENSLAND.
(59) THypsorropa APPROXIMELLA.
Hurhodope approximella Wik. xxxv. 1722 (1866); Rag. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 386. pl. 40. f. 24; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.
Anerastia hematica Zell. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1872,
p- 955.
Anerastia roscatella. Pack. Ann. N. Y. liyc. Nat. Hist. x.
p- 270 (1870).
U.S.A., Massachusetts, N. York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois,
N. Carolina, Texas, Colorado.
(60) THyPsorRoPA LEUCOCRASPIS, sp. Nn.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with ochreous .
brown. Fore wing pale ochreous brown, the costal edge white.
ind wine white tinged with ochreous brown especially on apica
Hind eg white tinged with ocl I Ly pical
area.
ENTIN orrientes, Goya (Perrens e. Exp. 20 mm. .
ARGENTINA, Corrientes, G IE, ,1 og type. Exp. 20
‘78 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(61) *HYPSOPROPA BIPARTELLA.
Peoria bipartella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 19 (1887); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 386, pl. 40. f. 33; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439.
U.S.A., N. Carolina.
Auctorum.
Peoria albidella Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxiii. p. 178 (1900); Dyar,
Oem, Ibias IN, AWS JOs AY scudasdandosdegcss U.S8.A., California.
Hypsotropha laropis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xxiv. p. 173
(GU IOs) ame mem SAS on nae bel cae ty sc Queensland.
- neurica Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 113
(GOWNS Oe As Sree Rirc scien arsenate N. Australia.
Gye
Saluria armeniella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888).
AuGceRIA; ‘Tunis; ARMENIA; Cyprus; W.TuRKEStAN ; CEYLON.
(59) FSALURIA PULVEROSA.
Powjadia pulverosa Ampsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 60 (1896); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 361, pl. 37. f. 3.
SIND.
PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 103
(60) *SALURIA MAGNESIELLA.
Saluria magnesiella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 44 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. vii. p. 360, pl. 37. f. 18: Staud. Cat. Lep, pal. 1 p. 13
W. TuRKESTAN.
b’. Antenne of male serrate and ciliated.
(61) TSALURIA MESOMELANELLA, Sp. n.
@. Head purple-red and black-brown ; thorax purple-red and
whitish; abdomen whitish suffused with brown, dorsally rufous
towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown and dark brown. Fore wing
whitish tinged with purplish pink, the costa and termen deep
purple-crimson, the medial area suffused with black except at
costa, and the costa defined below by black; an antemedial black
point on vein 1 with a purple-pink shade below it on inner
margin; the inner edge of the medial black area obliquely curved
and its outer edge bent inwards below submedian fold; cilia
pale fuscous. Hind wing white tinged with brown especially at
termen, the cilia with a fine brown line near base.
TransvaaL, White R. (Cooke), 19 type. Hap. 28 mm.
(62) SALURIA TRIPARTELLA.
Saluria tripartella Rag. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 359, pl. 39. f. 19
(1901).
TRANSVAAL; Navrat; BASUTOLAND.
(63) SALURIA CALLIRHODA.
Powjadia callirhoda Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xvii. p. 120
(1903).
QUEENSLAND.
(64) TSALURIA INTERPUNCTELLA, Sp. 0.
Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with rufous;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen reddish ochreous
mixed with brown, Fore wing ochreous suffused with rufous ;
the veins white defined on each side by fine black-brown streaks,
the submedian fold and vein | defined by fine rufous streaks ;
the costal edge black towards base; an antemedial blaek point on
vein |, a point in lower angle of cell, an oblique postmedial series
in the interspaces, incurved beiow submedian fold and a terminal
series. Hind wing ochreous with a fine brownish terminal line
except towards tornus.
MASHONALAND (Dobbie), 2 5,2 2 type; TransvaaL, Kvanspruit
(Janse), 1 2, Pretoria (Distant), 192. Hap, 20-24 mm.
(65) TSALURIA INSIGNIFICELLA, sp. n.
@. Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown ; abdomen
white tinged with brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base.
104 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON ‘THE
Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown, especially towards
costa; the costa narrowly white. Hind wing white tinged with
red-brown.
PARAGUAY, Sapucay (/oster), 19 type Hap. 18 mm.
Auctorune.
¢
Atascosa quadricolorella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vi. p. 114
(1904). Sect. Poujadea” 5.4. ies U.S.A., N. Mexico.
Powjadia pimella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 31 (1906).
U.S.A., Arizona.
Pectinigeria pamponerella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. x. p. 107
DOB) a caret cccse ase ncstate dace wey ie eo ce yee U.S.A., Colorado.
Ollia parvella Dyav, J. N. Y. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 31 (1906). Sect.
SMUG CGMS ANA IAB 08 The BYE Sik ea E SE eA ER U.S.A., Texas:
Ollia honoponerella Dyarv, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. x. p. 107
(IDOE) o> SSRI SGU 28 obo sdeSsies Scoccosobe kn U.S.A., Arizona.
Ollia santaritella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xii. pp. 107-8 (1904).
BCLS (CLUuI UG tee man omen tee bi ar actaisane ces Aanon U.S.A., Arizona.
Poujadia leuconeura Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 118
(EQS) Ja GSC, Ia OHNTHECD sobsoceoc sdaoeo desea N. AUSTRALIA.
Pectinigeria violodis Dyar, Pr. U. 8. Nat. Mus. xlvil. p. 347
CUGUS) is cauttian Seaumciacantatte aun i anst cy nen ep Reem PANAMA.
Powadia cyttarella Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii. p. 347
(GQIIES NUR cer aesciace cree eters ae tan aise a Ee PANAMA.
Genus PRopHTAsSrA.
Type.
Prophtasia Rag. Ann. Soc. Hunt. Fr. 1887, p. 259... platycerella.
Proboseis aborted and minute; palpi typically obliquely up-
turned, the 3rd joint porrect; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons
smooth, with slight tuft of scales; antenne of male typically
laminate, the shaft slightly curved at base and without distinct
ridge of scales. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded,
the termen evenly curved ; veins 2 and 3 typically from angle of
cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked ; 10,
11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle
of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, typically approximated for some
distance, 4 absent ; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 typically not anasto-
mosing with 7.
Sect. I. Fore wing with veins 2, 3 from a point at angle of cell; hind wing with
vein 8 not anastomosing with 7.
(1) PRoPHTASIA PLATYCERELLA.
_ Prophtasia platycerella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 259 ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 252, pl. 37. f. 8; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.
ide peml Be
ARMENIA,
PYRALID#H, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 105
Secor. II. Fore wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell, 3 from before angle ;
hind wing with veins 3 and 5 not approximated towards base.
A. Hind wing with vein 8 anastomosing with 7; palpi obliquely upturned and
hardly reaching to vertex of head, the maxillary palpi filiform ; antennee of
male with the shaft slightly curved at base and without distinct ridge of
scales.
(2) }PROPHTASIA SPHALMATELLA, Sp. Nn.
¢. Heal and thorax black-brown tinged with grey; abdomen
brownish ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base, ventrally
grey-brown. Fore wing black-brown mixed with some grey,
especially on inner area; a pure white fascia on costal area,
leaving the costa black-brown and not reaching the apex; an
indistinct diffused dark antemedial spot on vein | and oblique
postmedial line. Hind wing whitish suffused with brewn; a
darker terminal line and white line at base of cilia.
MASHONALAND, Salisbury (J/arshall), 1d type. xp, 28 mm.
(3) PPROPHTASIA EPITEUXIS, sp. n.
dg. Head and thorax glossy black-brown ; abdomen grey suf-
fused with brown; palpi white below towards base ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen black-brown, the femora and
tibie streaked with white. Fore wing glossy black-brown, the
inner area tinged with grey; a pure white costal fascia, narrow-
ing toapex; an indistinct diffused dark antemedial line ‘ ‘om cell
to inner margin and oblique postmedial line. Hind wing grey
suffused with fuscous; a slight punctiform dark terminal line and
white line at base-of cilia.
Burma, Hsipaw (de Vicéville), 2 ¢ type. Hap. 24-28 mm.
(4) 7PROPHTASIA GLAUCOPHA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax grey-brown tinged with white; abdomen
white suffused with grey-brown; palpi white in front except
towards tips; peetus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white
mixed with some brown. Fore wing pale grey-brown, black-
brown towards the rather broad white costal fascia einen does
not narrow to apex. Hind wing creamy white slightly tinged
with brown.
Kasumtr (Pilcher), 1 3; Punsas, Kangra (Dudgeon), 1 3,
Moghal Sarai (Setion), 1 3 ; Beneau, Oudh (Pilcher), 1¢; Sip,
Karachi (Swinhoe), 19 ; MaApras, Belgaum (Watson), 13 type.
Hep. 18-22 mm.
(5) TPROPHTASIA AMPHICHEA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax grey-brown mixed with white; abdomen
white tinged with brown; pectus and legs white mixed with
brown. Fore wing pale purplish brown nied with white, the
costal area broadly white with slight brown irroration ; indistinct
diffused dark curved ante- and postmedial lines except towards
106 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
costa; two slight blackish discoidal spots. Hind wing white
tinged with brown ; a slight dark spot at upper angle of cell and
fine terminal line ; cilia w hiter.
SIERRA LEONE (Clements), 1Sy4.O% N. Nigeria, Minna (Macfie),
1¢ type, Zungeru (Simpson), 12. Hap. 16-20 mm.
B, Hind wing with vein 8 not anastomosing with 7.
a. Palpi of male obliquely upturned to above vertex of head and hollowed out
to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd joint porrect ; antennee
serrate with sinus at base of shaft containing a large ridge of scales.
6) +r PROPHTASIA PYROSTROTA, Sp. n
> 5]
3. Head and thorax creamy white suffused with rufous ;
abdomen, pectus, and legs creamy white. Fore wing ochreous
white irrorated with fiery red, the costal fascia only defined by a
red-brown fascia below it from base to apex ; minute antemedial
black streaks on median nervure and vein | and an oblique post-
medial series ; two slight black discoidal spots ; a terminal series
of black points. Hind wing creamy white.
Pungas, Kangra Valley, 4500’ (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Hap.
26 mm.
6. Palpi of female downcurved and extending about three times length of head.
(7) PROPHTASIA BISTRIATELLA.
Cayuga bistriatella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii. p. 209
(1890); Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438.
Peoria discostrigella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vi. p. 115
(1904).
U.S.A., N. Mexico, Arizona.
Genus AURORA.
Type.
Aurora Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887)......... longipalpalla.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect, extending about
four times length of head, thickly fringed with hair, fie 2nd
joint slightly downcurved ; maxillary palpi shght and filiform ;
frons smooth, with long pointed tuft of hair; autenne of female
minutely ciated. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex rounded,
the termen obliquely curved; vein 3 from elose to angle of cell;
4,5 strongly stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8,9, 10 stalked ;
11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ;
3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 anastomosing
with 7.
TAURORA LONGIPALPELLA,
Aurora longipalpella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 337, pl. 44. f. 2; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 437.
U.S.A.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 107
Genus FosstrRoNTIA.
: bi uaa ye
Fossifrontia Hmpsn. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 388
(GTS AUILL)) see a Sa Pe ERE en ee leuconeurella.
Proboscis absent; palpi upturned to about middle of frons,
thickly scaled and hollowed out to receive the brush-like maxillary
palpi; frons with truneate conical prominence hollowed out in
front ; antenne of male uniserrate and ciliated, the shaft with
large sinus and ridge of scales at base; fore femora with tuft of
hair above, the mid tibize fringed with long hair on outer side.
Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;
vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from below
upper angle; 8, 9,10 stalked; 11 from cell; the male with small
fold on underside from medial part of costa fringed with large
scales and with some androconia below it above, in and below
the cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell ;
3 and 5 from angle and closely approximated for some distance,
4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 closely approximated to ¥ but
not anastomosing with it.
FossIFRONTIA LEUCONEURELLA,
Fossifrontia leuconeurella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 339,
jolly BH, vig IS CLO)
QUEENSLAND, Cooktown, Cedar Bay.
Genus CoMMOTRIA.
Type.
Commotria Berg, An. Soc. Arg. xix. p. 278 i
(USS) bce tence eee Meneame tnvenustella.
Mangala Rag. Nouv: Gen. p. 41 (1888)......... crassiscapella.
Tolima Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888) ......... oberthuri.
Altoona Hulst, Ent. Am. iv. p. 116 (1888) ... omacella.
Volusia Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvii. -
p. 206 (1890), nec Rob. Desv. Dipt. 1830... roseopennella.
Trwolusia Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 438
(IDO DN art eee sae anny ne nc ants roseopennella.
Proboscis absent ; palpi downeurved, extending about three
times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary palpi slight
and filiform ; frons rounded and with short tuft of hair; antenne
of male typically unipectinate, the apical part ciliated, the shaft
with ridge of scales above at base. Fore wing long and narrow,
the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; vein 3 from
angle of cell; 4, 5 stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from angle of
cell; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ;
8 anastomosing with 7.
108 SIR GHORGE HAMPSON ON THE
Srcr. I. (Commotria.) Antenne of male unipectinate, the apical part ciliated.
(1) CoMMorRiA MESTELLA, sp. .
Head and thorax purple-pink mixed with some whitish ; abdo-
men pale fulvous yellow, ochreous white at base and extremity ;
peetus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with
purple. Fore wing’ purple-pink, the veins white defined on each
side by fine brown streaks, the white on median nervure stronger
and more strongly defined by black-brown below; a minute black-
brown spot at upper angle of cell and point at lower angle. Hind
wing whitish tinged with ochveous brown.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 9 5d, 3 2 type.-. Hap.
20-22 mm.
(2) CoMMOTRIA LATICOSTELLA.
Commotria laticostella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 343, pl. 52.
f. 14 (1901).
Brazit, Amazons.
(3) CoMMOTRIA INVENUSTELLA.
Commotria ivenustella Berg, An. Soc. Arg. xix. p. 278
(1885); Rag. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 343, pl. 36. f. 24.
S. Brazin; ARGENTINA.
(4) ComMorriA ARRHABDELLA, sp. 0.
2. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen whitish tinged
with red-brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus
and legs whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore wing pale flesh-
red shghtly irrorated with dark scales; a terminal series of slight
dark points.
Peru, R. Pachaya, 192 type. Hap. 24 mm.
Seor. II. (Tolima.) Antenne of male serrate.
(5) *COMMOTRIA ROSEOPENNELLA.
Volusia roseopennella Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, xvii. p. 206
(1890); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 340, pl. 51. f. 3; Dyar, Cat.
Lep. N. Am. p. 438.
- U.S.A., Florida.
(6) *COMMO?PRIA OBERTHURI.
Tolima oberthurii Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. vil. p. 341, pl. 38. f 4.
CoLoMBIA. ;
(7) *COMMOTRIA OPACELLA.
Anerastia opacella Huist, Kut. Am. i. p. 138 (1887); Rag.
Rom. .Mém. vin. p. 341, pl. 36. f. 23; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am.
p. 438.
U.S.A., Texas.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 109
(8) rCOMMOTRIA PHYCITELLA.
Tolima phycitella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 41 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.
vill. p. 341, pl. 44. f. 17. ©
Gop Coast.
Sect. III. (Mangala.) Antenne of male laminate and ciliated.
(9) rComMOrRIA TRIPARTELLA, Sp. n.
2. Head and thorax purple-pink; abdomen white, dorsally
tulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, leg&, and ventral surface of
abdomen white tinged with purplish pink; anal tuft yellow
below. Fore wing with white costal fascia narrowing to apex
leaving the costal edge dark towards base, then pinkish, defined
below by a dark reddish-brown fascia, the inner half of wing
rose-pink, whiter towards inner margin. Hind wing white.
N. Cuina, Pekin (Hughes), 1 9 type. Hap. 20 mm.
(10) ¢ComMMorriA NEURIAS, sp. n.
Head and thorax white suffused with red-brown; abdomen
white, dorsally tinged with fulvous yellow towards base; pectus
and legs white tinged with brown. Fore wing white tinged with
reddish brown, the veins white defined on each side by slight
dark brown streaks; the costal area defined below by a brown
shade; obliquely placed almost medial dark brown points in
submedian fold and on vein 1; a dark point just above lower
angle of cell; obliquely placed postmedial dark points on veins 6
to 2 and in submedian fold and a point nearer the termen
on vein 1; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing white
slightly tinged with ochreous brown.
N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 $ ; Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje
(Weave), 13.,12 type. Hap. 16 mm.
(11) fComMMorrRIA ERYTHROGRAPTA, Sp. 0.
¢. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; abdomen
white tinged with ochreous yellow ; pectus and legs white mixed
with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with rufous, the veins’
and submedian fold white defined on each side by slight rufous
streaks; the costal area defined below by a dark brown streak
and a dark streak below basal half of median nervure; obliquely
placed almost medial dark points below the cell and on vein 1; a
dark point just above lower angle of cell and obliquely placed
postmedial dark points on veins 6 to 2, Hind wing white with
a slight ochreous tinge.
Br. C. Arrica, Katungas (de Jersey), 1 5 type. Exp. 20 mm.
(12) pCoMMOTRIA RUFIMEDIA, Sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white tinged with red-brown ; abdomen
creamy white. Fore wing white faintly tinged with rufous and
irrorated with fuscous; a rufous shade below median neryure ;
110 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
a minute antemedial black spot on vein 1 and minute discoidal
spot; an oblique postmedial series of black points on veins 4 to 2
and a point on vein |; a terminal series of black points. Hind
wing white tinged with ochreous.
Br, C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (eave), 13 type. Hap. 16 mm.
(13) fTCoMMOTRIA RHODONEURA, Sp. n.
Q. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen whitish tinged with
rufous; palpi whitish below ; fore legs red-brown ; mid and hind
legs whitish tinged with rufous. Fore wing yellowish white, the
veins streaked with purplish pink and the costal area suffused
with purplish pink; a black antemedial point on vein 1, a
discoidal point and postmedial points on veins 4, 2,1; a terminal
series of black points. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous
rufous.
Transvaal, White R. (Cooke), 12 type. Hap. 20 mm.
(14) pCoMMOTRIA RUFIDELINEATA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous; abdomen
creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and
legs white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing ochreous white,
the veins defined on each side by fine rufous streaks, the costal
area defined below by a slight rufous shade; two antemedial
blackish points on vein | and obliquely placed postmedial points
on veins 4 to 1; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing
ochreous white.
Br. EK. Arrica, Nairobi (Anderson), 1 2 type; Br. C. ArrRica,
Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 5. Hap. 24 mm.
(15) tComMorRIA MIOSTICTA, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white tinged with rufous; abdomen
creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ; pectus, legs,
and ventral surface of abdomen white suffused with brown. Fore
wing white tinged with rufous, the veins white defined on each
side by fine rufous streaks ; the costal edge blackish towards base ;
the costal area defined below by a slight red-brown shade; a
black point just above lower angle of cell. Hind wing white
slightly tinged with ochreous.
SrERRA LEONE (Clements), 15 type. Hap. 22 mm.
(16) *ComMorRIA CRASSISCAPELLA.
Mangala crassiscapella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888) ; id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 342, pl. 37. f. 17.
_ SUDAN.
(17) fCoMMOTRIA PHENICIAS, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax whitish suffused with rufous; abdomen
yellowish white; pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown.
Fore wing white very thickly irrorated with deep purple-pink,
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINE. Bel
the lower part of cell and the area just beyond it much whiter,
the costa tinged with brown; a small black-brown discoidal spot 5
the veins towards termen with slight brown streaks. Hind wing
yellowish white, the costa tinged with brown towards apex.
N. Nigeria, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 3 ; Uaanpna, Katesa (Betton),
1g type. Hap. 20-22 mm.
(18) TComMorRia ROSELLA, sp. n.
Head and thorax bright rose-pink ; abdomen ochreous ; pectus
whitish; legs and abdomen pink. Fore wing bright vose-pink
mixed with some whitish except on costal area, the median
nervure and veins beyond the cell with fine deep pink streaks; a
small deep pink spot on upper discocellular ; cilia fuscous at apex.
Hind wing pale ochreous, the costa and cilia at apex tinged with
pink.
Ab. 1. Fore wing with a dark reddish-brown shade along sub-
eostai nervure and thence to apex, the spot on upper discocellular
dark brown.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 4 3, 52 type. Hap.
22-26 mm.
(19) tComMorriA ALBINERVELLA, sp. 0.
9. Head and thorax pale purplish pink; abdomen ochreous
white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with pink, Fore wing
pale purple-pink, the veins streaked with white ; the costal area
white tinged with pink, narrowing to apex and defined below by
a slight brown shade; a slight dark point at upper angle of cell.
Hind wing white with a slight ochreous tinge.
Ruopesia, Bulawayo (“yles), 12 type. Hap. 20 mm.
(20) TComMMOrRIA VENOSELLA, sp. n.
do. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous ;
fore femora and tibie black-brown in front. Fore wing whitish
suffused with purplish rufous and slightly irrorated with blackish
in the interspaces; the veins prominently streaked with white.
Hind wing ochreous whitish, with a shght reddish-brown terminal
line except towards tornus.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (eave), 1 3 type. Hap. 30 mm.
(21) fCoMMOTRIA RHODOCHROA, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax pale rose-pink; abdomen ochreous white,
dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing
pale rose-pink, the costal area with a slight red-brown tinge; the
veins streaked with white and defined on each side by fine deeper
pink streaks. Hind wing ochreous white.
Nata, Tugela R., Bonds’ Drift (Reynolds), Ig type. Hap:
26 mm.
IY SIR GEORGE ILAMPSON ON THE
(22) rCoMMOTRIA CASTANEIPARS, Sp. n.
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep red-brown ; hind tibize
white towards base. Fore wing with narrow white costal fascia
narrowing toa point before apex, the area below it deep chestnut-
brown to median nervure and vein 2, the inner area purplish
pink. Hind wing red-brown.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 19 type. Hap. 22 mm.
(23) TCOMMOTRIA PROPH ELLA, Sp. n.
2. Head and thorax pale flesh-red ; abdomen ochreous ;_ palpi
tinged with brown; pectus and legs whitish suffused with brown.
Fore wing pale flesh-red, the costal area broadly suffused with
brown, extending on basal half to median nervure; the veins
beyond the cell finely streaked with brown. Hind wing ochreous
white.
Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 19 type. ° Hap. 22 mm.
(24) TCoMMOTRIA PHLEBICELLA, Sp. n.
@. Head and thorax pale flesh-pink mixed with some whitish ;
abdomen whitish, dorsally tinged with fulvous-yellow towards
base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged
with brown. Fore wing pale flesh-pink, the costal area broadly
suffused with brown, extending to the median nervure towards
base ; the costal edge and veins finely streaked with white. Hind
wing ochreous. white.
MASHONALAND, Salisbury (J/arshall), 29 type. Hap. 26 mm.
(25) +CoMMOTRIA ENERVELLA, Sp. Nn.
3S. Head and thorax whitish suffused with pale flesh-red ;
abdomen ochreous white. Fore wing whitish suffused with pale
purplish pink and the costal half tinged with brown ; the veins,
except on inner area, streaked with white and. defined on each
side by fine brown streaks. Hind wing white tinged with brown
except towards base and inner margin
Formosa, Takow (Wileman), 1 S$ type. Hap. 18 mm.
Genus SIBoGa.
Type.
Siboga Hmpsn. Rom. Mém, viii. p. 338 (1901)......... JSalsella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint
reaching to vertex of head and hollowed out to receive the brush-
like maxillary palpi, the 3rd joint moderate and porrect; frons
with conical prominence ; antennz of male typically serrate and
ciliated, the basal joint elongate, the shaft with double ridge of
scales at base above enclosing a hollow. Fore wing long and
narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 3
from close to augle of cell; 4, 5 strongly stalked; 6 front below
upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell, Hind wing with
PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 113
vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ;
6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
Sect. I. Antenne of male unipectinate with moderate branches, the apical part
ciliated.
(1) StBoGA ALBIMEDIELLA, Sp. n.
Head and thorax white tinged with pink and brown; abdomen
ochreous, the first three segments ochreous on dorsum. Fore
wing pale pink, the veins streaked with white; the costal area
tinged with brown; a white fascia from base to termen above .
median nervure and vein 5. Hind wing white slightly tinged
with ochreous especially towards termen.
PoungaB, Simla, 1g type. Haep.26mm. ~* \
Sror. IT. (Siboga.) Antenne of male serrate and ciliated.
(2) *Srpoga FALSELLA. ©
Hypsotropha falsella Snell. Midden-Sumatra Lep. p. 82 (1880) ;
Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 338, pl. 38. f. 3.
SUMATRA,
Sect. IIJ. Antennze of male laminate and almost simple.
(3) TS1BOGA DIALEUCELLA, Sp. n.
3. Head and thorax white, suffused with rufous except on
vertex of head and dorsum of thorax; abdomen creamy white,
dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; palpi white in front; pectus
and legs white slightly tinged with red-brown. Fore wing white
suffused with rufous; the veins white defined on each side by
fine rufous streaks, the median nervure defined below by a rufous
fascia ; a White fascia through the cell, then narrower along
discal fold to termen. Hind wing ochreous white.
Kasumir, Goorais Valley (Leech), 13 type. Hap. 24 mm.
(4) TSIBOGA ZEAVORA, sp. n.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with rufous,
the last dorsally fulvous yellow towards base. Fore wing whitish
tinged with rufous, the veins defined on each side by streaks
formed of red-brown scales, the cell with two streaks in it; the
inner margin irrorated with red-brown ; a terminal series of
prominent black points. Hind wing ochreous white with a
terminal series of brown striz except towards tornus.
Matay Srates, 1 2 type. Hap. 30 mm.
Larva feeds on maize.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. VIII. 8
114 STR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
Genus EMATHEUDES.
Type.
Ematheudes Zell. Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1867, p. 385 ... punctella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downcurved, extending
about three times length of head and thickly scaled; maxillary
palpi minute and filiform; frons with large tuft of scales ;
antenns of male minutely serrate and ciliated. Fore wing
narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3
from close to angle of cell; 4,5 stalked; 6 from below upper
angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2
from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7
shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
(1) Emarngupes PUNCTELLA.
Chilo ‘punctella Treit. Schmett. Eur. ix. 2, p. 268 (1833); Dup.
Lép. Fr. pl. 273. f. 4; Herr.-Schiff. Kur. Schmett: iv. p. 108,
Mine 18515) Rag.) Rome "Mém. viii. p. 333; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.
itt; [Os dha},
S. France; Spain; Corsica; Iraty; Sicity; Morocco ;
GREECE ; TurKEY ; Cyprus; Asta Mrnor; Syria.
(2) *EMATHEUDES PSEUDOPUNCTELLA.
Hmatheudes pseudopunctella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888) ; id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 334, pl. 36. f. 22 : Staud. Cat. lise pal. 11. p. 13.
Syria. Probably an aberration of 1. punctella:
(3) EMATHEUDES STRAMINELLA.
Hmatheudes straminella Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. 1872, p. 107, pl. 8.
ig Oh
GAMBIA; STERRA LeonE; ANcotA; Br. C. Arrica; Portu-
GuUESE K. AFRICA.
(4) 7TEMATHEUDES LENTISTRIGALIS.
Hnmatheudes lentistrigalis Hmpsn. Tr. Zool. Soc. xix. p. 134,
pl. iv. f. 65 (1909).
Goup Coast; N. NIGERIA: Br. EH. eee UGANDA: Br. C.
AFRICA.
(5) EMATHEUDES PALEATELLA.
Ematheudes puleatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 334, pl. 36. f. 20.
Br. E. ArricA; Ucanpa; Br. C. Arrica; MASHONALAND ;
TransvAAL; Navau; BasuToLAND; CAPE CoLoNy.
(6) EMATHEUDES TUNESIELLA.
Ematheudes tunesiella Rag. Iris, v. p. 298 (1892); id. Rom.
Mém. vii. p. 335, pl. 42. f. 22; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 13.
S. Iraty; Tunis; Syria; W. TurkEsran,
PYRALIDZ, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN &. 115
(7) EMATHEUDES CRASSINOTELLA.
Ematheudes crassinotella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id.
Rom, Mém. viii. p. 335, pl. 35. f. 26.
ZanziBAR; Br. BE. ArricA; MASHONALAND; NATAL.
(8) *EMATHEUDES VARICELLA.
Ematheudes varicella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 336, pl. 35. f. 27; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.
ie Pals:
ARMENIA; W. TURKESTAN.
(9) *EMATHEUDES VITELLINELLA.
Ematheudes vitellinella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 336, pl. 49. f. 22; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal.
il. p. 13.
Asta Minor, Georgia.
(10) *KMarHEUDES EUCHLYTELLA,.
Ematheudes euchlytella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 41 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 387, pl. 36. f. 21.
ARGENTINA.
Genus Brapra.
anh Type.
Biafra Rag, Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888)............... concinnella.
Proboscis aborted and minute ; palpi downcurved, extending
about three times length of head and moderately scaled; maxil-
lary palpi slightly dilated with scales ; frons smooth, with large
pointed tuft of hair; antenne of male minutely serrate and
ciliated, the basal joint rather long, the shaft with double ridge
of scales at base enclosing a hollow. Fore wing very narrow,
the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 3 from near
angle of cell; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle
of cell; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 anas-
tomosing with 7.
(1) BraFrRA CONCINNELLA.
Biafra concinnella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 330, pl. 38. f. 2. .
N. Nigeria; Br, C. Arrica; MAsHonaLaANd; TRANSVAAL;
Natal.
(2) FBIAFRA RHODINELLA.
Biafra rhodinella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 40 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 381, pl. 44. f. 20.
Goup Coast; N, Nigeria; MasHonaLtanp; TRANSVAAL.
8*
116 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
Genus Erurorropa, nov.
Type, #. pyromerella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect and _ slightly
downcurved, extending about twice the length of head, the 2nd
joint fringed with rough scales below, the 3rd moderate ; maxil-
lary palpi strongly dilated with scales; frons smooth, with
pointed tuft of hair above; antenne of male somewhat laminate
and minutely ciliated, the basal joint long, the shaft with ridge
of scales above at base. Fore wing long and very narrow, the
apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved; veins 3, 4 stalked
on one side of the specimen from a point on the other; 5 sepa-
rate; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 10, 11 stalked, 9 absent.
Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5
from angle and approximated for some distance, 4 absent; 6, 7
shortly stalked ; 8 anastomosing with 7.
ETHIOTROPA PYROMERELLA, Sp. Nn.
3. Head, tegule, and base of patagia fiery red, the rest
of thorax brownish ochreous; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally
fulvous yellow towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen whitish suffused with brown. Fore wing with whitish
costal fascia narrowing to apex, the costal edge fiery red to
beyond middle, defined below by a black-brown fascia ; the rest
of wing fiery red. Hind wing white tinged with ochreous
brown. .
N. Nigeria, Akassa (Zugard), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 22 mm.
Genus BAproTRoPa, nov.
Type, B. tricolorella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi porrect and slightly
downcurved, extending about three times length of head, the
2nd joint fringed with rough scales above, the 3rd moderate ;
maxillary palpi minute and filiform; frons smooth and rounded,
without tuft of hair; antennz of male strongly uniserrate, the
basal joint long, the shaft with double ridge of scales at base
enclosing a hollow. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the
termen evenly curved; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5
from angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11
from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from well before angle of
cell; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8
anastomosing with 7.
+BAPTOTROPA TRICOLORELLA.
Patna tricolorella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. N. H. Soe. xii, p. 308
(1899); Rag. Rom. Mém, vii. p. 340, pl. 52. f. 15,
Assam, Khasis.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN2. 117
Genus PATNA.
Type.
Paina Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888)............... eboricostella.
Proboscis absent ; palpi porrect and almost straight, extending
about three times length of head, the 2nd joint slightly fringed
with hair above towards extremity, the 3rd moderate ; maxillary
palpi small and filiform; frons smooth and rounded, without
tuft of hair; antenne of female almost simple. Fore wing
rather narrow, the costa typically almost straight, the apex
rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from near angle of
cell; 4,5 from angle and approximated for a short distance; 6
from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from
angle, 4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anastomosing
with 7.
(1) PaTNA EBORICOSTELLA.
Patna eboricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); Hmpsn.
Moths Ind. iv. p. 57; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 330, pl. 38. f. 1.
)
SIKHIM; BHUTAN.
(2) PATNA VENATELLA, sp. 0,
2. Head and thorax pale rufous ; palpi whitish except above ;
pectus, legs, and abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown. Fore
wing white, the veins, discal fold in the cell and the submedian
fold defined by fine purplish-pink streaks; a minute dark brown
spot just above lower angle of cell; a ‘yararaginell series of black
points. Hind wing white ‘slightly tinged with ochreous.
Br. E. Arrica, Tagas (etton), 1 2, Aios (Betton), 1 2 type.
Hep. 32 mm.
(3) TPATNA BRUNNEICOSTELLA, Sp. n.
@. Head and thorax pale flesh-pink; abdomen ochreous
white; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
whitish suffused with red-brown. Fore wing white, the costal
area tinged with brown, the area below the cell and vein 2
suffused saith pale pink; the veins white, those beyond the cell
defined on each side by fine pink streaks, the median nervure and
vein 2 defined below by stronger streaks; a dark point in lower
angle of cell. Hind wing ochreous white,
Transvaal, White R. (C ‘ooke), 1 9 type. Hap. 32 mm.
Genus MEGALOPHOTA, nov.
Type, J. leonelta.
Proboscis absent; palpi obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint
reaching .to above vertex of head, dilated and hollowed out to
receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd minute ; frons
118 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
with long truncate conical prominence; antenn of male pecti-
nate with rather long uniseriate branches to near apex, the shaft
with large sinus at base containing a double ridge of scales
enclosing a hollow. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex
rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 2 from well before
angle of cell; 3 from before angle; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from
below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing
with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 and 5 stalked,
4 absent ; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
MEGALOPHOTA LEONELLA, Sp. Nn.
3. Head and thorax ochreous white with a slight red-brown
tinge on shoulders, the antennal tufts. black on inner side;
abdomen ochreous ; pectus and legs ochreous white tinged with
- red-brown. Fore wing ochreous white irrorated with brown,
the costal avea slightly irrorated to near apex, Hind wing
ochreous white.
SIERRA LEONE (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Hap. 20 mm.
Genus MARTIA.
Type.
Mortia Bag. N. Am: Rhye: p: 18 (887)... a... arizonella.
Urula Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxu. p. 175 (1900) ...... arizonella.
Proboscis absent ; palpi with the 2nd joint porrect, extending
about twice the length of head, the 3rd rather oblique, long,
slender, and somewhat acute at extremity; maxillary palpi
slight and filiform; frons with large truncate conical prominence;
antenne of male minutely serrate and with fascicles of long cilia.
Fore wing rather narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly
curved ; vein 2 from long before angle of cell; 3 from before
angle; 5 from above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9
stalked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from long
before angle of cell; 3 and 5 from angle, approximated for a
short distance, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anasto-
mosing with 7.
MARIA ARIZONELLA.
Martia arizonella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 18 (1887); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 367, pl. 38. f. 20; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 439,
Orula incongruela Hulst, Can. Ent. xxxul. p. 175 (1900);
Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 437.
U.S.A., Colorado, Arizona.
Genus D1scorRONTIA,
Type.
Discofrontia Hmysn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 350 (1901). normella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi upturned, the 2nd joint
reaching to vertex of head and moderately scaled and flattened,
PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 119
the 3rd moderate; maxillary palpi slight and filiform; frons
broad, with a disk of concentric white scales converging to middle;
antenne of male strongly serrate, with a large sinus andl ridge of
scales at base of shaft. Fore wing rather narrow, the apex
rounded, the termen evenly curved;.vem 2 from well before
angle of cell; 3 from before angle; 4,5 from angle: 6 from
below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 16, ii om cell. Hind wing
with vein 2 from before angle of wail ; 3 and 5 frem angle,
4 absent; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
* DISCOFRONTIA NORMELLA.
Discofrontia normella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. vii. p. 350, pl. 52.
f. 20 (1901).
NATAL.
Genus CRITONIA,
‘ Type.
Critonia Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. cexiv. sulteenetonella
Singhalia Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.
p. 309 (1898); id. Rom. Meém. vii. p. 351
(CNS LU is esi ea a oer a a, SRE aceon sarcoglauca.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically downcurved,
extending about three times length of head and moderately
sealed; maxillary palpi small and filiform; frons smooth and
with slight tuft of hair; antennz of male typically serrate and
fasciculate, the shaft with sinus at base containing a large ridge
of scales. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex ronatieds
the termen evenly curved; vein 3 from before angle of cell;
4, 5 from just above angle; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9
stalked ; 10, 11 from cell, 10 approximated to 8,9. Hind wing
with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell and approximated for a
short distance, 4 absent; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomos-
ing with 7.
Sect. I. Palpi of male obliquely upturned, the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive
the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short; antennze laminate, with large
sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.
(1) }CRrrironIA PHHONEURA, Sp. n.
do. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdo-
men ochreous white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;
pectus and legs whitish tinged with brown. I’ore wing whitish
tinged with red-brown, the veins except on inner area blackish
defined on each side by fine white streaks ; the costal area white,
narrowing to apex and defined below by a red-brown shade, the
costal.edge brown to beyond middle and the veins on costal area
finely streaked with black; a minute antemedial black spot on
vein 1, a point at middle of submedian fold and minute post-
medial streaks above vein 2 and on vein 1 ; cilia flesh-white with
120 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
series of minute black streaks near base except towards tornus.
Hind wing whitish tinged with brown especially on costal area
and at termen.
Formosa, Banshorio (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 18 mm.
(2) TCRITONIA PROMELENA.
Critonia promeena Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xii.
p- 309 (1898); id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 366, pl. 51. f. 23.
SIKHIM,
a
(3) TCRITONIA PURPUREOTINCTA.
Critonia purpureotincta Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 61 (1896) ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 365, pl. 51. f. 22.
SIKHIM; Buuvin.
(4) fCrivoNIA HOLORHODA.
Critonia holorhoda Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xviii.
p- 259 (1908).
CEYLON.
Secr. I]. Maxillary palpi of male filiform.
A. (Critonia). Antenne of male serrate, with larger sinus and ridge of scales
at base of shaft; palpi downcurved and about three times length of head.
(5) *CRITONIA SUBCONCINNELLA.
Critonia subconcinnella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1890, p. cexiv ;
id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 365, pl. 6. f. 20.
BurMA.
(6) TCRITONIA LEUCOPLEURA, Sp. n.
gd. Head and thorax whitish suffused with purplish pink;
abdomen whitish suffused with ochreous brown ; antenne with
the tuft blackish; palpi, pectus, and legs whitish tinged with
brown. Fore wing whitish suffused with purplish pink, the
veins streaked with blackish, vein 1 only towards termen ; the
costal area pure white, narrowing to apex and defined below by
a blackish shade; the costal edge dark to beyond middle and the.
interspaces of terminal area with slight dark streaks except
towards tornus. Hind wing whitish, the costal area broadly
suffused with brown.
BasuToLanD, Maseru (Crawshay), 1 3 type. Hap. 26 mm.
(7) +CRITONIA ROSEISTRIGELLA.
Critonia roseistrigella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p- 61 (1896) ; id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 365, pl. 51. f. 21.
Mapras, Nilgiris ; Puinippines, Luzon.
4 CY
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. 121
(8) CRITONIA OCHRACEALIS.
Critonia ochracealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat! Hist. Soch xx
p. 1251 (1912).
PungaB, Kangra; MaApras, Nilgiris.
(9) *CRITONIA HILGERTI.
Pectinigeria hilgertti Roths. Nov. Zool. xxi. p. 236.
ALGERIA.
B. Antennze of male laminate and without sinus and ridge of scales at base of
shaft.
a. (Singhalia.) Palpi of male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned to vertex
of head and thickly scaled, the 3rd porrect, long and blunt.
(10) TCrITONTA SARCOGLAUCA.
Critomia sarcoglauca Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 60 (1896); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 351, pl. 51. f. 24.
CEYLON.
6. Palpi of male downcurved and extending about three times length of head.
(11) Crrronta RHODESSA.
Saluria rhodesso Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xviii. p. 120
(1903).
(QUEENSLAND.
(12) TCRITONIA SARCOIDA, Sp. Nn.
Head and thorax purplish pink, the head and shoulders
tinged with brown; abdomen ochreous white, dorsally fulvous
yellow towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-
men ochreous tinged with brown. Fore wing purplish pink, the
costal area tinged with brown; the veins, discal fold in the cell,
and submedian fold white defined on each side by fine purplish-
pink streaks, the median nervure rather more strongly streaked
with white and with a brown streak below it. Hind wing
ochreous white, the costal area tinged with brown.
Br. E. Arrica, Njora (Cholmley), 1 6; Br. C. Arrica,
Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 3 2 ; Porrucurse HK. Arrica, Kola Valley
(Weave), 3 2 ; MasHoNALAND, Salisbury (/arshall), 1 2 ; TRans-
VAAL (Pead), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 28-34 min.
Genus MonocrENocERA.
+ Type.
Monoctenocera Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. x11.
p- 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 311(1901). brachiella.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi obliquely upturned, the
2nd joint reaching to just above vertex of head and hollowed out
to receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short and
22 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
thickly sealed ; frons smooth, with large tuft of hair; antennze
of male unipectinate, typically with very short branches, the
apical part serrate, the shaft with large sinus and ridge of scales
at base; mid and hind tibi typically fringed with long hair.
Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;
vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; 6
from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 3 closely approximated to 4+, 5 for some distance ;
4, 5 strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 anastomosing
with 7.
Sect. I. Antenne of male with the branches long; mid tibize fringed with hair at
base only, the hind tibiz at extremity only.
(1) MonocrenocEeRA LEUCANIA.
Catagela leucania Feld, Reis. Nov. pl. 137. f. 13 (1874);
Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63; id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 312, pl. 51.
fae:
Hab. Mavras, Nilgivis; TRAVANCORE; CEYLON.
Secr. II. Antenne of male with short branches towards base, then serrate: mid and
hind tibie fringed with long hair throughout.
(2) MonocTrENOCERA BRACHTELLA.
Polyocha brachiella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.
p. 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 312, pl. 36. f. 6
Hab. StKkKIM; Bevxcar, Calcutta; Borneo.
Genus SABORMA.
Type.
Saborma Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 37 (1887) ............ forcipella.
Proboscis aborted, minute; palpi of male upturned to about
vertex of head, slender, typically hollowed out to contain the
brush-like maxillary palpi; frons smooth; antenne of male
typically strongly serrate, with sinus and large double ridge of
scales at base. Fore wing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen
evenly curved ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell; 4, 5 strongly
stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9, 10 stalked; 11 from
cell. Hind wing with vein 3 approximated for some distance to
4, 5 which are strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly stalked; 8 not
anastomosing with 7.
Secr. I. Palpi of male with the 2nd jomt hollowed out to receive the brush-like
maxillary palpi; antenne serrate.
(1) *SaBoRMaA FORCIPELLA.
Saborma forcipella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 37 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 310, pl. 35. f. 22.
SUMATRA.
PYRALID#®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN &. 123
(2) *SABORMA VICINA.
Anerastia vicina Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879, p. 307; id. Lep.
Madag. p. 511; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 309, pl. 42. £..21.
MADAGASCAR.
Secr. II. Maxillary palpi of male filiform; antenne laminate and ciliated.
(3) TSABORMA PAPUACOLA, sp. n.
3. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen
whitish tinged with brown, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;
antennz with the tuft blackish on inner side; pectus and legs
whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing white tinged with
ochreous brown, the veins, discal fold in ene cell, and the sub-
median fold white defined on each side by streaks formed of
blackish scales; a terminal series of black points. Hind wing
ochreous white with terminal series of dark points and strie.
.Durcn N. Guinea, Mimika R. (Wollaston), 3 3 type. Hap.
26-30 mm.
Genus OsactA.
4 Type
Osakia Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 318 (1901) ......... Tiere ite
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi obliquely upturned to
about vertex of head, moderately scaled; maxillary palpi each a
minute brush of scales; frons smooth and rounded; antennee of
male ciliated, the shaft with sinus and double ridge of scales at
hase; tibie fringed with hair. Fore wing ee) EAONY, the
apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; veins 2 and 3 stalked
from before angle of cell; 4, 5 separate ; 6 from below upper
angle; 8, 9 staiked; 10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 3
from angle of cell ; 4 and ) strong gly stalked ; 6,7 strong gly stalked ;
8 not anastomosing with 7.
*OSACIA LINEOLELLA.
Osakia lineolella Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 319; pl. 43. f. 21
(OOD.
JAPAN.
Genus RAGonorta.
Type.
Ciris Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 17 (1887), nec -Grote,
Lep. SS SR eR ET Gh SENG ATE RAR Aer dotalis.
Ragonotia Grote, Can. Ent. xx. p. 75 (1888)............ dotalis.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi downturned, about three
times length of head and rather broadly fringed with scales
below; maxillary palpi filiform; frons with small rounded pro-
minence with corneous plate below it; antennz of male ciliated,
the basal joint large. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex
rounded, the termen obliquely curved : vein 2 from towards
angle of cell; 3 and 5 from close to angle ; 6 from below upper
124 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10,11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2
from close to angle of cell; 3 approximated for some distance to
4, 5 which are strongly stalked, or 4 rarely absent ; 6, 7 stalked;
8 not anastomosing with 7.
RAGONOTTA DOTALIS.
Anerastia dotalis Hulst, Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xiii. p. 164 (1886) ;
Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 329, pl. 38. f. 19; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N.
Am. p. 437.
Ciris discigerella Rag. N. Am. Phye. p. 17 (1887).
U.S.A., Colorado, Arizona.
Genus PotyocHa.
Tene
Polyocha Zeller, Isis, 1848, p. 876............... sanguinariella.
Polyochodes Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911,
Pesan conus aucceetey Gi Aseaee Santora aiaa Meee or erie stipella.
.
Proboscis aborted and minute; palpi typically downcurved,
extending about three times length. of head, the 2nd joint
moderately scaled, the 3rd rather long and naked; maxillary
palpi dilated with scales; frons smooth, with tuft of scales ;
antennee of male typically laminate and without sinus and ridge
of seales at base. Fore wing long and narrow, the apex omnia
the termen obliquely Curved ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell;
4, 5 strongly stalked; 6 from below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked;
10, 11 from cell. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of
cell ; 3 approximated for some distance to 4,5 which are strongly
stalked ; 6, 7 shortly stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
Secor. I. Palpi of male obtauely upturned ; antennee serrate, with sinus and ridge of
scales at base of shaft.
(1) +Ponyoona PLINTHOCHROA, sp. n..
Head and thorax bright rufous mixed with some ochreous ;
abdomen ochreous, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; antennz
ochreous, Fore wing bright rufous with a faint purplish gloss,
some ochreous in lower part of cell and below and just beyond
the cell, the veins remaining rufous; a narrow yellowish-white
costal fascia, tapering toa ‘point just before apex. Hind wing
ochreous white, the costal area and termen tinged with ved-
brown.
TRANSVAAL, Karina (Cooke), 1 3 type, White R. (Cooke), 1 @.
Hep. 26 mm.
(2) TPoLYocHA LEUCOPLEURELLA.
Emmalocera leucopleurella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888) ;
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 44. f. 15
Gop Coasr; 8. & a NIGERIA ; Kactarn ; Mapras.
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY MYPSOTROPIN&. 125
(3) TPoLYOCHA GENSANALIS.
Emmalocera gensanalis South, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1901, p. 405,
pl: xiv. £. 30:
CorREA.
£
Src. II. Palpi of male downcurved ; antennze without sinus and ridge of scales at
base of shaft.
A. (Polyochodes). Antenne of male pectinate with uniseriate branches.
(4) *PoLyYOCHA STIPELLA.
Polyochodes stipella Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911, p. 13.
ALGERIA.
B. (Polyocha). Antenne of male laminate.
(5) tPoLyocuaA CINERELLA.
Polyocha cinerella Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62 (1896); id.
Rom. Mem. viii. p. 328, pl. 55. f. 4.
PunsaB; BENGAL.
(6) PoLyocHaA VENOSA,
Epischnia venosa Zell. Isis, 1847; p. 31; Herr.-Schiiff. Schmett.
Eur. iv. p. 109; Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 327; Staud: Cat. Lep.
pal. 1. p. 13.
Cyprus; SYRIA.
(7) PoLYocHA SANGUINARIELLA.
Polyocha sanguinariella Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 876; Rag. Rom.
Mem: viii. p. 327, pl. 8. f. 20.
Br. C. ArricaA; MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; MADAGASCAR.
(8) PoLyocHA VESCULELLA.
Polyocha vesculella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 323, pl. 36: f. 11; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.
Mapras, Palni Hills; TRAVANCORE.
(9) *PoLyocHA FLAGRANTELLA.
_ Polyocha flagrantella Rag. Rom. Mem. viii, p. 323, pl. 44. f. 24
(1901).
MADAGASCAR.
(10) tPoLyocHA STRIGIVENELLA.
Polyocha strigivenella Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xii.
p. 310 (1898) ; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 51. f. 19.
Burma,
126 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(11) *PotyocHa NEUROPTERELLA.
Polyocha neuropterella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 35. f. 23; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.
p. 138.
W. 'TURKESTAN.
(12) *PoLyocHa FOUCART].
Polyocha foucarti Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258; id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 322, pl. 35. f. 24; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. 11. p. 13.
ALGERIA.
(13) }PoLyocHa ACHROMATELLA, sp. n.
®. Head and thorax white tinged with ochreous ; abdomen
white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base; pectus and legs
ochreous white. Fore wing pale ochreous, the veins white, less
distinctly so on costal area. Hind wing white.
N.S. Wates, Broken Hill (Lower), 3 9 type. Hap. 28 mm.
(14) *PoLyocHA DETRITELLA.
Polyocha detritella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 14; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.
PUNJAB:
(15) 7PPoLyOCcHA FUSCICOSTELLA, sp. n.
©. Head and thorax glossy fuscous brown ; abdomen fuscous
brown, pale red-brown at sides and extremity ; pectus and legs
pale red-brown, the tarsi fuscous brown. Fore wing pale
red-brown, the costal area broadly glossy fuscous brown and
the inner basal area tinged with fuscous brown. Hind wing
ochreous white, the costal area tinged with brown.
Uf Nicn rar Toy
N. Niceria, Zungeru (Jacfie), 2 2 type. Hap. 24 mm.
Genus EMMALOCERA.
: Type.
EHmmalocera Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888)...... lewcocineta.
Lodiana Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888) ......... umbrivittella.
Papua Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. cexx... latilimbella.
Proboscis aborted and minute ; palpi of male typically obliquely
upturned to above vertex of head, the 2nd joint hollowed out to
receive the brush-like maxillary palpi, the 3rd short and porrect;
frons smooth, obliquely flattened; antennz of male typically
with short uniseriate branches, the basal joint large, the shaft
with large sinus and ridge of scales at base. Fore wing rather
long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ;
vein 3 from near angle of cell, 5 from just above angle; 6 from
below upper angle; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell, Hind wing
PYRALIDH, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPIN®. 127
with vein 2 from well before angle of cell; 3 approximated for
some distance to 4,5 which are strongly stalked; 6, 7 shortly
stalked ; 8 not anastomosing with 7.
Srct. I. Palpi of male upturned, the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive the brush-
like maxillary palpi; antenne with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.
A, Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches.
(1) rEMMALOCERA ORNATELLA,
Polyocha ornatella Hmpsn. J. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. xv. p. 21
(1903).
PUNJAB.
(2) ;EMMALOCERA PULVEREALIS.
Polyocha pulverealis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.
p- 20 (1903).
" Assam.
(3) THMMALOCERA ENDOPYRELLA, Sp. n.
3. Head ochreous tinged with purplish pink, the antenne
ochreous; thorax bright purplish pink ; abdomen fulvous yellow ;
pectus and legs ochreous tinged with red-brown. Fore wing
with narrow pure white costal fascia, the rest of wing bright
purplish pink, suffused with red-brown to median nervure and
veins 4. Hind wing ochreous white, the costa slightly tinged
with brown. i
Assam, Khasis, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm,
(4) EMMALOCERA LONGIRAMELLA,
Emmatocera longiramella Hmpsu. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 315,
ols As i a) CEO
(QUEENSLAND.
(5) *EMMALOCERA RADIATELLA.
Emmalocera radiatella Hmpsn, Rom. Mém. vin. p. 315, pl. 52.
f. 21 (1901).
(J)UEENSLAND.
(6) TEMMALOCERA ACTINOLEUCA, Sp. Nn.
3. Head and thorax pale purplish pink mixed with white ;
abdomen creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;
antennz white; frons, palpi, pectus, and legs white suffused with
rufous. Fore wing pale purplish. pink, the veins, two streaks in
the cell and one in submedian fold white. Hind wing white
faintly tinged with ochreous.
SieRRA LEONE (Clements), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 24 mm,
128 SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(7) TEMMALOCERA DEPRESSELLA.
Melissoblaptes depressella Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57.
f.5; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63; id. Rom. Mém. vui. p. 324,
ples Gadel.
Polyocha saccharella Dudgeon, J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xvi.
p. 405 (1905).
ApEn; PunsaB; Benegau; Bompay. The larva feed on the
roots of sugar-cane.
(8) TEMMALOCERA STRIGICOSTELLA.
Polyocha strigicostella Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 270; id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 315, pl. 31. f. 18.
ADEN.
B. (Emmalocera). Antenne of male with short uniseriate branches. .
(9) rTEMMALOCERA LEUCOCINCTA.
Crambus leucocinctus Wik. xxvii. 169 (1863); Hmpsn. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 36. f. 9.
Emmalocera crenatella Rag. Nouv. Gen, p. 38 (1888).
SINGAPORE; BoRNEO ; PHILIPPINES.
C. (Papua). Antenne of male laminate, serrate towards base.
(10) PEMMALOCERA SANGUIFUSALIS,
Polyocha sanguifusalis Hmpsn. P. Z. 8. 1910, p. 493, pl. xl.
if O
N. RHODESIA.
(11) fFEMMALOCERA AURIFUSELLA.
Crambus aurifusellus Wik. xxxv. 1756 (1866); Hmpsn.
Moths Ind. iv. p. 62; id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 36. f. 18.
Kasumir; Punzap; Bompay; MApDRAs.
(12) EmMMALOCERA BIFIDELLA.
Polyocha bifidella Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1911, p. 357,
pl. 31. f. 22.
JAPAN.
(13) TEMMALOCERA POLYCHROELLA, Sp. Nn.
Head and thorax ochreous mixed with fiery red; abdomen
ochreous ; antennz of male with the tuft blackish on inner side ;
palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous
tinged with red-brown. Fore wing with narrow creamy white
costal fascia leaving the costal edge red-brown towards base,
defined below by a fiery rufous streak to beyond middle, the area
below it red-brown to median neryure and vein 4; the inner
PYRALID#, SUBFAMILY HYFSOTROPIN. 129
half of wing yellow thickly irrorated with fiery red, the terminal
half of inner margin tinged with brown.
W. Arrica (Dudgeon), 1 $,1 9; 8. Nigeria, Mama (Dudgeon),
1 $type. Hap., § 22, 9 28 mm.
(14) EmMMALOCERA UMBRICOSTELLA.
Emmalocera umbricostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p, 38 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 36. f. 10; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv.
p- 62.
Corea; C. Caixa; Srkuim ; Borneo, Pulo Laut; PHILIPPINEs ;
JAvA; FLores; Batt.
(15) EMMALOCERA LUCIDICOSTELLA.
Emmalocera lucidicostella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. viii. p. 316, pl. 35. f. 20; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62.
Punsas; Benegal; CEYLON; SUMATRA.
(16) EMMALOCERA ANERASTICA.
Nephopteryx anerastica Snell. Veth’s Midden-Sumatra, Lep.
-p. 81 (1880); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 317, pl. 36. f. 8.
SrerRA LrEonE; Formosa; PungaB; NicoBpars; JOHORE;
SELANGOR ; SINGAPORE; SuMATRA; BorNEo, Pulo Laut; PHrtiip-
PINES ; LovuisiIAvDE Is., St. Aignan I.
(17) EmMMALOCERA LATILIMBELLA.
Papua latilimbella Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. cexx; id.
Rom. Mém. viil. p. 313, pl. 36. f. 7.
Polyocha rhabdota Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queens]. xviil. p. 122
(1908).
' Polyocha achrosta Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 122
(1903).
N. GuINnEA; QUEENSLAND.
D. Antenne of male laminate, not serrate towards base.
(18) EmMALocERA LAMINELLA.
Emmalocera laminella Hmpsn. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 318, pl. 51.
f. 8 (1901).
SrerrA LEONE; Br. E. Arrica; Br. C. AFrica.
Sect. II. Palpi of male downcurved ; maxillary palpi filiform.
A. Antenne of male with sinus and ridge of scales at base of shaft.
a. Antenne of male with long uniseriate branches.
(19) EMMALOCERA VARIEGATELLA.
Polyocha variegatella Rag: Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 16; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 63.
PUNJAB.
Proc. Zoot, Soc.—1918, No. LX. 9
130 . SIR GEORGE HAMPSON ON THE
(20) TEMMALOCERA TRICOLORALIS.
Polyocha variegatella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Soc. Hist. xii
p. 320 (nee Rag.).
Polyocha tricoloralis Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xv.
p. 20 (1903).
SIKKIM; PHILIPPINES.
(21) EMMALOCERA DIVERSELLA.
Polyocha diversella Hmpsn. J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. xii.
p- 310 (1898); Rag. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 324, pl. vi. f. 21.
Mapras, Nilgiris.
(22) *EMMALOCERA COSTELLA.
Polyocha costella Rag. Nov. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom. Mém.
vill. p. 326, pl. 36. f. 15.
GAMBIA.
(23) EMMALOCERA CREMORICOSTA,
Polyocha cremoricosta Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1895, p. cii; id.
Rom. Mém. vill. p. 325, pl. 51. f. 9; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.
p. 13.
Asta Minor; Syria.
(24) TEMMALOCERA ERYTHRINELLA.
Polyocha erythrinella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. viii. p. 323, pl. 44. f. 14.
N. Nigeria; Apyssinta; Br. E. Arnica; Br. C. AFrica.
(25) *EMMALOCERA CARNATELLA.
Polyocha carnatella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id. Rom.
Mem. vii. p. 325, pl. 35. f. 25; Hmpsn. Moths: Ind. iv. p. 63.
Pungas.
»
(26) *KMMALOCERA MONOCHROMELLA.
Polyocha monochromella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 39 (1888); id.
Rom. Mém. vui. p. 325, pl. 36. f. 13; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.
Oo Las
(27) rEMMALOCERA EREMOCHROA, sp. n.
Q@. Head and thorax whitish suffused with ochreous brown;
abdomen creamy white, dorsally fulvous yellow towards base ;
pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with
brown. Fore wing pale ochreous, the costal half and terminal
area suffused with brown, the cell and veins beyond it with
some whitish irroration, the interspaces beyond the cell with
PYRALID®, SUBFAMILY HYPSOTROPINA. leat
slight ochreous streaks, the area below the cell with slight red-
brown irroration. Hind wing creamy white.
W. AusrrawiA, Sherlock R. (Clements), 1Q type. Hap.44 mm.
b. (Lodiana). Antenne of male serrate.
(28) EMMALOCERA UMBRIVITTELLA.
Lodiana umbrivittella Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 38 (1888); id. Rom.
Mém. viii. p. 319, pl..35. f. 19; Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 62.
Polyocha venosella Wileman, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1911, p. 357.
JAPAN, Yezo; PuNJAB; SIKKIM; ASSAM.
(29) EMMALOCERA ALBICOSTALIS.
Lodiana albicosialis Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1900, p. 375;
Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 13.
PaLEsTINE; Punsas.
B. Antenne of male without sinus and ridge of scales.
(30) EMMALOCERA SUBFASCIATELLA.
Polyocha subfasciatella Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1887, p. 258 ;
id. Rom. Mém. viii. p. 328, pl. 36. f. 17; Staud. Cat. Lep. pal. ii.
p. 13.
ARMENIA; PERSIA.
Auctorum.
Polyocha rhodesie Strand, Archiy. f. Naturg. 75. 1, 3, p. 384
CQO) ear Mey scnrscs-cs § earth race: Pe arheiabeen doslomtya N. Ruopesia.
GENERA AUCTORUM.
Barberia affinitella Dyar, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 39
(HGS), Tae VEMOMAV IAD ~ Sense de obacsapoocese noobs U.S.A., Texas.
Cabmia myronella Dyar, J. N. Y. Ent. Soc. xii. p. 108 (1904),
1A har SKLO UO eate ROMER one oto aco coaNe rene U.S.A., Washington.
Fondoukia translucidella Chretien, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1911,
Pepe tan! DENI DEs cious erect etn cise sie oki. eae a Banos ALGERIA.
Schenectadia merilesella Dyar, Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. xlvii.
p. 349) (1913) mr. Winerastia sc. Hes ccamenscces reels PANAMA.
Sabormania pia Strand, Arch. Naturg. 78. A. Hft. 12, p. 80
OU. CMO OOO DQAND coo sbbiccoosscnoneone SPANISH GUINEA.
ao
patel .
AEP
ON VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 1338
6. First Report on the Inheritance of Visible and Invisible
Characters in Silkworms. By Miss Maupz L. Ciec-
HorN, F.Z.8S., F.L.S., F.E.S.
[Received December 3, 1917: Read March 9, 1918.]
The mulberry silkworm races of Bengal are all with the excep-
tion of one (Bombya textor) multivoltine, but their cocoons are
not so good as those of the European or Japanese races, and
therefore when the question of reviving the Indian silk industry
arose, the following suggestions were put forward, viz.: that
endeavours should be made to obtain an improved multivoltine
race by crossing an indigenous variety with a European one, and
that our knowledge of hybridization according to Mendel’s law
should be utilised to help in the process.
With these suggestions in my mind I obtained from Italy, in
December 1910, some European silkworm seed (eggs of the
Bombyx mori) and some Nistri (Bombyx croesi) seed cocoons from
the Berhampore Government Nursery.
The European seed was of the Italian-Japanese Hybrid, and
was the first generation of a cross between the univoltine (pro-
ducing one brood a year) yellow Italian (Indigeno giallo) male,
and the univoltine white Japanese female—pure yellow Italian
seed not having been available at the time. This Italian-Japanese
Hybrid is very hardy, being a first cross, and so I started my
cross-breeding experiments with it.
The cocoons of the multivoltine Nistri silkworm weighed (with
the chrysalis removed) from 1 grain to 1°6 grains, whilst the
cocoons of the Italian-Japanese Hybrid (being of a univoltine race
and therefore bigger) weighed from about 2°5 grains to 4°6 grains.
My aim in my experiments with these two varieties of silkworms
has been (1) to make a multivoltine race (because though its
cocoons are smaller than those of the univoltine, yet they are
compensated for by the numerous broods produced during the
year), producing cocoons of about 4 grains in weight, and (2) to
see how far the good qualities of the univoltine varieties can be
combined with the multivoltine character.
I made two series of experiments :—
A. Across between the multivoltine Nistri 2 and the univoltine
Italian-Japanese Hybrid ¢.
B. A cross between the univoltine Italian-Japanese Hybrid ?
and multivoltine Nistri ¢.
Experiment A was made with individuals selected usually from
three or four families in each generation, except in one of the
experiments in F,, which was made with a whole family.
Experiment B was made with the complete family in each
generation, with the exception of F,, when only a few worms
were reared out of four layings.
The layings produced in F, by Experiment A and those
aaa
134 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF
produced by Experiment B were entirely different from each
other, for they resembled the maternal parent in each
case, all the layings of the Nistri 9 and Ital.-Jap. ¢ being
multivoltine, and all those of the Ital.-Jap. 9 and Nistri
S$ proving univoltine.
Result of the Hxperiment as regards the Size of the Cocoon.
Experiment A.—The parent cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. 6
and Nistri 2 cross weighed 2°9 and 1:5 grains respectively. The
cocoons of the first pencration of this cross resembled those of the
Nistri (¢. e. the maternal parent) more than those of the Ital.-
Jap. parent, being rounded at both ends and very thick but
of the loose texture of the Nistri, the firm texture of the Ital.-
Jap. being entirely unrepresented. They were uniform in
size and shape, but varied in weight from 2°5 to 4:1 grains.
In the second and the immediately succeeding generations, the
cocoons were not so uniform in size and shape. Many were large
and rather pointed at the ends, whilst they were all thinner and
firmer than those of F,, and I found that in the earlier generations
moths which gave complete multivoltine layings had nearly
always cut out from cocoons which were about 3 grains or less in
weight. I did not make use of these 3-grain cocoons for rearing
purposes, even though they were far better than the original
maultivoltine Nistri cocoon, but I carefully selected the best out
of the most multivoltine layings of cocoons weighing from about
3°5 grains to 5 grains in weight. The cocoons in all the generations
of the cross were far superior to the original Nistri cocoon, and in
many of the generations they are also superior to that of the
Ttal.-Jap. Hybrid.
Up to F, many of the cocoons were 4 grains in weight, in F,,
F,, F,, many were over 4:5 grains, while some weighed 5 grains
and over. In F, and F, there were no 4-grain cocoons, and on
the whole the cocoons of these two generations were very poor
compared with those of the preceding generations, but they were
nevertheless still superior to the original Nistri cocoon. As the
layings from which these cocoons were produced were nearly
entirely multivoltine, the cocoons appeared to be also becoming
more multivoltine in character. The rearings in I, from which
HF, hatched were all entirely multivoltine, while the F, silkworm
were better again and seriposited cocoons, nearly all of which
were over 3'5 grains, many over 4 grains, and some nearly 5 grains
in weight (with chrysalis and outer fluff removed). The layings
of the moths from these cocoons were also entirely multivoltine,
which showed that it is possible to obtain a 4- or 5-grain cocoon
from entirely multivoltine layings in F, after a cross without any
recrossing. Care was, however, always taken to have the parent
moths as distantly related as possible. (Table 1.)
In this experiment I found that, after the direct influence of
the fresh cross seemed to have disappeared, every third generation
produced the best cocoons, for the cocoons of F,, F,, F,,, F,;
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 135
TABLE AK, SHOWING THE DESCENT OF COCOONS UP TO THE NINTH
GENERATION, WITH DATES OF ELEV AGES.
Ital.-Jap. Hyb. 3, Nistri? bere estet eh pate alsietr Jan. 31,1911
No. 1, 2°9 grs. No. Af? 1°5 grs.
No. 229 ~No.15g No.269 .No.18¢ ............ March 28 _,,
37 grs. “38 grs. 338 grs. “28 ers. .
|
; |
No. 26g x IOs 8} soooagonsgomoosuce> ANE) BI} 5
4:2 gys. 3°7 grs.
No.489 No.21¢ No. PAUSE sacndoseuesaodscal QUAY (Ol na
4-1 grs, 51 grs. “5 grs.
No. 59 g No.152 No.6? No. 4g berenert July 8 ,,
. , 3°8 grs. 4°3 grs. 48 grs. 5 grs.
No. 52g No.19 No. 259 .No.183 No. 15? No.50g No.52g... Aug. 30 ,,
4 ors. a8ers. 44ers. “34ers. BG grs. “32ers. 4 ers.
No.10g | No.5? No.1g No.179 VENCMIGE ee Oc oes
2°2 grs. ~ 28grs. 36 grs. 3'6 gers. 3'6 grs.
No. 41 ¢ No. 55 ? No. 619 No. 27g NOSE E soocancnosea NOW BO gp,
2°5 grs. 2°4 ors, 19 grs. 2°9 grs. 2°5 grs. :
No. 402 y No. 37 8 WOZBE! A NIOs, ZOO " .ccoossavavacsanvocndenssepecoonoceo» IHG, IL, TENA
3 ors. 28ers. 22ers. “24 ors,
WUUH NGpInE) NU) WG PeM MeL OSes ye eee oes | RUCK oD ra
37 gers. 48ers. 41 grs. 4ers. 3°38 gers.
~
were much superior to those of the intervening generations.
Even those of F,, seriposited during the rains in July were
much better than those of F,, (April) and F,, seriposited in
October. As the raiyats in India grow about three or four crops
of cocoons a year (only rearing a few to keep the breed alive
when they are short of leaf) it would be to their advantage to
arrange that the crops reared are of every third generation.
The cocoons obtained from this multivoltine race are much
superior to the Nistri; those of F, were valued at about 94 francs
per kilo in the Milan market, which is close up to the price of
good Italian cocoons, and the cocoons of F,,, which were not
near as good as those of F,, were valued at about 7 francs per
kilo. The correct rendement could not be obtained, as the 175
cocoons sent to be tested were too few, 1 lb. weight. of cocoons
being necessary.
F4
Fs
Fy
A Ne Se ee ae ee ee
ee ee a — a ee ee
136 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF
Experiment B.—Cross between univoltine Ital.-Jap. Hybrid
¢ and multivoltine Nistri ¢.
This was carried out for four generations only and then
discontinued, as the cocoons were not as good as those of the
reciprocal cross, rarely averaging a weight of 3°5 grains.
Results of Experiment as regards the Multivoltine and Univoltine
character of the Silkworm Moths.
Experiment A.
TABLE 2, ILLUSTRATING THE DESCENT OF THE UNIVOLTINE CHARACTER IN
THE CROSS BETWEEN IrAu.-JAp. ¢ AND Nisrri 9.
Multivoltine Nistri 9 Xx Univoltine Ital.-Jap. ¢......0.........
Tnayines\allanultvooueiveu eee ee eee ee
Many mores than és.
22 layings univoltine. 30 layings almost univoltine. 6 half multivoltine
More gs than 9s.
6 layings univoltine. 16 about half univoltine. 2 multivoltine ............
More 9s than és.
A few layings univoltine. One 75% multivoltine. Many partly multivoltine ...
More gs than 9s.
One 75 °/) multiyoltine. 2 half multivoltine. 15 partly multivoltine
ds and 9s about equal.
All Faboutehalifemnlliivoltin cies nese neem eee ee eee eee nari
Nearly all about half multivoltine. A few about: 75/9 multivoltine............
Nearly all completely multivoltine
All multivoltine
All-multivoltine Vo eves ves oie. teas. ccahereene
Jey
Fy
FP;
Fy
Fs
Fy
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 137
From the results obtained it will be seen that all the eggs in
the layings of the multivoltine Nistri 9 when crossed with the
univoltine Ital.-Jap. ¢ hatched, 7.e., the layings were all
multivoltine, whilst the univoltine paternal parent had no visible
effect on the character of the layings. This showed that the
multivoltine character was dominant in the 9, but recessive in
the ¢. Toyama, the Japanese authority on silkworms, also
found that in crossing pure breeds the first cross always. resembled
the maternal parent.
I usually found that the completely multivoltine layings did
not give the most multivoltine results as might be expected, but
the half multivoltine laying produced the least number of
univoltine layings in the long run.
In the Nistri @ and Ital.-Jap. ¢ cross I discarded. the
multivoltine layings which appeared in the earlier generations,
and mostly selected from the half, or partly multivoltine layings,
till in F, when most of the layings were almost entirely multi-
voltine. Some of the families have been entirely multivoltine
since F., others have had a few partly univoltine layings, but in
none of the generations since F, have any of the layings been
- entirely univoltine.
Toyama does not give any detailed account of the results he
obtained in the brood characters. It would have been interesting
and useful, as. the inheritance of these invisible characters appears
to be complicated. He selected from multivoltine forms, but
does not say if they were entirely ov partly multivoltine. He
states as follows :—“ Those forms raised from the first cross do
not remain true to the parents in subsequent generations. Even
when we selected multivoltine forms for five generations we failed
to get any constant multivoltine breed.”
In his interesting pamphlet “ Sulla riproduzione degli Incroci’
Dott. Quajat, when referring to his experiments with bivoltine
and univoltine races, states “that “nelle successive riproduzioni,
bivoltinismo tende a ‘diminuire, ed alcune volte anzi a scomparire
completamente. Sara oria interessante constatare se le ovature
ottenute univoltine, abbiano allo stato lateute il bivoltinismo, e
se questo si potra manifestare in seguito a nuovi incroci 0
spontaneamente.”
I found that from F, the layings began to show a great
tendency to become completely multivoltine, and in those of the
F,, moths, from which F,, worms hatched, only one laying out of
the whole generation was half univoltine, all the others were
completely multivoltine.
To account for the 22 layings in F, appearing univoltine, the
univoltine character must have dominated in the maternal parents
of these layings. When a female F, was crossed with a “‘ pure’
multivoltine Nistri ¢ only 3 eggs out of 250 hatched, and from
the results obtained, in the reciprocal cross, it was found that if
the maternal parent was a pure univoltine none of the eggs
hatched for about a year, and if she was a pure multivoltine all
138 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF 2
the eggs were multivoltine. As this female of F, had hatched
from a completely multivoltine laying, it might naturally be
expected that, when the paternal parent was pure multivoltine all
the eggs laid would be multivoltine, but as only a few eggs
hatched it showed that the maternal parent was dominant in the
univoltine character, and that the dominance of the univoltine
character was rabeniied by the F & from the paternal parent in
which it was not a dominant character.
It is clear that the female influences the reappearance of the
character in a dominant form, and shows that the descent is of a
sex-limited inheritance.
In my experiments I found that the univoltine or multivoltine
character of the maternal parent showed itself in the layings and
not that of the paternal, for the character of the paternal parent
always appeared to be masked or suppressed. -
Besides the difficulties a sex-limited inheritance presents the
univoltine and multivoltine characters are not visible in the moths
but only in their layings, for moths which outwardly resemble the
univoltine parent may have a multivoltine laying and wice versa.
When all the moths of a generation are bred inter se the
character of only the maternal ‘parents can be determined by the
eggs laid; but to prove that the males and females of each
generation are either homozygous or heterozygous, dominant or
recessive, they have each to be bred with pure univoltines and
multivoltines. So to find out the exact composition of all the
moths in each generation would require a multitude of experiments,
and I could not spare many moths from F,, for I knew that in
F, only a very small percentage of eggs would hatch.
“The layings in F, which were laid by the F, moths give a clue
to the character of some of the parent moths in F,. For the
maternal parents of the six univoltine layings (Table 2) must
have been dominant in the univoltine character, and those of the
two multivoltine layings, in the multivoltine character, but the
sixteen 50 per cent. univoltine layings point to the maternal
parents being heterozygous.
Heperiment B.
rom the results obtained in the Ital.-Jap. @ and Nistri ¢
cross (Table 3) it will be seen that although all the lavyings in F,
were univoltine, yet there were some multivoltine, ‘and partly
multivoltine layings in F,, F, and F,; and, again, though the
moths of F, were neared from one of the multivoltine layings
of F,, yet 37 layings of the F, moths were univoltine.
For ty-seven moths from an F, family of the Ital.- -Jap. 2 and
Nistri ¢ cross were tested with. pure multivoltine Nistri moths -
and the results obtained were as follows :—
(1) Out of 21 layings of the F, @s and pure multivoltine
Nistri gs 19 layings were entirely univoltine and 2 entirely
multivoltine.
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 139
(2) Out of 26 layings of pure multivoltine Nistri @sand F, ds
all the eggs hatched, thus all being multivoltine.
These results give a clue to the gametic composition of the F,
moths, for they shew
(1) that 19 F, Qs were dominant in the univoltine character
and 2 in the multivoltine character.
(2) that all the F, gs which may have been univoltune were
recessive in the univoltine character.
4
TABLE 3, ILLUSTRATING DESCENT OF THE UNIVOLTINE AND MULTIVOLTINE
CHARACTER IN THE CROSS BETWEEN THE UNIVOLTINE ITAL.-JApP. 9
AND MULTIVOLTINE NistrI C.
Univoltine Ital.-Jap. 2 X Multivoltine Nistri f..........0...0c00.8.. Py
IDLER ANSE CHM), CCODUCTOG soovco sesq0psns ono posano obo oDaDs Mca osenne La
’ 11 2 moths 21 ¢ moths.
7 layings univoltine. 2 multivoltine. I halitimultivoltines wesseres ele
; ; 62 Ps. 84 gs.
37 layings univoltine. 2 almest univoltine. 2 multivoltine. 2 almost multivoltine. F3
34 9s. 47 gs.
14 layings univoltine. 7 almost univoltine. 4 almost multivoltine ......... Fy,
(Discontinued)
Unequal Sex-ratios.
I had noticed that in the earlier generations of the Nistri 9
and Ital.-Jap. 3d cross (which were reared a year previous to that
of the Ital.-Jap. Q and Nistri ¢ cross), the number of males
and females seemed very unequal, and that in one generation
males predominated, and in another, females. However, these
remarkable fluctuations gradually decreased in the latter
generations.
_ In my second series of experiments, which were with the Ital.-
Jap. 2 and Nistri ¢, 1 noted the exact number of males and
females in each generation, and found that in this reciprocal cross
the sex-ratios were also very unequal, but just the reverse in the
character of the predominating sex, for in F, of the Nistri 2
cross there were many more females than males, while in F, of
the Ital.-Jap. 2 cross there were more males than females.
The unequal sex-ratios could be accounted for by supposing
140 MISS MAUDE L, CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF
that in some of the generations the univoltine females do not
hatch, and in others the univoltine males, but in F, when all the
eggs hatched the sex-ratios were also unequal.
Method of Rearing of Worms.
To ensure choosing distantly related moths for rearing from,
IT reared the silkworms of each laying separately, and the cocoons
were also kept separate by keeping the silkworms after their fourth
moult in rounded trays with a double inner circle of plaited strips of
bamboo, about an inch and a half from the outer edge, forming
a space into which the silkworms readily crawl to sereposit their
cocoons. When the cocoons are removed from the trays, they
are placed in rows on large sheets of white paper on which is
noted the number of the laying from which they were reared.
Kach cocoon is covered over with a small earthen cup, the-
common Indian chilum. A day or two before the moths come out,
the cocoon is cut open to remove chrysalis and weighed.
The weight is noted and the chrysalis put back. When the
moths emerge, the pierced cocoons are removed from under the
earthen covers and placed within the opening at the top of the
covers for reference, and this also to prevent the moths from .
getting out. By referring to the number of the layings and to the
numbers of the two parent cocoons (which is also noted on
the paper), the choosing of the distantly related moths for
rearing is simplified.
If I had been rearing on a large scale I should have kept four
or six families separate for seven or eight generations, then bred
them together, and from these again four or six families would
have been separated out.
In these experiments the silkworms have always been fed most
during the night, as I have noticed that, in the wild state, the
larvee of moths mostly feed up to 9 or 10 a.m., and then restart
feeding at about 5 or 6 p.m. Even young silkworms, which
I kept on a small potted mulberry plant under observation, hardly
ate at all during the day, though surrounded by fresh leaf on all
sides. I find that silkworms always eat most voraciously between
10 p.m. and 4 a.m., so it is unnatural for them to be forced to
feed all day, which is usually the case by the native rearers, and
may well be one of the causes of their degeneracy.
They should have a rest of at least seven or eight hours during
the day, and be fed every three or four hours during the night,
starting late in the afternoon at about 6 p.m. If there is an
abundant supply of leaf, they might with advantage be fed every
two hours. Newly hatched worms should always be fed every
two hours between 5 p.m. and 10 a.m. The worms if fed well in
the last stage after the fourth moult will give good cocoons, even
if not very well fed in the earlier stages, but it is most essential
that they be well fed throughout the larval stage for them to be
vigorous and healthy.
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 141
One of the advantages gained by the nocturnal feeding of
worms is that the leaf can be gathered at sundown, and so keeps
fresher, and does not fade as readily as when plucked in the
morning. There is also very little chance of attacks from the
dreaded silkworm fly, which is always on the alert during the
brightest and hottest hours of the day.
I have found that the leaf from male trees of Morus Indica
gives better results in feeding silkworms than that of the female
trees. The dicecious character of the mulberry is not, as far as I
know, known to sericulturists, for in most handbooks on the
subject they advise rearers to select trees which bear little or no
fruit. The inconspicuousness of the catkins and pseudo-spikes of
the mulberry has evidently led to the difference between the
trees being overlooked by all but botanists. As the flowers are
inconspicuous they are anemophilous, and the trees, when in
flower in February, may be seen giving off pollen in little puffs
like smoke. This is best observed when there is no breeze.
Additional Observations made during Experiments.
_ The inheritance of the visible colour character of the cocoons is
clearly Mendelian.
The parent cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. were of the yellow
Italian ¢ and white Japanese 9°.
The colour of the yellow Italian cocoon is of a deep pinkish
yellow (carneo-giallo or flesh colour), which sometimes varies from
a deep orange to almost white, but never of the vivid yellow of
the Indian cocoon. All the cocoons of F, of this hybrid were of
a pale flesh colour, none were white like that of the Japanese
parent. A character which dominates after a cross is made was
described by Mendel as dominant, and, the character which
seemed to have disappeared he called recessive. So the flesh
colour of a cocoon is a dominant character, and the white
a recessive. All observed results in the study of heredity point
to the dominance of a character being due to the presence of that
character, and the recessive to the absence of the dominant
character.
The flesh colour of the Italian is due to the presence of the
flesh colour and to the absence of the vivid yellow colour of the
Nistri. While the white colour of the Japanese cocoon is due to
the absence of both the pinkish yellow and bright yellow colours
—the example of the inheritance of eye-colour in man might
make this clearer. Here the dominance of brown eyes can be
traced to the presence of a brown pigment ; and the recessiveness of
blue eyes to the absence of the brown pigment. All human eyes
(except those of Albinos) have a layer of deep purple pigment on
the inner surface of the iris, but in brown, hazel, green, and grey
eyes there is also a layer of brown on the outer surface of the iris,
and it is this brown layer which entirely (Gf abundant) or partly
conceals the purple layer. In clear grey and clear deep and pale
142 MISS MAUDE L, CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF
blue eyes the brown pigment is absent and the purple pigment
shows through the tissue forming the iris, and makes it appear
of a clear deep blue, when the tissue through which it is seen is
very delicate—and of a clear grey or pale blue when the tissues
are more or less coarse. So, to trace the dominance of brown
eyes the real nature of the various kinds of light eyes must be
carefully made out; it then becomes clear that the presence of the
brown pigment in brown eyes makes brown eyes dominant to blue
eyes in which it is absent. If one parent has' very dark brown
eyes and the other clear blue eyes, all the children will:have dark
eyes, which sometimes include hazel, green or grey, but none will
have clear grey or blue eyes. The reason for there being no
blue-eyed children is apparent, for all the children inherit a
factor, or unit character for pigment from the dark-eyed parent,
but a factor lacking in pigment from the blue-eyed parent—and
the presence of this pigment in all the children makes brown eyes
dominant to blue.
To return to the colour of the cocoons the simplest explanation
will be found in the interaction of two simple Mendelian
characters. These two characters are flesh colour-F, and yellow
colour Y, and the two pairs of unit-characters involved are—
1. Flesh colour F. Absence of flesh colour f.
2. Yellow colour Y. Absence of yellow colour y.
The parent moths, then, have the following constitution :—
1). Yellow Italian possessine the flesh colour and lacking the
12 Due 5
yellow colour of the Nistri Mee nae ae FF yy
(2) Japanese white lacking both characters... oe ffyy
(3) Nistri lacking the flesh colour and possessing the yellow
colour ae bed ae key fey ed WAYSti
The actual parents in the experiment were :—
P, the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. an F, of a cross between the Yellow
Italian and White Japanese.
P the Nistri.
1
The Yellow Italian has a deep pinkish yellow (flesh coloured)
cocoon, It inherits two factors, one for the flesh colour F, and
one for the absence of the yellow colour y, from each parent, and
so consists of the union of two similar pairs of factors Fy and Fy.
The Yellow Italian is therefore pure (homozygous) as regards the
colour, for the germ-cells (gametes) by the union of which it was
formed, each carried the same kinds of factors Fy and Fy. So
the gametic composition of the Yellow Italian for the colour of its
cocoon is represented as FFyy in Table 4, Diagrams (1) and (2).
As the whiteness of the Japanese cocoon is due to the absenee
of both the flesh colour of the Italian, and the yellow of the
4
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS. 143
Nistri, the gametic composition is represented in small letters as
ffyy (Table 4). There was no colour in either of its parents for
it to inherit, for the gametes, from the union of which it was
formed, bore the factors fy and fy. Table 4, Diagram (1).
The cocoons of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. are a pale flesh colour as
they inherited the flesh colour from the Yellow Italian parent
only, for the gamete from the White Japanese parent bore colour
factors lacking in both the flesh and yellow colours. The colour
factors inherited from the Yellow [Italian parent were By
and from the white Japanese parent fy. The Ital.-Jap. Hyb. is
. therefore not pure as regards the colour of its cocoon, for the two
gametes, from the union of which it was formed, were unlike and
did not carry pairs of similar factors. It is a hybrid (heterozygote),
the gametic composition being Ffyy, and it will give gametes Fy
and fy. When the Nistri (YYff), which has a deep yellow
coloured cocoon, was crossed with the Ital.-Jap. Hyb. all the
cocoons of I’, of this cross were of a bright yellow colour, but not
quite the deep yellow of the Nistri. So the bright yellow of the
Nistri was dominant to the pale flesh colour of the Ital.-Jap. Hyb.,
for the deeper yellow entirely masked the pale pinkish yellow
of the flesh colour even when it was present (Table 4). The
gametic composition of I’, of the Nistri 9 and Ital.-Jap. ¢ cross
was YyFf and Yyff, and it therefore contained two classes,
both numerically equally represented. ‘Table 4, Diagram (1).°
All the cocoons were yellow, but not quite uniform in tin.
The gametes given off by these two classes were :—
YyFf giving YF, Yi, Fy, yf.
VG oven een Gea au,
In F, there were a few deep yellow cocoons like those of the
Nistri, a good many bright yellow like those of F,, a few pinkish
yellow and a very few white out of 52 cocoons. The exact
numbers were—-13 deep yellow, 29 yellow, 6 flesh coloured, and 4
white out of 52 cocoons.
The gametes for the colour character in I’, were YF, Yf, Fy,
and yf, and their union at random would give, in F.,, cocoons of
the following gametic compositions—YYFI, YYFf, Y Yff, Yyk ¥F,
YyFf, Yyff, yy FF, yylf, and yyff, which resulted in cocoons of
various shades with just a few white ones.
This is just what occurred, and it will be seen that the
proportions of the various colours obtained out of 52 cocoons
run the proportion calculated very close, for according to the
analysis in ‘Table 4 there should be 12 deep yellow, 24 yellow,
5 flesh coloured, and 7 white out of every 48 cocoons. ‘Table 4,
Diagram (2). There was a difficulty, however, in distinguishing
between the deep yellow and the bright yellow from the
intermediate forms which occurred.
In F, cocoons I found that in some cases when both the parent
cocoons were deep yellow, all the cocoons produced by the offspring
144 MISS MAUDE L. CLEGHORN ON THE INHERITANCE OF
were deep yellow too; in other cases, two deepish yellow F,
cocoons produced some flesh-coloured and even white ones.
T also found that flesh-coloured parent cocoons would, in some
cases, give only flesh-coloured ones, and in others flesh-coloured
and white.
Table 2 shows that among all the yellows in F,, there are two
kinds—the pure (homozygous) dominants Y Yff and YYFF and
the hybrid (heterozygous) dominants Yyff, Yyl’F, and YyFf. So
when YYff and YYff are chosen as the parents, all the offspring
will produce deep yellow cocoons, but if YyFF and YyFf are
chosen, about a quarter of the cocoons will be flesh-coloured, and
if the light yellow Yyff and Yyff are chosen as the parents, about
a quarter of the cocoons will be white.
In his experiments with the white Japanese and yellow
Siamese, Toyama obtained from the F, yellows some which
produce ‘only yellows, and 2 yellow cocoons which gave 221 yellow
and 77 pinkish yellow, and 2 yellows which produce 254 yellow
and 77 white cocoons. These results obtained by him give almost
the exact proportions (75 per cent. and 25 per cent.) I have
obtained in my analysis of the colour factors, Diagrams (2)
and (3) Table 4.
Among the flesh-coloured cocoons they are two kinds—the
homozygous FF yy and the heterozygous Ffyy. Parent cocoons.
‘which are both FFyy will produce all flesh-coloured ones, but
two Ffyy parent cocoons will give a few white ones. Table 4,
Diagram (3). Toyama appears to have obtained both the pure
aml. impure flesh-coloured cocoons in his experiments. For,
referring to them, he states “the pale-pinkish-yellow form pro-
duces some uniform (produsine only pale-pinkish-yellow) and
some mixed (the white 25 per cent. and the pale- pinkish- yellow
75 per cent.) offspring in each succeeding generation.”
The pure white cocoon bred inter se always g gave white cocoons.
The yellowish white cocoons. The yellowish- white ones, how-
ever, mostly gave a small percentage of yellow cocoons.
In the gametes of the pure white cocoons there is no colour
factor, so when the parent cocoons are both pure white the
offspring inherit only colourless factors and will all be white.
Table 4, Diagram (3).
The white recessives are also easily distinguished from the
dominant yellows, and as they are pure (homozygous) in the
colour character, a race with white cocoons can be easily
made from white cocoons which appear in any of the generations.
Toyama also found that “every white form from its first pro-
duction remains true to itself.”
The recessive character always breeds true in whatever genera-
tion it occurs, but as it never is present in the I’, after a cross,
the F, individuals must always be reared, as the recessives make
their first appearance in F.,
On the whole the results of these experiments, excepting that
145
VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE CHARACTERS IN SILKWORMS.
“SNYOd GIUAAH ANV AUNd AO YNIVdSAAO YNIMOHS “(¢) WVUDVIG
(931 [TV) (ayy p “Ysop oped g “ysoy F) (‘moy]a4 TLV)
Sfhh ffik ffhkk dCi g BME ler bie ilCrere Jeter Sree ee
SLE K SILER BALA ARS SSA A SSA A
“OUT M x “eq YM *paino[oo-Yysay x ‘Tgosinoyee- Ysoy “MOTTO x *MO[[oA
snos{zoulofy SNOSAZOULOFT SNO3SAZ0.10}0 FT sno03{z0.10}0}] snos
STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 155
and its cranial characters agree with those regarded by True as
belonging to adult females. The teeth are slender, with ‘a
diameter of about 13 mm., and were completely concealed beneath
the gun. Although the sex was not ascertained from observations
made on the entire specimen, there can be little doubt that
the animal was an adult female. The Cornish specimen was
incomplete, the part recorded measuring 15 feet in length. Its
teeth were uncut, and it was presumably a young male or female.
The other specimen, 18 ft. 2 in. long, was definitely known to
be of the male sex. Its teeth were large and massive, with a
diameter of 35-37 mmm., and they projected beyond the gum. It
thus appears probable that the teeth remain uncut in the female
Cuvier’s Whale throughout life, unless they become external in
old age, while in the male they are probably cut relatively
early.
The coloration of this species appears to be variable. Certain
individuals have been recorded in which the upper part of the
head was white; and the Wexford specimen possessed this type
of coloration. In other cases the colour has been described as
dark above and light below.
(7) Sowersy’s WuAte (Jesoplodon bidens Sowb.).
This rare species is represented by three records, from Inver-
ness (Aug., 1915), Lincolnshire (Sept., 1916), and Wexford (Sept.,
1914), respectively.
The male Sowerby’s Whale is provided with a pair of large
triangular teeth in the lower jaw, at about the middle of the
length of the mouth, on either side. Females have a pair of
similar teeth in the same position, but, so far as is known, always
beneath the gum. The three specimens here recorded had their
teeth concealed by the gum, and were presumably females. The
Wexford individual was, however, definitely known to be of this
sex. The Skegness specimen was reported to have been 18 feet in
length, which is unusually long for this species; and it was white
below—a type of coloration which has been reported by other
observers, although Sowerby’s Whale is often completely black. A
list containing 33 records of this species has been given by
Kiikenthal (1914, pp. 98, 99).
The Ziphioid Whales are said to feed principally on Cuttlefish ;
and it is not impossible that the reduction of their teeth may be.
associated with this diet. Piscivorous animals, such as the
Delphinide and Crocodiles, seem to require a number of sharp
teeth adapted for holding their prey. In the Ziphioids, teeth of
this character are obviously not required ; and it may be suggested
that the absence of teeth is an advantége to them, since the
suckers of the Cuttlefish would probably attach themselves to
such convenient pegs, were these present, and the operation of
swallowing the prey might thus be rendered more difficult. It
must not be forgotten, however, that the Sperm Whale, which is
156 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA
also “‘teuthophagous,” has a specially strong series of teeth in its
lower jaw.
(8) KinLer or Grampus (Orcinus orca L.).
A single record, May 1916, from the Solway Firth. The
specimen, a male, was unfortunately incomplete, but the part
remaining was 25 ft. 6 in. long; and the animal must have been
at least 30 feet long when alive. ‘The species is very common on
the Norwegian coast (Hjort, 1902, p. 120).
It has been pointed out by Liitken (1887, p. 367) that a very
remarkable alteration in the proportions of the fins takes place
during growth in male Killers. While in young males, and in
females throughout life, the fins are relatively small and weak, in
the males all the fins —pectoral, dorsal and caudal—become
disproportionately larger as the animal grows older. The
difference between the small pectoral fins of the young male and
those of the old male is described by this author as being ‘ per-
fectly astonishing.” These alterations in the fins have more
recently been described and figured by Grieg (1906, p. 9; see
especially his figs. 2-6, showing alterations in form and size of
the dorsal, caudal, and pectoral fins).
The specimen from the Solway Firth was an excellent illus-
tration of these statements. The dorsal fin was about 5 ft. 6 in.
in height, while the pectoral limbs were 6 ft. 8 in. long and
3 ft. 7 in. broad ; thus greatly exceeding in absolute size those of
a large Sperm Whale. While the pectoral limbs of young
animals and of females generally measure about one ninth of
the total length of the animal, those of the old males are as
much as one fifth of the entire length. Assuming the correctness
of this statement of Lutken’s, the total length of the old male
here recorded would have been well over 31 ft. It seems
probable that the female of this species hardly exceeds half the
length of the largest males. The failure to recognize the
occurrence of these changes in the males has resulted in the
introduction of more than one specific name for the Killer.
Grieg (1906) has given an account of a school of about 47
Killers which were observed on the Norwegian coast at the
middle of January, 1904. Four of the females were ascertained to
be pregnant, and others were accompanied by a calf. The young
of 2°5 m. in length were regarded as not more than 2 months
_ old; and those measuring 3°5 m. as being probably 1 year old.
Birth and pairing are believed by Grieg to take place during the
later months, of the year.
O. orca may be easily recognized by its very large teeth, w hich
have a basal diameter of as “arte as, 12 on-even 13,1n. and are
10 to 13 in number on each side of ene jaw, as well as by its
strikingly marked black and white (or yellowish) coloration.
A white patch behind the eye is characteristic, and the white
area of the ventral surface, although variable in extent, typically
STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 157
sends up a lateral extension backwards on each side, behind the
region of the dorsal fin.
(9) BuackrisH ov Proor-Wuate (Globicephala melena Traill).
Three records in the five years: Hampshire, 1913; Northum-
berland, 1914; and Cork, 1915; all in March; besides a school
of about 50 individuals which were stranded at Penzance on
July 1, 1911.
The Pilot-Whale reaches a length of at least 26 ft. and is
usualy pert black. It possesses about 10 large teeth,
about ji; in. in basal diameter, on each side, in the front half of
each jaw. The ‘‘forehead” is enormously swollen, and the
ectoral limbs are very long and narrow, reaching a length of
about 4 ft.6in. It is well known to associate in large schools,
which are hunted in the Orkneys, the Faroe Islands, and
elsewhere. As many as 2000-3000 individuals have been driven
ashore at one time on the coast of Norway (Hjert, 1902, p. 119);
and a-record of 1000 specimens observed at the Lofoten Islands,
on Sept. 4, 1890, has been given by Grieg (1897, p. 8).
(10) Risso’s GRAmPUS (Grampus griseus Cuv.).
Four records: Jersey, Aug , 1913; 8. Devon, Aug., 1917; and
8S. Devon, Nov., 1913; the last. record consisting of two
individuals, presumably mother and calf, although the sexes
were not definitely ascertained. It will be observed that all
these records belong to the 8.W. extremity of the British Islands ;
and there is little doubt that this is a more Southern species
which only just reaches our seas.
Risso’s Grampus i8 recognizable by its blunt head, without
beak; and by the comer iille reduction of the number of
its teeth. Of these, none are present in the upper jaw, while the
lower jaw possesses 4 or 5, of considerable size, with a basal
diameter of as much as ? ae at the front extremity. Adult
individuals reach a length of about 12 ft. Flowers Memoir
(1874) may be consulted for information regarding this species.
(11) Borrie-Nnosep DoLrHin (Tursiops truncatus ee
Ten records: one in February (Scilly Islands, 1915), one in
May (Merioneth, 1916), and the remainder dma the period
June-August. With the exception of one individual (Essex,
1914), the determination of which was not quite certain, all were
from the Southern coast of England, or from the Welsh or
Lancashire coast.
The Bottle-nosed Dolphin reaches a length of about 12 ft.,
and possesses about 25 teeth on each side of each jaw. As in
some other Dolphins, about two of these, at the front end of the
series, are very small and usually remain concealed beneath the
gum; while the remainder are relatively large, with a basal
158 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA
diameter of as much as 7% in. As indicated by its name, the
head has a well-marked beak, about 3 in. long.
(12) Waire-BeakeD Doxpatn (Lagenorhynchus albirostris Gray).
Eight records: one from the North coast of Ireland (March,
1917), one from the Island of Islay (Oct., 1913), and the remainder
from the Eastern coast, from Caithness to Lincolnshire—to which
may be added three specimens stranded in Suffolk and Kent in
February, 1918. Although the two species are known to overlap
in their distribution, it 1s noteworthy that in this series of
observations the distribution of the White-beaked Dolphin
and of the Bottle-nosed Dolphin have not overlapped and are
complementary to one another.
The White-beaked Dolphin is characterized, as indicated by its
popular name, by possessing a well-marked short beak, which is
white in colour. It reaches a length of rather more than 9 ft.
Its teeth are about 25 on each side of each jaw, but are distinctly
smaller than those of the Bottle-nosed Dolphin, their basal
diameter being about ;4-73,; in.
(13) Wurre-stpep DoipHr (Lagenorhynchus acutus Gray).
Three records: I'air Island, between the Orkneys and the
Shetlands (March, 1913); Lincolnshire (May, 1917); Co. Mayo
(June, 1916).
This species, which is said to be one of the commonest of the
Cetacea off the Norwegian coast, where it may occur in schools of
as many as 1000 individuals (cf. Hjort, 1902, p. 118), may be
regarded as a boreal specres which does not often occur in our
seas. Most of the specimens previously found have been from
the Orkneys and other parts of Scotland; and one or two have
been noticed from Ireland. So far as I am aware, the Lincoln-
shire specimen here recorded is the first to have been obtained on
the English coast.
The White-sided Dolphin has a characteristic longitudinal
whitish area on each side, in the middle and posterior half of its
body. Its teeth are smaller (basal diameter about 5%, in.) and
more numerous (about 30 to 35 visible during life on each side of
each jaw) than in the White-beaked Dolphin, from which it
differs in certain other respects, the following of which may be
noticed. ‘The beak, which resembles that of ZL. albirostris,
is black. ‘The pectoral fins are faleate, with a very convex lower
border; those of the other species being blunter and broader,
and less convex below. ‘These fins, moreover, originate from the
white part of the body, being connected with the black part of
the head by a narrow dark streak; while in ZL. albirostris the
black of the dorsal surface extends as far as the base of the
flipper (cf. Liitken, 1887, pp. 377, 386, 395). ZL. acutus is said
to reach a length of about 12 feet (Hjort, 1902, p. 117).
STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASY'S. 159
(14) Common Dorin (Delphinus delphis L.).
About 20 records, one or two of which have been not quite
certain, though probable. Three individuals have been recorded
from the Northern part of Ireland (Mayo, Donegal); two from
the North-Eastern coast of Scotland (Inverness, Kincardine) ;
one, somewhat doubtful, from Hast Angha (Suffolk); and the
remainder, either from the English Channel, from Kent to the
Scilly Islands, or from the entrance to St. George’s Channel, on
both sides, from Cork (1918) to Wexford on the Irish side, and
on the Welsh coast on the opposite side. None have been
recorded in the North Sea area, from Forfar to Norfolk ; and
none on the West coast of Scotland; which, however, has
provided a curiously small number of records during the whole
of these observations. The distribution thus indicated is in
agreement with the supposition that this is an oceanic species
which is frequently stranded on the more exposed parts of the
coast-lines, but comparatively seldom makes its way into the
North Sea. The three records from the S. coast of Ireland
(including one for 1918) were obtained in February, that from
Inverness in April, and the remainder from August to December.
The Common Dolphin reaches a length of about 7 ft. 6 in. ;
and is distinguishable by its very long beak and numerous conical
uSen, of relatively small size, with a basal diameter of about
sin. The teeth are more numerous than in any of the other
species here considered, being about 45 in each half of each jaw.
(15) Common Porpotse (Phocena phocena L..).
Numerous records, indicating, as generally supposed, that this
is the commonest species in British waters. Of those which were
certainly determined, the great majority were recorded from the
East coast of England, and most of them during the period May
to August. Evidence has been obtained in support of the belief
that the Common Porpoise gives birth to its young in the early
summer, and that the length at birth is from 2 ft. to 2 ft. 6 in.
According to Prof. Meek (1918, p. 197), the occurrence of
Porpoises - near the coast during July and August may be
regarded as an inshore migration for parturition and pairing.
"This species differs from all others found on the British coasts
in the form of its teeth, which instead of being conical, as in the
majority of the species, are broadened at the Paes end ( ( spade-
shaped”), although the exact form of the br pndlenedl part
is variable. The teeth undergo a considerable amount of
thickening as growth proceeds, and the broadened blade is not
infr equently worn away in some of the teeth. About 25,
or rather more, are present on each side of each jaw; though
usually two, at the anterior end of the series, remain small omni
are concealed below the gum. The length of the adult is about
5 ft. 6 in.—and this is distinctly the smallest of the British
Cetacea. ‘The head is not provided with a beak.
160 DR. SIDNEY F. HARMER ON CETACEA
MEMOIRS CITED,
AxLEN, G. M., 1916.—“'The Whalebone Whales of New England.”
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. viii, No. 2, p. 105.
Anpbrews, R. C., 1916.—‘* Monographs of the Pacific Cetacea,” IT.
“The Sei Whale (Balenoptera borealis Lesson).” Mem.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. (n.s.) i. part vi. p. 289.
Burrieib, 8. T., 1913.—*“ Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.
82nd Meeting (Dundee, 1912) Brit. Assoc. p. 145.
Cocks, A. H., 1884.—“The Finwhale Fishery on the Coast of
Finmark.” The Zoologist, (3) viii. p. 455.
Cocks, A. H., 1887.—“'The Finwhale Fishery of 1886 on the
Lapland Coast.” The Zoologist, (3) xi. p. 207.
Cotterr, R., 1906.—“ Noele Meddelelsen om Naebhvalen
(Hyperoodon), og Hvidfisken (Delphinapterus).” Bergens
Mus. Aarbog, 1906, No. 6.
Couxert, R., 1912.—** Norges Pattedyr.”” Kristiania, pp. 543-.
Frower, [Sir] W. H., 1874.—“On Risso’s Dolphin, Grampus
griseus (Cuv.).” ‘Trans. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 1.
GrigG, J. A., 1897.—“ Nogle cetologiske notiser.” Bergens Mus.
Aarbog, 1897, No. 6.
Griea, J. A., 1906.—“Nogle notiser fra et spekhuggersteng
ved Bildgstr@mmen i januar 1904.” Bergens Mus. Aarbog,
1906; Noy2:
Haminron, J. K., 1915.—* Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.
84th Meeting (Australia, 1914) Brit. Assoc. p. 125.
Haminton, J. E., 1916.—* Belmullet Whaling Station.” Rep.
85th Meeting (Manchester, 1915) Brit. Assoc. p. 124.
Harmer, 8. }*.—‘“Report[s] on Cetacea stranded on the British
Coasts during [1913-1917].” Published by the Trustees of
the British Museum.
1914. No. 1, Cetacea stranded during 1913.
MON TOs Des es Bs wo LOI,
1916 Not 3 ‘. 6 WSIS,
TON Non et vy LONG:
IIe, AO, fi, a eS Seige LS) Tse
Harmer, 8. F., 1915.—‘*On Specimens of Cuvier’s Whale
(Ziphius cavirostris) from the Ivish Coast.” Proce. Zool.
Soc. 1915, p. 559.
Hyort, J., 1902.—* Fiskeri og Hvalfangst i det Nordlige Norge.”
Aarsberetn. vedk. Norges Fiskerier for 1902, i Hefte, Bergen
(udgivet af Norges Fiskeristyrelse).
KiKenruat, W., 1914 —“ Untersuchtmgen an Walen (Zweiter
Teil),” VI., “Zur Kenntnis des Mesoplodon bidens (Sow.).”
Jen. Zeitschr. li. p. 93.
Tanur, 1D. G., 1910.—“ Observations on the Anatomy and
General Biology of some Members of the Larger Cetacea.”
Proce. Zool. Soc. 1910, p. 769.
LirKken, C. *., 1887.—“ Kritiske Studier over nogle Tandhvaler
af Slaegterne Tursiops, Orca og Lagenorhynchus.’ Vid.
STRANDED ON THE BRITISH COASTS. 161
Selsk. Skr. (6), naturvid. og math. Afd., Bd. iv. No. 6
(Copenhagen), p. 337.
Meek, A., 1918.—‘‘The Reproductive Organs of Cetacea.” Journ.
. of Anat. li. p. 186.
Mitiais, J. G., 1906.—“ The Mammals of Great Britain and
Ireland,” vol. 111., London (Longmans, Green & Co.).
MounsrernvetM, L., 1915.—“ Anteckningar om Hyperoodon
rostratus ( Miill.) gjorda under en ishavsresa sommaren 1910.”
Troms? Museums Aarshefter, xxxvii. 1914, p. 1.
Murray, [Sir] J., and Huorr, J. 1912.—“ The Depths of the
Ocean.”? London (Macmillan & Co.).
Owen, [Sir] R., 1840-1845.—* Odontography.”
Sars, G. O., 1881.—‘‘ Fortsatte Bidrag til Kundskaben om vore
Bardehvaler.” Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, Aar 1880,
No. 12.
SourHwe 1, T., 1883.—‘‘On the Beaked or Bottle-nose Whale
( Hyperoodon rostratus). Trans. Norfolk and Norwich Nat.
_ Soe. i. p. 476.
Tuompson, D’A. W., 1912.—* Whales, Seals and Sea-Serpents,”
in “Science of the Sea.” Edited for the Challenger Society
by G. H. Fowler, ch. xii, pp. 383-402, London (John
Murray).
True, F. W., 1904.—‘ The Whalebone Whales of the Western
North Atlantic compared with those occurring in European
Water Ss, with some Observations on the Species of the North
Pacitic.” Smithson. Contr. xxxiii. p. 1.
True, F. W., 1910.—‘‘ An Account of the Beaked Whales of the
Family ‘Ziphiide in the Collection of the United States
National Museum, with Remarks on some Specimens in .
other American Museums.” U.S. Nat. Mus., Bull. 73.
TURNER, [Sir] W., 1871.—“* On the Capture of a “Sperm Whale
on the Coast of Argyleshire, with a Notice of other Specimens
caught on the Coast of Scotland.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb.
vil. p. 365.
Turner, [Sir] W., 1872.—“ Adaonal Notes on the Occurrence
of the Sperm- Whale in the Scottish Seas.” Proc. Roy. Soe.
Edinb. vii. p. 632.
Turner, [Sir] W., 1886.—On the Occurrence of the Bottle-
Nosed or Beaked Whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) in the
Scottish Seas, with Observations on its External Characters.”
Proc. R. Phys. Soc. Edinb, ix. 1885-1888, p. 25.
Turner, [Sir] W., 1904.—‘ The Occurrence of the Sperm Whale
or Cachalot in the Shetland Seas.” Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist.
1904, p. 4.
Turner, [Sir] W., 1912.—‘*The Marine Mammals in the
Anatomical Museum of the University of Edinburgh.”
London (Macmillan & Co.).
Van Detnsz, A. B., 1918.—‘‘ Over de Potvisschen in Nederland
gestrand tusschen de Jaren 1531-1788.” Zool. Meded. R.
Mus. Nat. Hist. Leiden, Deel iv., Afi. 1, p. 22. 6
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XI. Wa
kf
pS Hie $e
roomed
‘ON THE VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER 163
8. On the Variation of the Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrox.
By Miss Joan B. Procrtsr, F.Z.S.
[Received March 19, 1918: Read April 9, 1918.]
(Text-figures 1-5.)
INDEX.
Page
Variation and Aitiology (Evolution, heredity, etc.). Variation
in Lachesis atrox ; derivation of markings.................. 167-180
Systematic (New names or changed names, or Varieties of
L. atrox ; revisions, discussions, or elucidations affecting
any part of the system, to be indexed under the names)... 163-167, 180
The distinction of the forms, whether they be regarded as
species or as varieties, which cluster around the tropical American
Pit-Viper, Lachesis atrowx L., and of which the principal are
L. lanceolatus Lacepéde, L. jararaca Wied, and ZL. jararacussu
_ Lacerda, is a subject which needs renewed investigation, especially
in view of Dr. Vital Brazil’s recent publications*, in which he
claims specific rank not only for L. lanceolatus but also for
L. jararacussu, which hag generally been regarded as a mere
colour variety. |
Mr. G. A. Bouienger, who has kindly helped me with advice in
my study of reptiles, suggested to me that I should take up this
investigation, and he has given me not only access to the collection
in the British Museum, of which he is in charge, but the benefit
of his experience, especially as regards the bibliography of the
subject. My best thanks are due to him for these favours.
I, Hatsroricat.’
The number of names which Mr. Boulenger has quoted under
the synonymies of LZ. atrow and L. lanceolatus is very great, but
for my present purpose it will be sufficient to discuss only the
principal, such as have had more general currency, or which are
accompanied by figures enabling me to form an opinion on the
forms for which they are intended.
The earliest name is that of Coluber atrow Linneus, Mus. Ad.
Frid. (1754) pl. xu. fig.2. The specimens are described as having—
ventrals 200 and 196, subcaudals 70 and 67 pairs, and scales with
“ carina elevate.” However, Mr. L.G. Andersson, Cat. Lin. type-
spec. Sn. (Bih. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Handl. xxiv. iv. No. 6) p. 19, has
been able to supplement this definition, as he has had access to
the type-specimens in the Stockholm Museum, and he finds that
the keels on the scales ‘“‘are low and extend nearly to the tip
of the scales,” thus agreeing with Mr. Boulenger’s LZ. lanceolatus,
* La Défense contre ’Ophidisme. S&o Paulo, 1911, 8vo. 2nd edition, 1914.
dle
164 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
not with his Z. atrov. He counts 204 and 200 ventrals (v.),
67 and 70 subeaudals: (c.). Both descriptions appear to corre-
spond with two specimens in the British Museum collection, from
Martinique (Cat. Snakes, iil. p. 536, spec. 7 & s).
Coluber lanceolatus Lacepéde, Hist. des Serp. (1789) p. 121, is
based on specimens*in the Paris Museum: 228, 225 v., 61, 59 c.
Habitat Martinique and perhaps Dominica and Cayenne. Figure
worthless, probably from a bleached specimen. Dumeéril and
Bibron (Erp. Gén. vii. 1854, p. 1505), under Bothrops lanceolatus,
do not give us any particulars concerning the type-specimen,
which- they must have examined, but the fact that the “« Vipére
jaune de la Martinique,” also found in St. Lucia and Dominica, is
the form intended. There can be no question as to the appli:
cation of the name lanceolatus, the Fer-de-lance, which must be
regarded as a strict synonym of L. atrox of Linnzeus according to
Andersson. — -
-Cophias jararaca Wied, Abbild. Nat. Bras. (1825), from
BK. Brazil, 193-201 v., 59-68 c. The description and figure
indicate a snake similar to Z. atrov, but with markings consisting
of dark brown, darker-edged transverse bands, narrower on the
back than on the sides, such as is figured by Jan, in Icon. Oph.:
47me livr. pl. 1ii., and corresponding to several examples in the
British Museum collection from Rio Janeiro and Para (Cat. Sn.
Ud. ps Dail, Spec. i, p. 539, spec. v). This variety must be the
prevalent form in the Province of Bahia, as the following
descriptions and figures of Wagler in Spix’s Serp. Bras. (hea)
ave evidently veferable to it. Bothr ‘ops megera, p. OO, pl. xix.
195 v., 53 ¢c This figure shows dark olive upper parts with
dark, darker-edged transverse bands and immaculate ventrals.
B. furi ia, p. 52, pl. xx.: 201 v., 65 c. A uniformly coloured
specimen nial may be ‘edkeorn to have lost its markings.
B. leucostigma, p. 53, pl. xxi. fig. 1: ?v., 66c¢. Brownish, with
darker transverse bands, ventrals powdered with grey. 3B. tessel-
latus, p. 54, pl. xxi. fig. 2: 190 v.,%c. Dorsal markings as: in
B. leucostiyma, ventrals checkered with brown. Bb. teniatus,
p. 55, pl. xxi. fig. 8: Colours lighter than the above, transverse
bands always double.
Bothrops jararacussu Lacer da, Lee. sur le ven. des Serp.(1884) p.9.
From the province of Rio de Janeiro. An adequate description
of the striking markings of the Jararacussu is given (black above
with yellow markings, Jongitulinal on the hea and obliquely
pronged forks on the sides, yellow beneath spotted with black).
Similar to the 5. atrox ficured in Jan, Icon. Oph. (47me livr.
pl..u. fiy..3), and to two. specimens in the British Museum
collection from Sao Paulo, presented by Dr. Brazil.
Having thus indicated the sources to which I have referred in
order to fix the exact meaning of the principal names which have
had currency in the past, I w ill review the various opinions which
have been expressed in the principal works on Ophidia. ,
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 165
Schlegel (Phys. serp. (1837) pp. 532, 535, 537) recognises three
species :—1l. TZrigonocephalus jararaca, from ,Sa0 Paulo, Sta.
Catharina I., Sta. Cruz de la Sierra: 172-204 v., 44-62 c. From
the description, this snake is the true Jararaca of Wied.
2. T. atrox: 190,196 v., 60, 68 c. Scales surmounted by a strong
keel with tubercular tendency, in which respect it does not agree
with the Linnean type specimen. Habitat N. Brazil, Dutch and
French Guianas. 3. 7’. lanceolatus: 271, 220 v., 60, 60¢. Mar-
tinique and St. Lucia. Scales surmounted by a simple keel.
Colour of ventrals a clear greenish yellow. The description
corresponds to the type-specimen of ZL. atrox as described by
Andersson. Schlegel maintains that 7’. lanceolatus has a higher
number of ventrals than the two preceding, but the number 271
is probably due to some mistake.
Dumeril and Bibron (Erp. Gén. (1854) pp. 1505, 1507, 1509)
describe three species :— Bothrops atrox, B. lanceolatus, B. jararaca.
The only differentiation. made between the first two in the
“Tableau Synoptique des Espéces du Genre Bothrops” (p. 1504), is
that the ventrals of B. atrow are spotted, and those of B. lanceo-
latws unicoloured. In describing B. atrox, however, they mention
that the scales are more strongly keeled. B. jararaca is distin-
guished from the preceding by a relatively obtuse canthus rostralis
and larger scales on the snout. The description corresponds with
that of the Jararaca of Wied.
B. atrow. 29-32 scales. Habitat Dutch and French Guianas.
B. lanceolatus. 271, 240, 220 v., 68, 64, 60 c¢.; from Marti-
nique, Dominica, St. Lucia.
B. jararaca. 172, 195, 204 v., 44, 62, 65 ¢.: from Sao Paulo,
_ Sta. Catharina I., never in Surinam.
The number of ventrals given by Duméril and Bibron do
not seem very reliable, and 271 for B. lanceolatus is probably
copied from Schlegel’s statement, which there is good reason to
question. |
Jan, Icon. Oph. 47me livr. Pl.i.: Bothrops lanceolatus (Merr.).
Antilles? Geneva Museum. The specimen figured has 29 rows
of scales. Markings irregular, but similar to those of two spe-
cimens in the British Museum collection from Martinique (Cat.
Sn. p. 536, spec. 7, s).—Pl.i.: 5B. atrow L., var. dirus Jan, from
Buenos Ayres. Turin Museum. 25-27 rows of scales, with keels
similar to those figured for 2. lanceolatus. The markings repre-
sented in fig. 3 nnn. are matched by two specimens in the
British Museum collection, from Sfo Paulo (presented by
Dr. Brazil), and, as before mentioned, agreeing with those of the
Jararacussu of Lacerda.—PIl. 11. fig. 4: var. tesselatus Neuw.
Milan Museum. Another form of dorsal markings, similar to a
specimen in the British Museum collection, from St. Lucia (Cat.
Sn. p. 536, spec. v).—Pl. 11.: B. jararaca Neuw. Freyburg
Museum. An excellent figure of the typical Jararaca; 25 rows
of scales.
166 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
A. KE. Brown, in a paper in the Proc. Acad. Philad. 1893
(pp. 435-6), desexibes three species, but adds that he doubts their
right to more than a varietal distinetion :—1l. Bothrops atrox,
also aibed from two specimens from British Guiana; 196, 195 v.,
42,99 ¢., 27, 27 rows of scales, which are broad, inte a high
short keel not extending to the tip. Abdomen: unspotted.
2. B. lanceolatus, desoslyad from two specimens from Martinique ;
199, 200 v., 69, 69 c., 25, 25 sc. Scales longer than in B. atrox,
and bearing a simple keel to the tip. 3. 6. jararaca, described
from one specimen from, Brazil; 206 v., 57 ¢., 27 sc.; besides the
annulated markings, Mr. Brown notes that the canthus rostralis
is less sharp and the scales on the snout are larger than in the
preceding species, a fact which was also obser raul by Dumeril
and Bibron.
G. A. Boulenger, Cat. Sn. vol. 111. 1896, pp. 535-537.
Lachesis atrox. 161-216 v., 47-73 ec.
L. lanceolatus. 180-240 v., 46-70 ec.
Mr. Boulenger finds that the only distinctive character between
these species is that of scale-structure. In the former the scales
are “strongly keeled, the keels on the posterior part of the back
very high, swollen in the middle, and much shorter than the
scale.” In the latter the scales are merely “sharply keeled,” the
keel extending nearly to their extremity. He also describes the
ventrals of LZ. lanceolatus as yellowish, uniform, or powdered, or
spotted with brown, and in this respect many of the specimens
in the British Museum collection certainly disprove the state-
ment made by other authors, that the ventrals of this snake are
constantly immaculate. He adds that these species may have to
be united, as some specimens of L. lanceolatus “approach L. atrox
in the swelling of the scales at the base of the keels, and are thus
intermediate between the two species.” Cophias jararaca and
Bothrops jararacussu are placed in the synonymy of L. lanceo-
latus.
V. Brazil, Def. contre ’Ophidisme (2nd ed. 1914), pp. 78, 84, 88.
L. lanceolatus. 195-200 v., 50-53 ¢. Tropical America.
LL. atrow, 202 v., 55 ¢. Tropical America, less abundant than
the above in the southern states of Brazil.
L. jararacugu. 170-176 v. Brazil (Sao Paulo and Rio),
In describing the first two species Dr. Brazil maintains that
one of the main points of difference between these snakes lies in
the ‘‘systeme de coloration” of L. atrox, of which he says: ‘‘ La
coloration du fond, sur lequel se dessinent des figures pareilles a
celles constatées dans l’espéce précédente (LZ. lanceolatus) est d’un
gris rougeatre, parfois un ton gris cendré. Cette combinaison de
couleurs donne un aspect velouté a Vanimal, ce qui permet de le
reconnaitre a premiere vue.’ ‘The ground-coloun of L. lanceolatus
is described as ‘“‘ vert tres foneé, gris et quelquefois Jaunatre,”
and the abdomen ‘‘ vert foncé, parsemé de taches jaunes,” whilst
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 167
that of Z. atrow is of a “trés beau jaune clair marqueté sur les
bords de noir ou de gris foncée”*. :
In examining a large number of these snakes I have found the
ground-colour to be equally variable in both; the ventrals may
be yellow, yellow checkered with black, or of that greenish colour
produced by a powdering of black over yellow, in either L. atrox
or L. lanceolatus. It was therefore not quite clear to me why
Dr. Brazil considers the general aspect and coloration such striking
points, or how the latter should -produce a velvety appearance in
L. atrox. Mr. Boulenger has looked into this. matter with me,
using specimens of L. atrov and L. lanceolatus named and sent to
him by Dr. Brazil himself. There certainly is a difference in the
appearance of these specimens, but this is not due in any way
to the markings, which are strikingly similar. The specimen
marked “ atrow” has, however, the very prominently keeled scales
mentioned before, and Mr. Boulenger has pointed out to me that
the “velvety” appearance of this snake is entirely due to the
consequently greater breaking up of light upon its dorsal surface,
Dr. Brazil’s Z. atrox is therefore the same as Mr. Boulenger’s.
L. jararacussu.—Dr. Brazil maintains the specific rank assigned
to the Jararacussu by Lacerda: first, on account of its striking
black and yellow markings; secondly, because of the comparatively
low number of its ventrals; and, thirdly, because of its much
more triangular head. With regard to the first point, there are
specimens in the British Museum collection which can be graded
to form a transition series from the typical L. atrox to the
Jararacussu, a specimen from W. Ecuador being exactly inter-
mediate between the two types of markings. With regard to the
second point, the ventrals of the Jararacussu are as a rule fewer
than those of Z. atrox. Dr. Brazil mentions 170-176, but two
specimens received from him have 180 and 184, 180-240 ventrals
is, however, the range given for L. lanceolatus in Mr. Boulenger’s
Catalogue of Snakes, and, as I have failed to detect any structural
differences in the shape of the head or in the scaling, I think
that the Jararacussu cannot be regarded as more than a colour
variety of L. atrow L. ’
TI, Form Aanp LEPIDOSIS.
As I think I have shown in the annexed table that there is no
correspondence between variations in markings and the number of
ventrals and caudals, I will describe the differences in form and
lepidosis which have led to the distinction of species.
The most important is that of the two types of scaling found
in L. atrox. It has been generally accepted that the high short
* The coloured plates which accompany Dr. V. Brazil’s descriptions do not convey
these supposed differences, and it is well to point out that but little care has been
bestowed on the rendering of the markings. I think a L. lanceolatus with only
about 10 markings on the body, as figured, to be an impossibility.
168 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
keel is proper to Z. atrov and the low long keel to LZ. lanceolatus.
Dr. Andersson has shown, however, that the latter form is really
the Coluber atrow of Linneeus. so that if the former is maintained
as a distinct species on account of its scale-structure, it will be
necessary to alter the name which has usually been given to it.
I suggest that of ZL. affinis Gray, as the specimens of Bothrops
affinis (Catalogue of Suakes (1849), p. 7, specimens J & 0), which I
have examined, answer the definition, and this appears to be the
earliest name which can be applied to it.
The dorsal scale of the typical Z. atrox L. is of a long narrow
diamond shape, usually about twice as long as broad, and bearing
a simple keel extending to the apical pits. in the tip of the scale.
That of ZL. affinis is broader in proportion, more rounded, and
sometimes truncate behind ; it bears a short keel, supported upon
an extremely convex area, leaving only a narrow margin of flat
scale. This convexity of the scales is so pronounced in some speci-
mens that they can be distinguished from the preceding form by
touch alone. The scales of Bones specimens, however, are inter-
mediate in type; they may be of the narrow form with the long
keel distinctly swollen at the base, or, while maintaining the long
keel of atrox, they may be both broad and convex as in affinis.
Other individuals present scales of both the extreme types. On
examining the middle third of the body in one of these, I find that
the median dorsal scales are of the high short type, and the lateral
dorsals of the long low type. Further examination shows that,
in every case, the anterior part of the snake is of the atrox
type and the posterior of the affinis type. The evolution of the
scale-structure is thus clearly shown. The long low-keeled scale
gradually broadens, whilst its keel swells along its base and
shortens, until it becomes completely transformed into the affinis
type. This transformation is, as described above, completed upon
the median dorsal scales sooner than upon the laterals.
As regards the snout of L. jararaca, its shape is very slightly
different from that of Z. atrow, in that the canthus rostralis is
somewhat more obtuse, and the scales of the upper surface are
slightly larger than those on the vertex.
These characters are not very distinct, as several specimens of
the typical L. atrox present snouts of a similar form; in fact,
one specimen (Cat. Sn. 11. p. 536, spec. v) is indistinguishable
from L. jararaca (spec. g, Cat. Col. Sn. [1858] p. 226) in this
respect. Duméril & Bibron, and A. E. Brown, both mention
this point as one of the distinguishing features between the
two forms; and Schlegel (Phys. Serp.), in his figure (pl. xix.
fig. 1) of the dorsal view of the head of the Jararaca, represents
the difference between the scales on the snout and those on the
rest of the head as very considerable. This is certainly a peint
of variation which I cannot consider proper to the Jararaca
alone, having found no fewer than six young specimens of
L. atrox with this characteristic.
The different types of form and lepidosis described above are '
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 169
therefore so inconstant, and so completely connected by inter-
mediate forms, that they cannot in themselves be considered
sufficient for the distinction of species.
IIL. Sysrem or MArkines.
Before discussing the evolution of markings and their individual
variation, I will outline the general system of arrangement of
markings common to all colour varieties of ZL. atrox. Asa working
hypothesis on this subject, Mr. Boulenger drew my attention to
Dr. Zenneck’s paper ‘t Die Zeichnung der Boiden ”*, and I have
found that his theory—that the dorsal and lateral markings of
Boids are made up of four paired longitudinal series t—is equally
applicable in the case of L. atrox. Of these, only three are
usually present, but in some specimens the fourth is present upon
the head. It is the constant relationship between the spots
of the series of one side of the snake which forms the regular
pattern, but those of one side are quite independent of those
on the other, thus accounting for the asymmetrical appearance
of the markings on the median dorsal line, which is sometimes
very marked ¢.
When present on the head, the first or dorsal series commences
as a streak, or a few broken spots. Occasionally it forms a.
A-shaped marking with its fellow. On the body this series is
usually the broadest and most marked, and, in individuals
where it tends to disappear, it is always the last to go. The
dorso-lateral or second series, when present on the head, may
either consist of an oblique narrow streak or of broken spots of
this streak, originating above the ocular shield, or of a cross-bar or
blotch in front of the eyes. This second series is rather unstable
on the body, for though it may be of equal development to the
dorsal, it is more often hardly discernible and certain spots
frequently become confluent with their neighbours of the first
series. In some forms the markings of these two paired series
form a single dark triangular area on the head, but are more
often irregular and indistinct.
The lateral series is always present on the head of those snakes
exhibiting dorsal markings. It forms a broad black streak from
the posterior border of the eye to the commissure of the jaws,
usually passing through the sixth and seventh labials. Rays
proceeding from it may be present on the other upper labials, or
_may take the form of isolated spots. The post-ocular streak is
always separated from the superciliary streak by a narrow area
of the lighter ground-colour, and is sometimes also outlined in
* Tiibing en Zool. Arb. iii. (1898).
+ These four series are termed Dorsal (D.), Dorso-lateral (D.L.), Lateral (L.), and
Ventro-lateral (V.L.) by Mr. Boulenger, ‘Snakes of Europe’ (1913), p. 30. ~ This
lettering is followed in my text-fig. 1.
t+ Mr. Boulenger has drawn attention to this bi-lateral asymmetry in his op. cit.
p. 33, and he mentions a specimen of Lachesis alternatus with 24 markings on the
left side and 27 on the right.
170 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
cream-colour, which brings it out very sharply. On the body this
series is well defined.
The fourth or latero-ventral series is never presentjon the body,
and not always upon the head. It is evidently a most primitive
character, which has disappeared in many specimens. In the
Text-figure Il
most marked form this series only consists of three or four black
spots on the lower labials, and one larger spot which has become
confluent with the post-ocular streak. This latter spot is the
last of the series to disappear, and is entirely the cause of the
apparent broadening and lengthening of the post-ocular streak in
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 171
many snakes. This series must not be confounded with the outer
ventral series, which commences on the chin-shields and is usually
distinetly marked throughout the body.
The markings develop upon regular lines, and the degree of
this development varies on different regions of the body. That
on the anterior end of the body is the most primitive, as I shall
endeavour to show later on, but markings immediately behind
the head are always irregular.
In Lachesis atrox the spots of the series on each side of the
body form themselves into distinct alternating groups, which I
shall call A and B. Group B is less stable than A, and frequently
disappears altogether, either temporarily in the evolution of the
markings or permanently.
Text-figure 2.
Group A. Group B.
On one snake the relative development of groups A and B is
not always constant, but it is always alike on both sides of
the body.
Since group A is usually the best developed, it is this group
which I have counted in giving the numbers of markings in the
table of statistics. This number is not the same for the two sides
of many snakes—another reason for the faulted appearance in
the general dorsal pattern.
The dorsal markings of Z. atrow are therefore made up on each
side of three longitudinal series of spots, which in turn form
themselves into alternating groups A and B. Each of these
consists of six primitive spots, which, according to their presence,
absence, or confluence, determine the variety of marking pro-
duced. In order to follow their evolution and variation, T have
numbered those of each group in order of their stability (see
text-fig. 2), so that each may be referred to by a definite
formula.
The ground-colour appears to be formed by the varying pro-
portions of a black (or dark brown) and a yellow pigment, the
black being the more superficial. When the shade is greyish,
there is a smaller proportion of yellow pigment. ‘The usual brown
tints are composed of a very fine powdering of the dark pigment
over the yellow. Quite apart from the regular markings, the scales
172 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
often each show a delicate arrangement of black pigment standing
out from the ground-colour and having the same pattern effect
as the fine dendritic marks seen in many rocks. This arrange-
ment is often exactly repeated from one scale to another. When
this style of markings is present on the clear yellow of the
ventral shields, it produces a dark green effect, merging, when
seen at a distance, into the ground-colour.
IV. Inprvipuau VARIATION AND Eyouurion or MARKINGS.
Individual Variation.
As a starting-point in the study of the markings and colour
varieties of ZL. atrox, it was suggested to me by Mr. Boulenger
that I should make an examination of a female and her 26 young
from Trinidad (received from Mr. Urich) in order to ascertain
the amount of individual variation among specimens unquestion-
ably pertaining to one form only.
The young snakes range from 160 to 300 mm. in length, and
are more brightly marked than their mother. Their ground-
colour is a soft shade of brown, except the tip of the tail, which
is a pale yellowish. Particulars as to the number of ventrals
and subeaudalssetc. will be found in the annexed table. In the
majority of cases, the pattern on each side is made up in the
_ following way, as shown on text-fig. 3 :—
Group A consists of the six primitive spots arranged in a
pyramid (see text-fig. 2, p.171). A large triangular or rather
trapezoid spot (A 1, dorsal series) forms the apex, and rests
upon two small rhombic spots (A 5, 6, dorso-lateral series), which
are sometimes confluent with it. These rest upon three similar
spots, the outer ones being somewhat the larger (A 2, 4, 3, lateral
series), This triangular marking is margined in cream-colour,
and encloses an-area darker than the surrounding ground-colour,
a state of things which seems to suggest a centripetal aggregation
of pigment. Group A, though equal in size to group B, is in
every case darker and more marked.
Group B is also triangular in form, but the base coincides with
the mid-dorsal line, instead of the apex as in group A. The said
base is composed of three oval spots (B 5, 1, 6, dorsal series), the
middle one being much the largest. Three more small oval spots
enter the remainder of this triangle, the largest at the apex
(B 3, 4, dorso-lateral, B 2, lateral). (Text-fig. 3, a.)
When the markings of the two sides of the snake correspond
exactly, the general dorsal design is a single string of light-
spotted ovals on a dark ground; this is formed by the paired
groups B having their bases applied together. They appear oval
rather than diamond-shape, on account of the curved border of
the ground-colour of these groups. If the markings should alter-
nate with each other, a light wavy band on a dark ground is the
general result. Usually, however, a single specimen exhibits
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 173!
many different combinations of these forms, owing to the different:
number of markings on the two sides. In most specimens mark-
ings of one or more series are present on the head, and in several
the latero-ventral series is very marked.
Text-figure 3.
Many specimens do not possess all the primitive spots described,
especially upon the posterior part of the body, where the pattern
becomes modified. In the first stage of this modification A 95
and 6 become confluent with A 1, which tends to divide into two
triangular spots; the spots of group B, with the exception of
Bland 2, merge into the background (text-fig. 3, c). Some
specimens are of the more primitive type anteriorly only, whilst
others have the markings of the greater part of the body of the
slightly modified type, and become still further altered -on. their’
174 MISS JOAN B. PROCTER ON THE
posterior parts. One specimen, however (see Table, Trinidad 1 h),
is inclined towards the Jararaca type of marking. Anteriorly
A 1 is divided, each spot being confluent with A 5 and 6; A 4 is
absent, and of group B only an occasional. B 1 is present (text-
fig. 3,D). At about the middle of the snake the twin spots
A 1, 1, have become some distance apart, and are in sufficiently
close proximity to A 2 and 3 to give the appearance at a distance
of paired transverse bands, or, since the intermediate space is
darker than the surrounding ground-colour, of a single dark-
edged band; these bands, which may pair with those of the
opposite side or not, are very little more than their own width
apart.
In all specimens the pattern tends to break up into a spotted
type just before the tail, all the spots being more or less equal in
size and distribution. It consists of Al, 1, 4, 2, 3, and B 1,
3, 4, and 2.
In the markings of the mother, A 1, 2, 5, 5, and 6 are con-
fluent, forming a somewhat truncate chevron, in the middle of
which A 4 is sometimes situated. Group B is made up of the
six primitive spots, all except B 1, 2, however, being indistinct
(text-fig. 3, B). On the whole, the individual variation shown by
these 27 specimens is very slight ; the most apparent differences
between them are due not to variation of thé actual markings,
but to the inconstant relationship of those of the two sides of
the snake.
1 have since examined another mother and young, from Anda-
goya, Colombia (received from Dr. Spurrell), and in this case
there is no variation at all among the young.
The markings of both families are of the most primitive type
oceurring in L, atrox, ail other forms being evolved from it, as
will be shown presently.
Evolution.
In the course of evolution, these primitive markings become
modified in the following way, which is the same for all forms of
L. atrox.
A 1 tends to divide transversely to the axis of the body, and
A5and 6 become confluent with it. B5 and 6 merge into the
ground-colour, A 4 and B3 and 4 disappear (this stage has
already been described in the variations of the young snakes),
A 1 then divides completely, but is still distinct from A 2 and 3,_
A 4 disappears, and the whole of group B tends to merge into
the background. The spots A1, 1 then become a considerable _
distance apart, narrow, and in- close proximity with A 2 and 3,
which, since the interspace is darker than in group B, thus
produce the effect of a dark, darker-bordered, transverse band.
Except for an occasional B1, this group is pale and quite
indistinct. At this point the bands, which may or may not pair
with those of the opposite side, are slightly more than their own
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 175
width apart. A 1,1 and A 2, 3 now become confluent, forming
the dark unbroken marginal lines of the transverse band which
constitutes group A: (text-fig. 4, A). These lines may be nearer
together on the back than on the sides, and are sometimes much
serrated. The bands, 7. e. groups A, gradually become further
apart from each other, with the result that the markings are
slightly fewer in number than in the primitive type. For the
present I shall call this annulated form of marking Type II. It
constitutes a distinct branch in the direct evolution of markings
(text-fig. 3, a), Type III. evolves directly from the primitive
Text-figure 4,
arrangement, in exactly the same way as Type II. up to the point
where A 1 is completely divided, but distinct from A 2 and 3.
Al, 1 are, however, squarish, and form a square group with A 2
and 3, which they equal in size. In the course of evolution A 4,
B 2, 3, and 4 reappear (text-fig. 4, B), and are also all of equal
size. In this type A 4 belongs to the dorso-lateral series, being
situated immediately above its position in the lateral series in
Type I. In the evolution from Type I. to Type III. the series
equalise, the dorsal narrowing and the dorso-lateral broadening.
The general pattern is formed, therefore, of three series of equal
.
176 MISS JOAN B,. PROCTER ON THE
and alternating spots (text-fig. 4, c). Group A can only be
distinguished from B by the fact that these spots are more square
than those of the latter. In this type the ground-colour is not
usually darker at A, as is the case in the preceding types.
Text-figure 5.
Further development of this type is shown on.a specimen from
St. Lucia (Cat. p. 536, spec. v). On this snake both the dorso-
lateral and lateral series are absent, or but faintly marked, the
markings thus consisting of two squarish spots—A 1, 1— followed
by one roundish spot—B 1—all of which are for the most part
confluent with those of the opposite side.
VARIATION OF THE PIT-VIPER. 177
The fourth type—Z. jararacussu (text-fig. 5)—constitutes the
third branch in the evolution of the markings. A 1,5, 2,6,and 3
become confluent, forming a subcrescentic marking, in the middle
of which A 4 may be present or not. All the primitive spots of
group B unite together to form a dark triangular area, which in
the course of evolution becomes confluent with group A—i. e.,
the apex of A with the base of B—along the dorsal line. At this
point the markings darken, and the usual brownish, greyish, or
olive ground-colour becomes a bright clear yellow. Finally, more
and more black pigment becomes deposited at A and B, until the
markings have usurped the place of the ground-colour, even the
crescentic marking (A) being partially filled in with black. The
general effect of 'l'ype IV. is therefore a black snake, with yellow
forked markings issuing transversely from the yellow ventrals,
which are checkered with black. The dorsal surface of the head
is completely black, owing to the development and confluence
between the streaks of the dorsal and dorso-lateral series. The
post-ocular streak is separated from this area by a narrow stripe
of the clear yellow ground-colour, which continues slightly below
the commissure of the jaws. :
The most striking feature about this type of marking is the
clear yellow of the interspaces in the dorsal pattern; in other
types this is only found on the ventral surface of the snake, the
dorsal ground-colour always exhibiting a superficial powdering of
dark pigment. It therefore seems probable that in the course
of evolution this pigment has all aggregated in the spots of
Groups A and B, and, as more and more becomes deposited, these
areas further encroached upon the yellow ground-colour.
V. PHYLOGENETIC RELATIONS BETWEEN THE TYPES.
In tracing the evolution of markings from one type to another,
I have assumed that the anterior parts represent the primitive
pattern, as in lizards and many mammals (ex. Lacerta muralis,
Equus quagga). It might appear, however, that in Z. atrox this
is not the case, the more regularly spotted type, characteristic of
the West Indies representing the original pattern, from which the
clustered, annulated, and forked markings of C. and 8. American
» forms were derived. On careful consideration I cannot adopt
this view for the following reasons :—1l. The manner in which
the pattern of the Jararacussu develops from Type I. into the
complicated design of Type IV., and develops on each individual
posteriorly until the tailis a uniform black, cannot be looked upon
as primitive, and if this elaborate pattern, become simplified,
is a further development of the clustered type of marking, the
other forms must also be more advanced. 2. I hold the greater
number of spots to be the more primitive (and for this assumption
there is much correlative evidence among other snakes and
lizards). The clustered pattern is therefore less advanced than
the more evenly spotted, for in the former groups A and B
Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XII. . 12
e : cc SI SI LZ 69 00% je ye ze Pee eee ee cee te wee etter tee eh tee ee aaryruntaid £10 A,
Z “*peprurcy, | 0g 6L na €9 003 |e ye Tia. omenaBesavdeceeonacbodopandcoaueANOADEDOGG” @inayaRrTATs;
i Gi rene LG Le POL ze je ye fo (deunroeds poutiojap) oarqruntad £10 4.
IZ 0Z eG 1g 261 je ul ul CODIDDDISICRIOUCICUCIOCOIOOUICOCIOIOIOOOInCcnonCmOrn IO Uiorr 66
ag an 1% 6g Zig ut Ul) [cere seca eeeecteseeie cree ees SAT aT DETTE
gargruntad “vo1dhg *y 03 Souapuay,
MM | 81 61 GS 6g Fer | We ul ul
A | 06 1G SG Lg L6t.| J8 Je ul Mise: ies ee SATII 5
a | 0g 02 1G cg 6st ge ie ye [rece sore? garqromad £0 A, ,
y | ae rare LZ ge reL ye ye ye see tos sec cee ee wes cee sees Chee ce ren teesen sep “ce ;
s ls 20% 61 LG €G 681 | Fe ye ayy. _|Poeeeeee pee Se ee : ,
SSS SSS)
aN
i | 0g oz. | 92 cg esl | Je ie Sigh Pen eseesoem 096 308 coos npackeBSaBaL AND ADs Soe fas
b 2 6 |, 22 09 4 4S6r ) ge je ye | Se Mee aad
d | ez BS | &% 19 961 ‘je ul ul Bee tet ope tae ss tet ee tee OOH OOo the eee oes ee ee ce
S Fy eee “e
9 | 6 1G. | 6 TS I6T je afd ar
ee ee ee ee tee eee ee
Ju Gi ice Cem tt See CGl 2 seem fee Ut
yj 0% 12 |) ee" $s. 006 ze ye: 38 Saar Pe PL OATFIULL
I 61 gr | Se 0g 91g | Je ye ur papipiwl rer 07 SOU@puUaT,
{ | IZ IZ 1 CF CET ye ye ial gn no pea gag coe cea teeeseeeeeee 6“
i |. B 0G 16 LS Z61 ans Fe WS eae 5 se aa ::
q | BS BG (era 09 G6L qe ze ul [eee anne ween cee eee . eee ce
i | SI LI 13 og Z6L | ye ye qe pee o0e ee ee ee ee eee ee eee te eee ee ee ee (79
| o | 61 IZ | EG LG 16L je je je sete eee eee eee eee eee ee ee ee 79
p . i 6L 6L i Nee, 6S e6L | je je se °° CC Fe ee eee ee eee OATPIULI
4) : 9B Wao | Le 69 S6E | Fe ul ul | a UG noes OAT) TULL TAL Cpe eLQIAG
14 Deja al 61 owes sS LOG Iosa) aye user SUIS 3 z
Les 1 x06 OCeea more (O9e? eOG) Sntemeed ta 7 SUS eee Wisi ae tebe as ena
Pe REP Ol OG. | Bea OF Me aft a I se ae ea a (84 pus &)
“RlANZIUI A 6L 9 | °g 19 LOL | qe 4B qe |pegecccee OGu.-dado00ed dbs. Jobd00 000 Dos cogODdDuE 6c
ENS RAVOLNT “ed [esvl ey i LT el | eG 99 GOS ze ul 4 ooo ona edb ago, deBdOM.eon OO C00 5 900-00n “
“SRLUPUO FY qsiylig | CZ BG | CZ 9 €1z | Big 4R piu \oouoocd . ve ee eens cee eee 6c
“OOLX®T “ekoyy FZ eZ | £Z 6 ERT 1 ye 1 {baa cisgeath cua isete cs S000 p00 0Geoue DALLA
“BINT “1g Iz ao | 1 19 eq | ye i Bi ang fide 2° a Se a ie rage poursipuy
“ROLUTULO(T IANISO LZ 99 11Z ye aay Hig {joc 82 eostaaa soe ee g8u.eRs poppe Hoe cnpoDO BUS ARTEL MISTOLNAG
SUD “VE A
I] eS eis A) A d Ww B
Ke — J _—., J __.-
AYLpYIOT jo TOC TUL NT jo LOC CUT A | jo ULLO “hjOwDA 100)
n AS in ae a
| “SHULY AD AT *sa] DIG)
“CRIT ‘ayvus ayy Jo septs ([) ye] pue (4) FGSII oy} UO ssuryaeul Jo Jaquinyy ‘(s) sepeos * z
jesiop puv “(0) spepneoqus jo sared ‘(A) speaguaa jo aaquinu ‘sad 4y (98) wotgy 10 “(ur) ayerpauttezut (je) seeaffp ayy Jo -
raya § Spoq ayy jo ‘(d) aorsaysod ‘(ut) appprur ‘(e) cortayae ay} qe ‘sefvos Jo WAG] “SULyAvUA Jo WAOZ puw AJAAVA MOJO 2 °Z1A
‘VOULV “7 JO SNEWIDYGS ANOS OL ONILVIGY SUVTINOILUVG dO WIdVy,
“leSuatnog “Ay, Aq sngvjoaawn) sisayav'T 04 padtozer SEM pus
‘(6 oads) 96% “d (EgT) “US [99 48D 8,AB1g Jo xtpyodde oy} Ul snzvjos0Un) snyvyderopedsp.ig Se pe1eyUe SYM 4] “AaquINU aAaqsISaI
OU S.1Baq PUB “UOT}Ia][09 po ey} Jo Javd su; FI sv “paysn.az aq 0} you st UdUMIOads SIT] Jo ApI]COOT 244 yVYW OU S]][oq TeSuaTMog “Ay y
z . a et CCRC Te VSI | eye ca, Ue a8 Reema sseneeeeseesenseisn ngsnapapadnl“a8
T ‘o[neg Owg | 06 0% 96 689 (OST. ye UL ye Q
6 2 81 61 $6 69 S61 ae uff ai "pssnovipDInl UB S7U1YYD “AIBA T99MIIG BIBIpsuIeIU
T ‘topenoy yy) 8T LI “3. ) (0g | ws fe ae ‘ @ puwseiwig TET OE Dear UaT
novARIEG 91 SI Z 9¢ 961 ye ze je See aa eee Ae ce ca ROU REIHED) 4 LTT ON AC
nlag ‘OZnZ0g a.nosqo CZ OL CéL UL ul uL GOODUG UDI =DOODD DOD DURTE DOCS DOO SDM OU0 feces [73
‘OJUIUUB.IOBG ep edwvg 9T 91 CZ 107 P61 ju ye ye DOOIOUCID UICC. =COO I OAICIUOCS OO CICROOCIOUOIOOG OO h icici qOuIySIpUy
G a 61 61 GZ 89—Ss«é#LT. Je je je
T “901q.19g] - OD) BAIL ye Jee qourqsrpuy
*BloLZ9U9 A ainosqo zB 09 Z6L Bay je Hig 4yen20e : PpeyIpoy
BION “IG| Be 761 a GD ROE we aE We [eet fro santas TBSIOG
SG 86 iad 66 19 916 je ul ur
T vonbiuyieyy | 73 UG 8 9 861 ye 18 4B
‘adnojapensy IZ ra 0g 29 RBG je wv 1 [jerecce elo(nlelele}eiu syoiele nisi een ec cen peeve eee sscese qOULSIPUT
: “padh2 BU10,A
z (14 91 FL | PZ £9 681 je ye ye Leer tlees eee ccesce starve sence nescns pordhy on
LT ‘901q.1eg SI Ait =| Se €9 981 je je je pur ‘vovininl ‘sunffy “WBA UaeMjoq o}eIpau1ezUy
yzeig | 91 9 e 46009Stts«LGT. qe ye ye
IROOM A CMENSS codsocachsoosodoonosoogseucnosase
Prof. H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects.
Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides from photo-
graphs taken in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney,
ING Sp Wralest eo es cas tevaiasise a tamesdeauseaneacen conan
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie during the month of October, 1918.........
Miss K. Lanner, F.Z.S. Description and exhibition of the
method of preparing skeletons by the use of trypsin...
Mr. KE. Hatscuex. Description and exhibition of investi-
gations into the forms assumed by drops and vortices
of gelatinan, various coapulamts) ka. -cy.sececeessn oe
Prof. F. Woov-Jonzs, F.Z.8. Exhibition of a cast and set
of Rontgen-ray photographs taken from a Chimpanzee
which had died from pulmonary tuberculosis .........
PAPERS.
10. Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont
Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus. By Dr.
Branistav Perrontevics. (‘Text-figures 1-8.).........
11. On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from
the Balearic Islands. By Dosoruza M. A. Bare,
Hon. M.B.O.U. (Plate I. and Text-figures 1 & 2.)...
12. A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta
viridis. By Nort TaytEr, B.Sc. (Lond.). (From
the Zoological Department, University of London,
University College.) (Text-figures 1-3.)
e@ececcosetrcecee
Page
308
308
308
309
309
310
310
310
197
209
Vv
Page
13. On two new Elasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus juras-
sicus, sp. nov., and Protospinax annectaws, gen. et sp.
nov.) from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone
of Bavaria. By Arruur S.1ra Woopwarp, LL.D.,
ESV Zi Sie i (blabe Ws) aiense toe cece als Seltcwie ects 231
14. The Function of Pathological States in Evolution. By
WWloveroimie ISOS Sechonsned bang bostoodonepe none soSopHodGosOC 237
15. Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918. By
Sir EpmMunp G, Loprr, Bart., Vice-President Z.S. ... 255
16. On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus
Blgr. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S., F.Z.8. ......... 257
17. Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the
Ctenophore Plewrobrachia pileus Fabr. By JAmEs
FE. Gemmitt, M.A., M.D., D.Sec., F.Z.8. (Text-
figumes MG e oii arse tera te Hicotrias alt wis.stuac eile) coe casera 263
18. On Seymouria, the most primitive known reptile. By
D. M. 8. Watson, M.Sec., Capt. R.A.F., Lecturer
in Vertebrate Paleontology, University College,
ond ones (Rext— heures ll O)) nen ansctcne ie cmie ee err 267
Alphabetical MliistroteContriloutiors.....-sce se eceeee ests nee vii
TIsaVG Kp Ge sees OR oe cD bs SNR DREN RMR nn nen Xl
Lbs OL ;
4 1
ALPHABETICAL LIST
OF THK
CONTRIBUTORS,
With References to the several Articles contributed by each.
(1918, pp. 197-310.)
‘Bare, Miss Dororura M. A., Hon. M.B.0.U.
On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from
the Balearic Islands. (Plate I. and Text-figures 1 & Ze) eee
Bouencer, G.'A., F.R.S., F.ZS.
On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus
Bl great sore te. Rh. att cee wth otk BREN AY. ase gars
CoPEMAN, ew! S. Monckton, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.
Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a colony of Burrow-
ime: ees onmlrimmrosen RW h. Javan anusestte oo ae fer sto se simi
GemniLL, James F., M.A., M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.S.
Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the Cteno-
phore Pleurobrachia pileus Fabr. (Text-figures 1 & 2.)...
Harscuen, E.
Description and exhibition of investigations into the
forms assumed by drops and vortices of gelatin in various
GODPAWETMIS! condeodovogboce 21020085 scospeanabbccebdddsdodoouduouddod
Herron- Aven, E., F.L.S., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S.
Lantern-exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera Wee Sai
Page
209
257
304
263
vili
Lanper, Miss K., F.Z.S.
‘
Description and exhibition of the method of preparing
skeletons) bythe mse) Of biryPSiMen resem eee eee reeeeere
Lerroy, Prof. H. M., F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects.
Account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of Wheat Weevil
IIa VAS SEP ALIA saad Sonia vain esain a erslec ore aes aceon ems dace sree
Exhibition of a series of lantern-slides from photo-
graphs taken in the Zoological Gardens, Sydney, N.S.
Wig OS? ok iic bin simak Be Ne Ree Renn RNC aree AR PeRoRie Ae tein aa cos fay dec
Lerrrr, Dr. R. T., F.Z.S.
Lantern-exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infec-
Lover, Sir Epmunp G., Bart., Vice-President Z.S.
Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918 ......
. Mrircuett, P. Caatmers, C.B.E., M.A., LL.D., F.RB.S.,
F.Z.S., Seeretary to the Society.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of April, 1918 .................seeeeeeee eee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of May, 1918 ...............:.eseeeenee eee
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the months of June, July, August, and September,
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie
during the month of October, 1918 ................--...:..0e.
Perronievics, Dr. BRANISLAY.
Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cyno-
dont Reptiles Gomphognathus and Cynognathus. (Text-
HIATT SSIES ha aedgn6 sn cdoaSooso0eOs c6- oe ais
biale
a
fi
ALT hk i :
ty ° Fy tes Takacs a) Lehi rf me ; ;
me i ‘ neh v)
Ae
ae ; whoa oe inn, cs Gi i Mh
ite He A my
Sra Se ae i teceleey & bis ais age jt
; ‘ar ane H ig ie EDR siti
an ‘ bs ; x ent ie ot hs se a bi east
ef afar A tk Beet nie
_ ie oh fn
aN aes i ‘ ffs bs : er
Bae eis a ik ee we ti ie og.) " tok fate ties Reh
as He he, a PSHE
ae | . - : ee | sm
os mirlag: tke set
Nic M3 Lh iss ry
IND
EX.
1918.—Pages 197-310.
[New names in clarendon type.
Systematic references in italics.
(z.8.%.) indicates additions to the Society’s Menagerie. |
_ Alligator mississippiensis (z. s. L.), 309.
Ammotragus lervia (4. s. L.), 303.
Andrena fulva, 304.
AVES:
Exhibition of a mounted specimen of
a hybrid Cockatoo, 308.
Calliope calliope (z. s.u.), 304.
Capra xgagrus (z. 8. L.), 304.
Cercopithecus ascanius (z. 8. L.), 309.
Chameleon calcaratus (z. s. L.), 304. |
Connochetes albojubatus (z. s. L.), 306. |
Crossorhinus jurassicus, sp. n., |
231.
|
|
|
|
}
|
Equus kiang (z. s. u.), 307.
Gecco verticillatus (z. s. u.), 507.
GEOGRAPIICANL:
Madagascar Frogs of the genus Man-
tidactylus, 257.
Hemitragus jemlaicus (z. s. u.), 307.
Hypnomys, gen. n., 210.
—— mahonensis, sp. n., 218.
—— morpheus, sp. n., 219.
Hystrix eristatus (z, s.u.), 3U7.
INSECTA :
Observations on a colony of burrowing
Bees, exhibited, 304; On Wheat
Weevil in Australia, 307.
Lacerta taurica (z. s. L.), 306.
Mammania:
On a new genus of Extinct Muscar-
dine Rodent from the Balearic
Islands : structure, systematic,
209 ; the Beavers at
Leonardslee, 255; The ages of
Elephants, as inferred from the
Molar Teeth, exhibited, 503; An
abnormally coloured Red Deer,
skin exhibited, 807; The ‘‘ New”
Rabbit demonstration,
308.
Mantidactylus ambohimitombi,
sp. n., 260.
Mo .usca:
Ciliary action in Plewrobrachia pileus,
structure, 263 ; Lantern-exhibition
of Arenaceous Foraminifera, 4503.
Morpnonoay. Sce StRUCTURE.
Myvcastor coypus (z. s. L.), 307.
Notes on
Disease,
x INDEX.
Paleornis eyanocephala (z. s. u.), 303,
PATHOLOGY.
The function of Pathological states
in Evolution, 237; Diagnosis of
Helminth infections, 308.
Pisces :
On two new Hlasmobranch Fishes:
systematic, 281; Account of the
Freshwater Fishes of
Britain, 303.
Protospinacide, fam. n., 232.
Protospinax, gen.n., 233.
—— annectans, sp. n., 233.
Python reticulatus (z. s,u.), 809.
Great
ReEpriuta :
Comparison between the lower jaws
of the Cynodont Reptiles Gompho-
gnathus and Cynognathus: struc-
ture, 197; On Hermaphroditism in
a Lizard: structure, 223; Mada-
gascar Frogs of the genus Manti-
dactylus: structure, systematic,
ZO On
primitive known reptile: structure,
267. ;
Seymouria, the most
STRUCTURE.
Mammarta: On a new genus of ex-
tinct Muscardine Rodent from the
Balearic Islands, 209.
ReprintA: Comparison between the
lower jaws of the Cynodont Rep-
Gomphognathus and Cyno-
gnathus, 197; On Hermaphro-
ditism in a Lizard, 223; Mada-
gascar Frogs of the genus Mazti-
systematic, 257; On
Seymouria, the most primitive
known reptile: structure, 267.
Motnuusea: Ciliary action in Piewro-
brachia pileus, 263.
tiles
dactylus,
Taurotragus oryx (z. 8. L.), 807.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEBT STREET,
J >: .
_
- ;
Gal
i?
| ees ae
“gi
|
| Ba
| +2 2 se
|
”
h
i
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
1918.
~ PARTS III. & IV.
contTaInInG Pages 197 to 310, with 2 Puiates
AND 80 TEx?-FIGURES.
S mt sentan Instityg
7)
FEB 17 1920
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY; wae’
SOLD AT ITS HOUSE IN REGENT’S PARK.
LONDON :
MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CoO.,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
|
|
[Price Twelve Shillings. |
az:
LIST OF CONTENTS.
1918, Parrs III. & IV. (pp. 197-310).
EXHIBITIONS AND NOTICES.
Mr. R. I. Pococx, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,
a series of the molar teeth of Elephants
eeoeeeer tt Coo ese ee rete veers sess ee ee ee OO oe oe
Mr. E. Heron-Autey, F.LS., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S. _Lantern-exhibition of Arenaceous
Foraminifera
Ce CC i i i er a cc ey
The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
CEPAMIEUL LOLS rine nv ter stay eketars ene nile oy wemcia ie emer av ese toate pa oe :
ee ee Se ee oe ce ts ee ee te
‘
Mr. C. Tarn Ragan, M.A., FE.R.S., F.Z.S. Account, illustrated by lantern-slides, of the
Freshwater Fishes of Great Britain .«
CC ee ee rr ary
The Secretary, Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
roy Oy ea at US) ie Pease ee Olean wh Aeris ce ent NE PE ES AN Mtg ere Sen ire reins ac
Lt.-Col. S. Monexton Corzman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a
colony of Burrowing Bees on Primrose Hill
ee ee ee ewe ee PH ee oe eco esos te SO oe ee oe oe
The Szcrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the months
of. June; duly, August,.and Septenfber, LOLS 7. 105. scioc0ec50 008 BoRdeAGH 1N6209ed0oRCRdAHNG oys000. ZANY)
During a second visit to Mallorca in 1910 in search of ossiferous
deposits a few rodent remains were obtained; the following year
further researches were carried out in Menorca by means of a
grant from the Trustees of the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund, and
here similar remains were found to be somewhat more plentiful,
occurring in several fissures in the Miocene limestone. A de-
scription of the deposits from which the collection was obtained
has already been published}. A first cursory examination
of the specimens led me to suppose that they represented large
forms of Hliomys§ or Leithia||. Since then a number of spe-
cimens from Menorca have been developed from the hard matrix
in which they were embedded, and all have been carefully
examined, with the result that it is found that they cannot be
included in any genus with which I have been able to compare
them. The examples from the two islands differ considerably in
size, those from Menorca being the larger, and they are probably
specifically distinct: in this connection it is interesting to remember
that, after the examination of a very large quantity of material, a
similar variation in size was found to obtain in Myotragus 4.
This seems to point to a longer period of isolation in Menorca,
the most easterly and probably the first of the group to be
separated from the mainland.
All the remains obtained are now in the collection of the
British Museum (Natural History). No complete skulls and
only a few limb-bones were procured, but it will be seen from
the descriptions of the specimens given below that the Balearic
genus should undoubtedly be included in the Muscardinidee.
The specimens to be described are intermediate in size be-
tween the largest recent forms and the extinct Leithia from
Malta, and show a number of points of resemblance both to
the recent Hliomys and to the Maltese Leithia, but at the same
time differ to an equal extent from both these genera. The
* Communicated by Dr. A. SmirH Woopwarp, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
+ For explanation of the Plate see p. 222. @
£ Geol. Mag. [6] vol. 1. 1914, pp. 337-45.
§ sad. p. 100.
|| Proc. Zool. Soe. 1916. p. 424.
See Andrews, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. ser. B, vol. 206, 1915, p. 301.
210 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
range of species in neighbouring islands is always of interest,
which may perhaps make it worth mentioning here the present-
day distribution of Hliomys in the Balearics. Mr. Oldfield
Thomas has described #. gymnesicus* from Menorca, a species
smaller than, though similar in coloration to, 1. quercinus, which,
in spite of this, he believes to be most nearly allied to the Southern
forms. In an earlier paper ft the same author mentions that this
animal is also well known in Mallorea but is said not to occur in
Ibiza. Unfortunately I have not seen one from the larger island,
but in the British Museum there are now several specimens from
the small island of Formentera to the south-west of Ibiza, which
prove to belong to the large form /#. lusitanicus which is found
on the neighbouring mainland of Spain.
Remains of Muscardinide are known only from European
deposits, and occur from Miocene times. Hliomys itself is repre-
sented by #. pomeli in the Lower Miocene of Allier, and by
E. hamadryas in the Middle Miocene of La Grive St. Alban and
Steinheim. Both species are of small size, and from the mandible
do not show any close affinity to the remains which form the
subject of this note, than which they would both appear to be
already more highly specialised. In the British Museum there
are two mandibular rami supposed to represent an Lliomys
from the Pleistocene of Malta (B.M. 49342c and 49351)%. These
are considerably more robust than in any recent member of the
genus, and are found to resemble in shape the Mallorcan speci-
mens and to be only slightly inferior in size, although the length
of the alveolar area is considerably less. Unfortunately none of
the cheek teeth ave preserved, and the formation of the rcots can-
not always be satisfactorily deduced from an examination of the
alveolar cavities, though in one of these specimens (B.M. 49351)
it seems that in the first and second molars the posterior roots
had become confluent as in the genus now to be described. These
specimens seem worth mentioning as suggesting a possible exten-
sion of the known distribution of the Balearic dormouse. So far
as [am aware, no other rodent remains have been described from
the Balearics, although so long ago as 1855 De la Marmora
wrote § that he had observed indications of an ossiferous breccia
in the hill of Belver near Palma, in which he had seen a bone
which seemed to belong to a Lagomys or to a rabbit.
The following description of the most important specimens
obtained may be taken as applying to the genus so far as known
at present. It is proposed that the genus be known as
HyYPNnomys, gen. nov.
Skull, mandible, and limb-bones as in Eliomys but more robust ;
interorbital region wide and anterior portions of frontals greatly
* Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xi. 1903, p. 494.
+ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1901, .p. 41.
Cat. Foss. Mamm. Brit. Mus. Pt. i. p. 225 (1885) (as Myoxus sp.).
of
§ Mem. Accad. Se. Torino (ser. 1), vol. xxxvil. 1885, p. 59.
OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. PAU
“expanded. The infraorbital foramen opens anteriorly and the
outer wall of the infraorbital canal is very robust with a wide
base. The anterior palatine foramina penetrate for some distance
the palatal plate of the maxille which forms the greater portion
of the palate. The angle of the mandible is perforated. Dental
formula i. +, pm. +, m. 3, molariform premolars and molar crowns
sub-quadrate in shape with low transverse ridges. Upper molars
with one large wide internal and two smaller external roots. In
the first and second lower molars the two posterior roots may be
confluent for the greater part of, or for their entire length; the
Jast molar has two anterior and one large posterior root. Tibia
and fibula joined.
Skull.—The skull is represented only by some few fragmentary
specimens none of which show the posterior portion, that is to say
behind the frontals. An isolated and imperfect auditory bulla
(B.M. M 11671) was obtained which agrees in form and in the shape
and position of the meatus with the corresponding bone in Dyromys.
So far as available specimens show, the skull in general resembles
and may be compared with that of Hliemys, which for our present
purpose will be taken in a broad sense and to include Dyromys.
Even the smaller examples (those from Mallorca) are larger and
comparatively, as well as actually, more robust than EZ. lusitanicus,
which is the largest of the recent species of that genus. Viewed
from above, the nasals are seen to be practically flat and about
the same width throughout their length. The interorbital
portion of the frontals is wide and smoothly flattened and is
defined by sharp lateral edges; a measurement taken at the
narrowest point is nearly half the antero-posterior length of the
nasals in Hypnomys, whereas in H. lusitanicus it is not quite a
third. Anteriorly the frontals expand rapidly by a smooth
swelling and attain to a great width—about twice that of the
interorbital region—where they are joined by the nasals and
the nasal processes of the maxillze. This expansion is caused by
the very large size of the olfactory cavities (Pl. I. fig. 14). There
is a fine but distinct ridge on the dorsal aspect of the maxilla at
the upper root of the zygoma from where the skull narrows
rapidly to form the snout. The premaxille are robust, slightly
inflated dorso-anteriorly as in Lliomys, and deep dorso-ventrally,
the rostrum being stouter than in LH. lusitanicus. The infra-
orbital region is not very well preserved in any of the Balearic
specimens, but sufficient is shown by two or three examples to
demonstrate that in this respect’ Hypnomys shows no close
resemblance whatever to either a typical Murine such as Rattus
or to typical Seiurines such as Seirus or Xerus. Though showing
more general resemblance, this portion of the skull in the Balearic
genus still differs somewhat from that of any other of the
Muscardinids with which I have been able to compare it; in
some respects it seems to agree with that of Leithia, though
unfortunately all the anterior portions of skulls of this last in
212 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
the British Museum are either very imperfect or else considerably
erushed and distorted. The infraorbital foramen opens anteriorly
and, as well as can be seen in tne type specimen of Hypnomys
mahonensis (Pl. I. fig. 2), it has a greatest length of about 3 mm.
and occupies a median position between the two roots of the
zygomatic process of the maxilla. The lachrymal foramen shows
an extension of similar length, but ovoid in form, in front of the
infraorbital foramen much as in J/uscardinus, and without the
lower lateral expansion seen in Hliomys. The outer wall of the
infraorbital canal is very robust, broadly concave anteriorly, with
a distinct outstanding point in front of its base, which is wide
owing to the hinder border being produced outwards from above
the first molar.
The anterior palatine foramina start a short distance behind
the incisors and penetrate the palatal plate of the maxille for
some distance, their extent being comparable with that obtaining
in Hliomys. The palate (Pl. I. fig. 1) is not completely preserved
in any of the specimens, but can be seen to be wide and gently
concave and chiefly composed of the palatal plate of the maxille,
which extends posteriorly about as far as the hinder border of
the second molar. The palatal plate of the palatines is hardly
shown but can certainly have formed only an insignificant
portion of the palate.
Text-figure 1.
Left mandibular rami of :— |
A. Leithia melitensis (B.M. 49342 D),
B. Hypnomys morpheus (B.M. M 11697),
C. Hliomys lusitanicus (recent specimen). X 1}.
Mandible—In general plan the mandible (text-fig. 1, B) is
essentially as in Hliomys (text-fig. 1, C), from which it yet differs
strikingly, although this difference is easier to observe than to
describe. That of Hliomys may be said to have an aspect of
OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT, OB)
attenuation, its posterior portion particularly being very slight
and the cheek-teeth closely crowded together. This applies also
to the skull, though perhaps to a lesser ‘degree. The mandible of
the Balearic genus is altogether more robust, and gives the im-
pression of being possibly Tess highly specialised. The angle of
the jaw is per forated, and also resembles in shape that of Hliomys,
but compared with this last the coronoid process originates
further forward and rises more abruptly; it tapers to a slender
point but is comparatively shorter and the space between it and
the condyle less deepiy excavated: this last also applies to the
region between the condyle and the highest point of the angle,
causing the hinder portion of the jaw to be more solid owing to
this comparatively greater extent of bone. The articulating
surface of the condyle is strongly marked. The symphysial
region and that between it and the cheek-teeth are likewise
robust. The incisor extends considerably behind and rises above
the cheek-teeth row, causing a marked protuberance on the out-
side of the jaw at the base of the coronoid process, and the
inferior dental foramen occupies a correspondingly high and
backward position.
Teeth.—The dental formula is tune ene as that of other of the
Muscardinidee, that is to say, 1.4, pm.+,m.3. The incisors are
of medium size, with the anterior SM of enamel smooth and
stained the characteristic orange-yellow colour. The upper
incisor originates above and just in front of the premolar; its
inner surface (PI. I. fig. 10) is flat and the outer gently rounded,
this being also the case in the corresponding tooth of the lower
jaw. Both are considerably compressed laterally with the antero-
posterior thickness much greater than the lateral width, this bein 8
nearly double in the lower teeth. Their transverse sections (Pl. I
figs. 11 & 12) are more or less elliptical in shape, thus differing
from those for instance of Lliomys, Glis, and Leitthia, in which the
section forms practically an isosceles triangle with the anterior
face as the shorter base (PI. I. fig. 13). There is naturally a
corresponding difference in the shape of the worn surfaces of the
teeth. As Mr. Hinton has pointed out to me, these differences in
the form and proportions of the incisors are of importance as
indicating probable differences in the modes of life in these
various genera.
It is interesting to find that an examination of the microscopic
structure of the enamel in the incisors of Hypnomys seems to
bear out the conclusions independently arrived at from a general
study of its remains. Mr. Thornton Carter very kindly under-
took the task of making this examination, and allows me to
include his report of his investigations, which is as follows :—
“The structure of the enamel of the incisors in the specimens
from Menorea and Mallorca is identical with that of Lewhia
melitensis.
“The ‘pattern’ is distinctive and presents characters which
would seem to place it between Sciuride and Myoxide. In
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. XVI. 16.
214 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
longitudinal sections the enamel rods (or fibres, as Sir John
Tomes designates them in his classical memoir) leave the surface
of the dentine with a slight curve and then proceed outwards,
slightly flexuous, at an angle of about 70° with the dentinal sur-
face for about half the thickness of the enamel, where they bend
sharply and abruptly to proceed in a straight course to the
surface.
“There is appearance of serrations of the margins such as is
usually seen in the Dormice.
“Thus the course of the rods is as in Myoxide, whilst their
form is as in Sciuride.
“In transverse section alternate groups of rods cross one
another at an angle of about 120°, and when half-way through
turn sharply outwards and run parallel out to the enamel surface
which they reach at right angles, the pattern assumed resembling,
though not identical with, that seen in a transverse section of the
incisor of Hliomys.”
While the palate is almost uniform in width, the rows of cheek-
teeth appear curved owing to their inner borders being practically
in a straight line, so that all the differences in the sizes of the
teeth, especially that of the premolar, affect only the outer
border of the rows, which thus have a curved outline. The plane
of wear of the premolar is almost horizontal, while that of the
molars lies at a considerable angle, the inner border being the
higher; this character will be referred to again later. Some
scarcely worn upper molars are slightly concave and their enamel
ridges incline towards being cuspidate, but in most of the specimens
obtained the worn surfaces of the crowns are nearly flat. The
molariform upper premolar is bluntly triangular in outline and
the molars subquadrate in shape, the second being very little
larger and the third not much smaller than the first. In the
above characters these teeth somewhat resemble those of Leithia,
those of Hliomys differing markedly in the concavity and greater
comparative width of their crowns.
In the Balearic molars the ridges are low, and in those of aged
individuals, of which a number were obtained, these become
almost entirely worn away. In little-worn specimens (PI. I.
fig. 1) it can be seen that in each of the upper cheek-teeth the
crown is crossed by four complete and one incomplete transverse
ridges, with the addition of one or more further incomplete
ridges in the second and third molars. The second complete
ridge in the first and second molars runs from the inner border .
in an anterior direction for more than half its distance before
turning to reach the outer margin. The two posterior complete
ridges run more or less parallel with the hinder border of the
teeth, and it is in the space left between the complete ridges that
the incomplete ones occur. The inner edge of the crown surface
almost invariably remains unbroken, while the outer border is cut
by the valleys between the ridges. Im much worn teeth there
is found a confluent valley alongside the inner enamel border of
OF EXTINCT MU. CARDINE RODENT. 215
the tooth for the whole of its distance; this condition of wear is
also seen for instance in Leithia, Hliomys, and Xerus. Apart
from size, the upper molars of Letthza chiefly differ from those of
Hypnomys in their transverse ridges being considerably higher
and more sharply defined, and in the complete ones in the first
and second molars originating at the postero-internal border of
the crown as already described and figured by Mr. Lydekker*.
Of the lower cheek-teeth the premolar is the smallest and is
obtusely triangular in shape; the third molar is somewhat larger
with a rounded posterior margin. although the crown has a
tendency to become squarer in outline when much worn. The
first and second molars are the largest of the series, almost equal
in size and in shape quadrate, or with the antero-posterior length
slightly greater than the width. The number of ridges appears
to be much the same as in the upper cheek-teeth, though they
become broken up earlier and into a greater number of incomplete
ridges. In a moderately worn specimen (B.M. M 11674, Pl. I.
fig. 6) the first and second molars seem to have three complete
ridges, two distinct incomplete ones running half-way across the
crown from opposite sides and a shorter one coming in from the
antero-external corner, while the antero-internal area is broken
up into several rather indistinct loops. The third molar shows
four complete ridges and two small accessory ones. In the case of
aged individuals the confluent worn surface is of course along the
external border of the crown, it being on the internal side in the
upper cheek-teeth. In less worn specimens this external enamel
border is interrupted at two points, and the enamel between and
on either side of these channels, owing to its being slightly folded
over, is at this stage of wear more massive than in other parts of
the ridges.
The number, position, and conformation of the roots of the
cheek-teeth in rodents form a subject of considerable interest and
importance, and it is one that has received a good deal of atten-
tion from investigators, notably Schlosser f and, later, Dr. Forsyth
Major{. The specimens under discussion are no exception in
this respect, for their molar roots are unlike those of any Pleisto-
cene or recent genus with which I have been able to compare
them with the single exception of Zetthia, and that only in the
ease of the upper molars. It may be mentioned that I have not
found this character previously noted in the descriptions of the
Maltese genus. The alveolar formula can be most easily realised
by reference to the accompanying text-figure (text-fig. 2), but at
the same time it should be borne in mind that such a formula
alone is of very little value for purpoess of comparison. The
present examples are a case in point, as, for instance, the first and
second upper molars of Hliomys and Gilis are three-rooted, as in
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, pp. 861-3, text-fig. 1.
+ ‘Paleontographica, Band xxxi. 1885.
+ See, for instance, the following: “On Fossil Dormice,” Geol. Mag. Nov. 1899,
p. 492, and “On some Miocene Squirrels,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, pp. ee
i a
~
216 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
Hypnomys and Leithia, but an examination of the roots them-
selves show them to be essentially different.
In Hypnomys the upper premolar has three long and rather
stout roots, which terminate in blunt rounded ends(B.M. M 11658,
Pl. I. fig. 3). The anterior one takes a forward direction and is
the shortest of the three, the other two project in a parallel
direction from the hinder border of the tooth and may be con-
fluent for a varying distance, but apparently not for more than
half their length. This description is based on examples of
Hypnomys mahonensis, but the alveolus in a Mallorcan specimen
indicates a similar formation. Unfortunately there has been no
opportunity of examining any milk-teeth in the case of either
this genus or Leithia.
Text-figure 2.
A. B:
Sens cae 3
\ ITt
g gue & [RILe felt i eh
Sat = Seb B6
2) 6e@ z
OS 3b M72 met ae 28
Sie bie nee Sh a
UValveoi. t.alveoh. U.alveolt. L.alveoli
Diagram of alveoli of cheek-teeth of A. Hypnomys and B. Leithia.
The upper molars each have three roots, one large internal and
two small external ones, a number commonly found in many
rodents. The distinctive feature of the Balearic teeth lies in the
construction of the large internal roots: in Hliomys, Gis, and
also in other forms such as Xerws and Sciwrus, which have the
same alveolar formula, these are single, rather flattened conical
roots projecting from the centre of the border of the crown which
they support. In Hypnomys the internal root is quite different,
this being clearly portrayed in the accompanying illustrations.
Fig. 3 (Pl. I.) shows the latero-internal view of the first and
second molars of H. mahonensis: it will be seen that there is a
slight constriction at the base of the crown where the enamel
ends, and from there the confluent root continues practically of
the same size for its whole length, which is a little less than twice
the antero-posterior length of the crown-surface. In the figured
specimen the first molar measures 4 mm. from the crown-surface
to the tip of the root, while the antero-posterior length of the
crown is very little more than 2mm. In the second molar the
root is very slightly shorter and not rounded at its apex, but this
way perhaps be partly due to damage in developing the specimen.
The internal root of the third molar is exposed in the type
OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 217
specimen of 1, mahonensis (B.M. M 11657), in which it is seen
to be similar to that of the other two. In some specimens there
is a slight groove along the centre, indicating the compound
nature of the roots ; the ends are ciosed in all examples examined.
The slight intero-external width is well shown in the section
(B.M. M 11661, Pl. I. fig. 4) and in the posterior view of the
second upper molar (B.M. M 11660, Pl. I. fig. 5), in which it can
also be seen that there is a certain amount of curvature in the
direction of the compound roots. They are considerably longer
than the external roots, although, owing to the slope of the
crowns, they do not penetrate much deeper into the alveolar
cavity.
As already mentioned, the upper molar roots of Leithia are
sinilar to those of Hypnomys, the only other genus, among many
examined, showing a closely similar condition of root structure 1s
Lrechomys. In the British Museum there are two fragments
of the upper jaw of 17. platyceps (B.M. M 1627) from the Phos-
phorites of Caylux, containing the premolar and first molar, the
roots of the latter being as in Hypnomys except that the broail
inner root is perhaps not quite so wide compared with the crown.
It must be mentioned that in 77echomys the roots of the premolar
are the same as in the molars, which is of course not the case
in either Leithia or the Balearic genus. The molar roots of
Theridoniys are somewhat similar but are accompanied by much
more hypsodont crowns.
‘The roots of the lower cheek-teeth of Zypnomys (B.M. M 11673,
Pl. I. fig. 7) show a very considerable amount of variation both
as regards their length and conformation. The premolar may
perhaps be said to have two roots, but these are confluent for
the greater part of their considerable length, diverging at a vary-
ing but never very great distance from their apices, the antevior
of which is slightly the longer of the two. The upper, posterior
portion of the root is wide and flattened, being very evidently the
result of the fusion of two roots. In some specimens (as in B.M.
M 11678) there are clearly three confluent roots.
In the first and second molars the two anterior roots are
usually long, equal in size, and separate though not very widely
divergent. In the posterior roots the length and antero-posterior
thickness are about the same as in the anterior pair, so that
viewed laterally little or no difference is observable (PI. I. fig. 7).
But viewed from behind they are seen to be confluent transversely
for either the whole or three-fourths of their length (PI. I.
figs. 8, 9, BLM. M 11675-6); in the latter case the stout terminal
portions of the roots may diverge considerably. The resemblance
to Hypnomys seen in the roots of the upper molars of Leithia
does not hold good for those of the lower jaw, for in the
Maltese genns the first and second molars each have four roots,
entirely separate from each other for their entire length. In
Trechomys, however, the lower molar roots seem to agree with
those of the Balearic genus with the possible exception of the
218 MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
third molar. Schlosser gives the number of roots for this tooth
as three, but judging from the alveolus of a specimen of 7’. platyceps
in the British Museum (M1627) it appears that there may some-
times be two large, transverse roots only.
The last lower molar in Hypnomys has three roots, two anterior
slender ones and a large, backwardly projecting posterior one.
This condition is very similar to that obtaining in the correspond-
ing tooth of Letthia and the recent Hliomys, though in the latter
there is a more marked constriction immediately below the crown.
Limb-bones.—Very little of the skeleton was obtained, but a
few femora, a tibia, and fragmentary portions of humeri and
other bones, chiefly from a Mallorcan cave-deposit, show characters
which also indicate that the genus should be included in the
Muscardinide. The ulna is very similar to that of Hliomys, as is
also the femur, except that the third trochanter seems to be
slightly less prominent and less sharply separated from the great
trochanter. As contrasted with the Hystricide, Sciuride, and
Anomaluridee, which have the tibia and fibula free, a charac-
teristic of the Muride and Muscardinide is the joining of these
two bones for a third or more of their distal portions. It may be
worth noting that in Rattws (Hpimys), for instance, the fibula
at its distal: extremity is once more separated though closely
adpressed to the tibia. On the other hand, in Eliomys quercinus
the tibia and fibula continue completely ankylosed at their distal
ends, and it is with this latter that the Balearic specimens agree,
as Letthia likewise does in this respect. ‘These bones are joined
for more than a third of their total length in the three last-
mentioned genera. In Hypnomys the tibia isa straighter bone
with a less well-developed cnemial crest than in Hliomys.
The above are the chief characters of all the Balearic specimens,
and it will only be necessary to add a brief note and a few
measurements in the two species from the different islands.
The species from Menorca may be named
HyPNOMYS MAHONENSIS, Sp. n.,
and regarded as the type species of the genus, distinguished from
the Mallorcan species by its greater size and different. habitat.
Further differences would probably be apparent were a larger
amount of material available. All the specimens were obtained
from-fissures in the Miocene limestone, and were in one or two
instances associated with remains of J/yotragus and Tesiudo
gymnesicus. Some imperfect lacertilian jaws also occurred, and
these have been very kindly examined by Mr. G. A. Boulenger,
F.R.S.: they prove to be those of a Lacerta of the viridis-ocellata
group and a species of Chalcides. Although representatives of
both these occur commonly in the Mediterranean region, neither
are found in Mallorca or Menorca at the present day.
Owing to the fragmentary state of the specimens not many
OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 219
measurements can be given, but the following are afew. The
length of the nasalsis about 18 mm. in the single example in
which these bones are completely preserved, and the interorbital
width of the frontals is 8mm. ‘The base of the outer wall
of the infraorbital canal measures 6 mm., and the incisive
foramina are approximately 8 mm. in length. In the type
specimen (PI. I. fig. 1) the complete row of left upper cheek-teeth
is almost 10 mm. in length, this measurement being 14 mm. in a
corresponding example of Zeithia, and barely 7 mm, in one of
Eliomys lusitanicus. In H. mahonensis the width of the palate
between the first molars is not quite 6 mm., in Leithia it is little
more, being 6°5 mm.
The length of the lower cheek-teeth series is about 10 mm. ;
as already mentioned the length of their roots is very variable:
in one specimen having teeth with moderately worn crowns
(B.M. M 11673, Pl. I. fig. 7) the first molar has a crown-width
of 2°5 mm. with a root-length (measured from the crown-surface
to root-tip) of almost 5mm. In the third molar in the same
specimen the greatest length of root is 3 mm., the large posterior
root attaining an antero-posterior width of 1:5 mm., while the
antero-posterior length of the crown is 2°5 mm. In an example
of a left lower second molar (B.M. M 11676, PI. I. fig. 9) with a
less worn crown than the above the crown-width is 2 mm., and
the greatest root-length 3 mm.
It is proposed that the species from Mallorca be known as
Hypnomys MORPHEUS, Sp. N.,
characterised by its smaller size and different habitat from
HT, mahonensis. The few specimens of jaws and limb-bones by
which it is represented were obtained from cave-deposits in
Mallorca, and were found associated with remains of MWyotragus,
and in one case with afew mandibular rami and limb-bones of
Apodemus, which still occurs plentifully in the island. In size it
appears to agree with the larger forms of Glis. The type speci-
mens (B.M. M 11695), consisting of the anterior portion of the
skull with the incisors and right molars and two mandibular
rami, are believed to have been associated and fell apart on being
separated from the earthy matrix in which they were preserved.
The base of the outer wall of the infraorbital canal measures
5 mm., and the antero-posterior length of the molar row is 6 mm.
The length of the lower cheek-teeth series is 8mm. In the
upper incisor (B.M. M 11696) shown in fig. 10 (Pl. I.) the antero-
posterior width is 2°5 mm. while the thickness is 1°5 mm.; in a
specimen of the lower incisor the antero-posterior width is 2mm.,
with a thickness of barely more than 1 mm.
The greatest length of a right tibia, wanting its proximal
epiphysis, is 41 mm., the distal 18 mm. of which are joined to the
fibula. A femur has a total length of 55 mm., that of a right
ulna being 36 mm.
bo
bo
=)
MISS DOROTHEA BATE ON A NEW GENUS
Summary and Conclusions.
The above description may be very briefly summarised as follows.
Ilypnomys is represented by two species known by remains from
the two largest islands of the Balearic group and is consideied
to belong to the Muscardinid, though seeming to be a very
distinct form not closely related to any other at present known.
Its dental and osteological characters so far observed not only
seem to show that //ypnomys belongs to the Muscardinide but
also appear to afford further support to the opinion, now very
generally held, that this group cannot be included in either the
so-called Sciuromorpha or Myomorpha and lending additional
weight to the argument against employing these terms. This
seems to hold good also for the modern representatives which
have been briefly described by Mr. Miller* as “... mostly
arboreal animals with habits and aspect somewhat intermediate
between mice and squirrels. . . .”
The Balearic genus may be compared with the recent Hliomys
and the extinct Leithia trom the Pleistocene of Malta. It agrees
with the former in general plan of skull, lower jaw, and limb-
bones, and it may be noted that there is also a perforation in the
angle ‘of the lower jaw. It differs in a number of points, among
which the following may be cited :—In the pattern of the molar
crowns, which are very slightly concave and lack the marginal
cusps, both distinctive characteristics of Hliomys. In Hypnomys
the worn surfaces of the molars are subquadrate in shape, whereas
in the recent genus the width is distinctly greater than the
antero- -posterior length; the alveolar formula differs in the two
genera, and the large i inner root in the upper molars of Zypnomys
is quite distinctive. This root-structure was evidently attained
by a process of simply filling up the space between two parallel
roots, whereas the single conical root seen in the Sciuride and
others would seem to be arrived at by the drawing together of
the apices of the two roots with a similar filling up of the
intervening space. It would be interesting could one arrive at
a reasonable hypothesis to account for this root-formation in
Hypnomys and Leithia, for presumably it must have been acquired
to meet a special stress or strain consequent on some peculiarity
of diet o1 mode of life.
Hypnomys agrees with Leithia in its squared molars and in
the large, confluent and single inner roots of the upper molars,
but differences are seen in the former having a perforation in the
angle of the Jaw, which is also of a different shape (see text-fig. 1),
in the crown pattern of the molars, much lower enamel ridges,
and in the roots of the lower molars.
It has also been noted that in the roots of both upper and
lower molars, but not premolars, Hypnomys shows a striking
resemblance to Zrechomys. However, it is not for a moment
* «Qat. Mammals of West. Europe,’ London 1912, p. 549.
OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT. 221
suggested that this similarity, which is apparently unaccompanied
by other points of resemblance, indicates any close aflinity. On
the contrary, 1t would seem that these three genera each exhibit
in this character what would have been a stage, and that a very
early one, in the history of the evolution from the low-crowned
four-rooted towards the hypsodont and rootless or semi-rootless
molar. The cheek-teeth of Zheridomys also seem to suggest the
possibility of this result being attained without the necessity of
including a stage having a large conical inner root in the upper
molars accompanied by a somewhat triangular-shaped crown, as
seen in some of the Sciuride (Xerus for instance) and which
Dr. Forsyth Major has fully described in his invaluable paper on
the Miocene Squirrels *.
Hypnomys is an interesting addition to the extinct fauna
of the Balearics so far known by Myotragus and Testudo
gymnesicus, both forms totally distinct from the present-day
fauna of the islands. Owing to the small amount of material
available, the question as to the precise age of these Balearic
déposits and their contents seems a difficult, if not impossible,
one to answer at present. Lately this matter has been the
subject of some interesting remarks by Prof. M. Bouley, who
seems inclined to consider the deposits of earlier age than
Pleistocene. Seeming to support this view are the absence of
human remains and the character of the chief remains found, 7. e.
Myotragus, Hypnoms ys, and a giant Testudo. ‘The occurrence of
remains of this last in the limestone fissures of Menorca certainly
suggests that there must have been great changes of climate and
vegetation, and that there have been comenileralills alterations in
the land surface is indicated by extensive stretches of sheets of
stalagmite now exposed on the weathered surface of the Miocene
limestone in both Mallorea and Menorea.
On the other hand, it should be realised that not much weight
should be placed on the absence of human remains owing to the
fact that not a single one of the ossiferous deposits was found to
be in an undisturbed condition, all the upper layers in which such
remains might be expected to occur having been entirely destroyed.
Another point to be borne in mind is that in the Mediterranean
region several species now extinct have been proved to have per-
sisted until the time of man’s occupancy of these particular areas.
The well-known Prolagus, remains of which were found in
Neolithic settlements in Corsica by Dr. Forsyth Major, is a case
in point. Another somewhat similar example is that of a small
deer, Anaglochis, whose remains occur abundantly in some of the
cave-deposits of Crete, while a number of its antlers were found
by Sir Arthur Evans in a shrine in the famous Minoan Palace
of Knossos.
I should like to take this opportunity of expressing my grateful
thanks to the Trustees of the Percy Sladen Memorial Fund for
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, pp. 179-214.
+ ‘L’Authropologie,’ tome xxviii. (1917) pp. 160-3.
222
A NEW GENUS OF EXTINCT MUSCARDINE RODENT,
enabling me to visit Menorca. Also to Dr. A. Smith Woodward,
F.R.S., for continued kindness in giving me every facility for
working in the Geological Department of the British Museum
(Nat. Hist.), to Mv. M. A. C. Hinton for kind advice and for
looking over some of my material, and to Mr. J. Thornton Carter
for his valuable investigations into the enamel structure in the
teeth of Hypnomys and other genera.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Hypnomys mahonensis. Type-specimen (B.M. M 11657). Palate showing
2.
3.
Se Sd Sx
9
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.
, Do.
10. H. morpheus. Right upper incisor (B.M. M 11696), inner view. X 3.
the left premolar and molars and right M!. x 4.
Side view of same specimen showing anteorbital region. 3.
Lateral view of right upper premolar and Ist and 2nd molars,
showing the large confluent roots of the latter (13.M. M 11658).
x 3.
Transverse section of left M! (B.M. M11661). x 4.
Posterior view of right M2 (B.M.M 11660). x 4.
Crown view of right lower molars (B.M. M 11674). x 4.
Lateral inner view of right lower cheek-tecth (B.M. M 11678).
x3.
Right My. (B.M. M 11675) showing posterior roots. X 4.
Left’ Me (B.M. M 11676) showing posterior roots. X 4.
ll. H. mahonensis. ‘Transverse section of upper incisor (B.M. M11662). x 4.
12.
Do.
Transverse section of lower incisor (B.M. M11677). x 4.
13, Leithia melitensis. Transverse section of upper incisor (B.M. M 49345 a).
x 4.
14. H. mahonensis. Dorsal view of interorbital region of skull (B.M. M 11659).
x 2.
ON HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD, 223
12. A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta viridis.
By Nort Tayter, B.Se. (Lond.).* (From the Zoo-
logical Department, University of London, University
College.)
[Received April 23, 1918: Read May 28, 1918. ]
(Text-figures 1-3.)
The specimen, the urogenital system of which is described in
the following pages, was placed in my hands by Prof. J. P. Hill,
F¥.R.S. It turned up in the course of class-work in the Senior
Laboratory in the College, and its abnormal condition being
observed, it was fixed in corrosive sublimate and preserved for
detailed examination. The specimen presents certain features
of interest which, it is believed, are worthy of being placed
on record.
I wish to express my thanks to Prof. Hill for his advice and
assistance in the preparation of these pages.
I. Descriptive.
a. General Morphology.
When this specimen came into my hands, it was in a partly
dissected condition, the greater portion of the abdominal viscera
having been removed.
The Fat Bodies were present and well developed, the right
being rather larger than the left. They are not represented,
however, in text-fig. 1, which gives a general view of the
urogenital system, since i situ they obscured the more anterior
portions of the oviducts.
The testes (text-fig. 1, R.7’. and L.7’.) were well developed and
suspended in the folds of the longitudinal mesorchia (J/es.).
The right was placed somewhat more anteriorly and was rather
larger than the left, the dimensions of the former being about
‘9 cm. x ‘4 em., and of the latter *65 em. x °3 cm.
Both gonads seem normal in shape apart from the remarkable
stalked outgrowths on each (Ov.). These on section were found
to contain ova, and the gonads may therefore properly he
designated ovotestes. The right gonad, it will be seen, possessed
two of these spherical ovarian appendages, each joined to the
dorso-lateral border of the testicular portion of the organ by a
well-marked stalk; the more anterior was further sub-divided
into two by a median constriction. :
The left gonad also possessed two outgrowths, the surface of
the larger being subdivided into five or six hemispherical pro-
jections. The epididymes were well developed (Z.Zp., R.Kp.)
* Communicated by Prof. J. P. H1xn, D.Se., F.R.S., F.Z.S8. °
ie)
i)
B.Lgq.
Bi.
d.aort.
L.Cop.
L.Ep.
LF |.
M.D.
Ing.
Tbe ie
Lv.
MR. NOEL TAYLER ON
Text-fi
gure 1.
Lacerta viridis: dissection of a hermaphrodite animal.
Explanation of the lettering.
Broad Ligament..
Bladder.
Doreal Aorta.
Left Copulatory Organ.
Left Epididyinis.
Lett Funnel.
Lett Oviduct.
Lung.
Left Testis.
Liver.
Mes.
Ov.
R.Cop.
R.Ep.
RAK.
RT.
Mesorchium.
Ovary.
Right Copulatory Organ.
Right Epididymis.
Right Kidney.
Muscular Band.
Right Oviduct.
Right Testis.
Rectum.
Spleen.
HERMAPILRODITISM IN A LIZARD. 225
‘and situated in the broad ligament parallel to but separate from
the testes. They were not attached, as is normally the case, to
the inner border of the testes, and vasa efferentia were conse-
quently absent. Posteriorly, the epididymes passed into the
vasa deferentia, and these, having united with the ureters, opened
into the posterior division of the cloaca by the urogenital papillee.
The two kidneys were apparently normal, each consisting of
an anterior and posterior lobe (in the figure, only the right
kidney, &.X., is indicated by reference letters).
The copulatory organs (2. Cop., L. oes) were present as in
the normal male lizard.
The oviducts (?.12.D:, LZ.M.D.) were developed for about
a third of their lengths. Hach opened into the body-cavity by a
well-developed funnel (only the left, Z.4U., is indicated by
reference letters in the figure), and behind that was continued
into the duct, the plaited glandular walls of which are seen in
the outer border of the broad ligament (B.Lg.). The right
oviduct attained the greater complexity as in the normal female.
Passing down. from the posterior tip of the ecelomic funnel on
each side, on the extreme outer border of the broad lgament
was a narrow but well defined ribbon-like muscular band which
continued right back on each side to the cloaca. Similar bands,
which were at first taken for the oviducts, were referred to by
Howes (5) as the round ligaments, and he thus describes them
in his specimen : ‘‘ From this (the oviducal aperture) there passed
back a ribbon-shaped muscular band which skirted the free edge
of the broad ligament, remindful of the round ligament of
mammalian anatomy. This structure was wholly absent on the
side destitute of an oviducal vestige, as indeed it is in the normal
male. Its development is correlative with that of the oviduct.”
b, Histology.
Transverse sections were made of the gonads and stained with
hematoxylin and eosin. The main body of each gonad was found
to consist of normal testicular tissue, 7. e. seminiferous tubules
with an interstitial stroma, the lining cells being in active
mitotic division (text-fig. 2, s.t.).
The stalked outgrowths were found to consist of ovarian tissue,
the bulb-like extremities containing large and fully-grown ova.
A section of the gonad through the nuelear plane of the most
anterior ovum is somewhat diagrammatically represented in
text-fig. 2.
The large yolk-laden ovum (ov.) is, it will be seen, surrounded
by the relatively thin follicular epithelium (/oll. ep.), outside
this is a fibrous layer continuous with that sheathing the
testicular portion of the gonad. In the stalk region all the
normal histological elements of the ovary are represented.
Outside is a layer of cubical epithelial cells continuous with
the peritoneal epithelium, while the main mass of the stalk is
formed of a loose stroma of connective tissue, contained in which
226 MR. NOEL TAYLER ON
are numbers of young follicles of various ages, the youngest
being nearest to the testis. The connective-tissue body of the
stalk is confluent with the tunica albuginea of the testicular
portion of the gonad, which is somewhat thickened in the region
of junction.
The sections of the oviducts revealed in their anterior portions
a typical structure. They are lined with a well developed
ciliated and glandular epithelium, the lumen of the duct being
filled with the coagulated secretion of the gland-cells. Sperma-
tozoa were not detected.
Text-figure 2.
Lacerta viridis, hermaphrodite animal: sections through gonad.
ov.; ovuin.
foll. ep.; follicular epithelium.
s.t.; testicular stroma.
The appearance of the epididymis was quite normal, but no -
spermatozoa were found in the lumen of the vas deferens, and
examination of the sections failed to reveal the presence of
vasa efterentia through which the spermatozoa normally pass
from gonad to epididymis.
o
«
HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD. DONT
In the dissected specimen two or three fine tubule-like filaments
were seen to pass from the posterior ends of the oviducts to
the anterior extremities of the corresponding epididymes ; these
were best marked on the left-hand side (see text-fig. 1). These
filaments were carefully examined in the sections. The epi-
thelial lining of the oviduct was found to end posteriorly in
a cul-de-sac, as did that of the epididymis anteriorly. The
“filaments” in section appeared as actual tubular passages
devoid of any epithelial lining and running in the substance of
the broad ligament. They commenced at the extreme anterior
tip of the epididymis, and while two of them ended blindly, the
third ran up as far as the posterior extremity of the oviduct, its
lumen being continuous with the spaces in the mesentery in
which were contained the glandular portion of the oviduct.
Text-figure 3.
Lacerta viridis, hermaphrodite animal: section through kidney.
kid.; kidney tissue.
foll.ep.; follicular epithelium.
thee. foll.; theca folliculi.
The morphological interpretation of these spaces would seem
a problem of some difficulty. Being devoid of epithelial lining
and making no connection with the lumen of the epididymis, one
would hardly seem justified in regarding them as rete tubules
proper, while the close relationship of one of them with the
oviduct also seems anomalous, on this view.
The condition which Howes (5) describes in one of his
specimens seems of some interest in this connection. ‘In one
instance,” he says, ‘“‘I discovered an interesting modification of
the condition recorded by Leydig. There was buried up in the
228 MR. NOEL TAYLER ON
peritoneum in a line with the head of the epididymis a delicate
filament which, while it answered in every respect to the
rudiment described by him, instead of ending abruptly and
blindly became suddenly enlarged, opening into the body-cavity
by a wide-mouthed funnel-shaped extremity, identical with that
of the oviduct, and lined by a ciliated epithelium.”
This without doubt seems the description of a vestigial oviduct,
yet, posteriorly, according to his figure, it appears to arise from
the anterior tip of the epididymis. Unfortunately he does not
seem to have investigated the precise nature of its relations to
this organ.
The sections through the kidneys reveal the presence on the
dorsal portion of one of them of an embedded mass of almost fully
grown ova. Text-fig. 3 is a semi-diagrammatic representation
of one of the sections in which five ova occur. It will be seen
that the mass of ova lies actually embedded within the kidney
tissue (Aid.). Hach ovum is surrounded by a layer of follicular
cells (foll. ep.), while externally to this and separating it from
the kidney substance is a thin fibrous layer (thee. foll.) presum-
ably representing the theca folliculi.
Il. Discusston.
No instance of complete hermaphroditism in the Lacertilia
seems yet to have been put upon record, though cases of the
more or less complete developmeut of the Miillerian Ducts in
adult male lizards have been described.
Leydig in 1872 (7) described the persistence in the males of
Lacerta agilis of the Millerian Ducts as small blind and con-
voluted tubules, while Braun in 1877 (2) noted the development
of rudimentary Miillerian Ducts in the young male of the same
species, making no mention, however, of its presence in the
adult form.
In 1887 Howes (5) published a brief but important paper,
“On the vestigial structures of the reproductive apparatus in
the male of ne Green Lizard” (Lacerta virdis). One of his
specimens was a male lizard in which both the oviducts were all
but fully aeons while in another the oviduct was fully
developed on one side.
In thirteen out of twenty-five specimens examined certain
segments of the oviduct were well developed, the other portions
being only represented as delicate filaments, thus giving a series
of conditions analogous to those described by Matthews for the
male toad.
In 1893, Hill (4) published an account of the persistence of
vestigial Miillerian Ducts in the full-grown male of an Australian
lizard, Amphibolurus muricatus ; while two years later, in 1895,
Jaquet (6) described the presence of Miillerian Ducts identical
with those of the normal female in an adult individual of
Lacerta agilis.
HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD, 229
All the above mentioned cases are, it will be noted, pre-
dominantly male, indeed as far as their gonads are concerned
wholly male, for in no case is any reference made to the
presence of ova or ovarian tissue.
In this respect the specimen described in the present paper
stands in striking contrast to previously described cases; more-
over, while it is distinguished by the presence of well-marked
ovotestes, it must have been physiologically sterile.
Among lower forms the occurrence of well-developed Miillerian
Ducts seems often to be accompanied by the existence of an
ovotestis. Cases of this kind have been described by Marshall
in the Frog (8), but Fantham (3) seems to have been the first to
record a case of true hermaphroditism in the Reptilia. The
specimen of Testudo greca described by him possessed well-
developed oviducts, the lumen of each being continuous through-
out. Of the two gonads the right was a typical testis, on the
ventral surface of the left however was a “conspicuous yellow
egg.” On section another was found devoloping in its proximity.
while ‘“‘a few groups of bodies resembling developing ‘ ovarian
ova’ were seen scattered in separate groups (follicles) among
otherwise testicular tissue, more especially near the periphery of
the anterior portion of the gonad.” Epididymes, vasa efferentia
and vasa deferentia were present as in normal specimens, the
former being rather large.
It seems a point worthy of note that the development of the
oviducts in the cases referred to above, viz., those of Howes,
Till, and Jaquet, is much more complete than in the subject of
the present paper; in all these three cases the oviducts were
developed throughout their whole length and opened into the
cloaca, yet in none of these cases is any mention made of the
presence of ova or ovarian tissue. In the present specimen, on
the contrary, numerous ova occur, though only the anterior
thirds of the two oviducts are fully developed,
Literature referred to.
1. Bourns, A. G.—‘‘ On certain abnormalities in the Common
Frog; 1. The occurrence of an ovotestis.” Q.J.M.S. xxiv.
2. Braun.— Das urinogenital Syst. der einheimischen Rep-
tilien.” Arbeit. aus dem zool.-zootomisch. Instit. Wiirzburg,
vol. iv., 1877-8.
3. Fanruam., H. B.—‘‘ On Hermaphroditism and Vestigial
Structures in the Reproductive Organs of ZVestudo graca.”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xvi. 1905, p. 120.
4. Hi, J. P.—“‘ Note on the presence of Vestigial Miillerian
Ducts in a full-grown male lizard (Amphibolurus muricatus).”
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vol. viii. (Series 2nd), Sept. 27th,
1893.
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. X VEL. ee
1230 ON HERMAPHRODITISM IN A LIZARD.
5. Howrs, G. B.—“ On the Vestigial Structures of the Repro-
ductive Apparatus in the Male of the Green Lizard.” Journ,
Anat. & Phys. xxi. pp. 185-9, 1887.
6. Jaquer, M., (1895).—‘“* Note sur un cas d’hermaphroditisme
incomplet observé chez le Lacerta agilis.’ Bibliogr. Anat,
(Paris—Nancy) iii. p. 267.
7. Leypia.— Die in Deutschland lebenden Arten der Saurier.”
Tubingen, 1872.
8. Marsuatyt, A. Mrtnes.—‘‘On certain abnormalities of the
Reproductive Apparatus of the Frog.” Journ. Anat. &
Phys. xvii. pp. 121-144.
PZ.S. 1919. WOODWARD, PLL.
Huth imp.
lth.
et
1
a
Giaweadarated del
CROSSORHINUS JURASSICUS.
3. PROTOSPINAK ANNECTANS.
ON TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISIIES. 231
13. On two new Elasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus juras-
sicus, sp. nov., and Protospinaw annectans, gen. et sp.
nov.) from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone of
Bavaria. ine Senor Smita Woopwarp, LL.D.,
DIBA, Wea
[Received May 23, 1918: Read June 11, 1918.]
(Plate I.)
Most of the modern groups of Elasmobranch fishes seem to
have arisen during the Cretaceous period, but some are of still
older date, and a few interesting types are represented by well-’
preserved fossils in the Upper Jurassic lithographic stone of
Bavaria, Wirtemberg, and france. Two remarkable new
examples of these early forerunners of the existing fauna have
lately been identified in the British Museum, one apparently
indistinguishable from an existing genus, Orossorimus (ov Orecto-
lobus), the other evidently of a new genus and family closely
related to the Spinacidee.
Family CROSSORHINIDAK,
CROSSORHINUS JURASSICUS, Sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)
Specific Characters.— Head gently rounded in front; length of
-head and trunk about equal to that of the tail. Three pairs of
fringing dermal lappets, all undivided, the first extending along
the Sides of the front half of the head, the next pair diminutive,
and the third pair largest, extending along the sides of the
branchial region. Pectoral fins rounded, relatively large, ex-
tending nearly as far back as the origin of the pelvic fins, which
are also rounded and about two-thirds as wide as the pectorals.
Dorsal fins rather small and apparently nearly equal in size; the
first dorsal arising opposite the hinder limit of the pelvic fins* the
second ending in “advance of the much smaller anal fin, which is
close to the lower lobe of the caudal. Body and fins covered with
very fine shagreen, of which some granules between the pectoral
fins have a fluted sculpture.
Description of ype Specimen.—The fossil, which is shown of
the natural size in Pl. J. fig. 1, is exposed in its anterior half
from below, in its caudal half from the side. The snout is short
and bluntly rounded, and the rami of the jaws are vaguely seen,
meeting in an acute angle at the symphysis, where there are
remains of a cluster of very slender, smooth, pointed teeth. ‘The
branchial region is relatively long, but the branchial arches are even
more obscured by the crushed shagreen than the jaws. A single
17*
232 DR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON i
pair of large dermal lappets (IIL), widest in front and gradually
narrowing backwards, extends along the whole length of the bran-
chial region, Another pair of minute simple lappets (II) is well
seen just in front of this, and the mode of staining of the fossil
suggests that there is a long and narrow fringe of skin (1) along
each side of the rostral region. The vertebral centra are much
constricted and smooth, but where broken they seem to exhibit
traces of some secondary calcification round the primitive double-
cone. Their arches are not distinguishable, but the comparative
shortness of the centra in the front part of the caudal region
evidently results from diplospondyly. The large pectoral fins are
remarkably rounded, slightly longer than wide, and the stout
basal cartilages do not extend more than half-way towards the
distal margin. The long unjointed proximal radial cartilages are
well seen in the left pectoral. The tapering ascending parts of
the pectoral arch are crushed backwards. The pelvic fins, which
are much longer than wide, are supported in their basal half by
very stout radial cartilages ranged along the basipterygium, which
is not produced into claspers. ‘The individual represented is
therefore female. The two dorsal fins are crushed downwards to
the left side of the fossil, and seem to have been nearly, equal in
size; but the parts projecting beyond the edge of the tail
probably represent only their apical halves. The first dorsal,
which is rather fragmentary, arises just behind the end of the
pelvic fins, while the second must have been completely in advance
of the anal. The anal fin is relatively small, short, and rounded,
and close to the lower lobe of the much extended caudal fin. The
lower lobe of the latter is clearly notched near its distal end.
The head, trunk, and fins are completely covered with very fine
shagreen. Most of the granules appear to be flat and smooth,
but some are pointed, and a few on the back of the trunk between
the pectoral fins are both pointed and slightly enlarged and
coarsely fluted.
Affinities —So far as preserved, there is nothing in the fossil
thus described to separate it from the existing genus Crossorhinus,
but it is distinguished from all known species* by the simplicity
of the dermal lappets fringing the head, and by the relatively
large size of the pectoral fins.
Family PROTOSPINACIDAS, nov.
Body depressed, but base of pectoral fins not produced forwards. —
Vertebral centra well calcified (probably tectospondylic). Radial
cartilages of paired fins not extending to the margin; two dorsal
fins on the tail, each with an anterior spine; anal fin present.
* Compare C. Tate Regan, P. Z. S. 1908. pp. 354-357, pl. xi. fig. 2, pl. xii. fig. 2;
also Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [8] vol. iii. (1909), p. 529. J. Douglas Ogilby &
A, R. McCulloch, Journ. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xlii. (1908), pp. 269-280, pl. xlii.,
pl. xlii. fig. 1. For skeleton see also W. A. Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
vol. ix. (1884), pp. 92-98, pl. 1. figs. 6-8, pl. ii. fig. 13.
TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 233
Genus PROTOSPINAX, nov.
Snout short and obtusely rounded. Teeth small, compressed
toa sharp edge. Pectoral fins extending as far backwards as the
pelvic pair; dorsal fin-spines large, laterally compressed, and
smooth, the first inserted opposite the pelvic fins; anal fin very
small, close to the elongate-ovoid caudal, which is not notched.
Shagreen dense and fine, none enlarged; lateral line supported
by a series of calcified ringlets.
PROTOSPINAX ANNECTANS, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 2, 3.)
Specific Characters.—Attaining a length of about a metre.
Length of cranium shghtly less than one-fifth, length of caudal
fin about one-sixth of the total length. Teeth smooth and
lozenge-shaped, their sharp-edged crown sometimes with a
prominent middle point. Antero-posterior measurement of
pectoral fin about equal to the length of the cranium, and nearly
twice as great as the length of the pelvic basipterygium. Dorsal
fins about equal in size, the first arising slightly in advance of the
middle of the fish.
Description of Type Specimen.—The fossil, which is shown of
one-sixth the natural size in Pl. I, fig. 2, is very fragmentary,
but there are definite points of contact between the pieces of
rock in which it is contained, and most of it is preserved in
counterpart, so that its general shape and proportions are recog-
nisable. The head and trunk are seen directly from above,
while the greater part of the tail is exposed im side-view. ‘he
edges of the head and fins are sharply outlined by fine dense
shagreen, while the distinctness of part of the margin of the
caudal region is due to fossilised muscle. ‘The cranium is well
calcified in the usual small tessere, and evidently not much
distorted. Its postorbital part is about as broad as long, and the
postorbital processes are small and slender. ‘There is very little
constriction between the orbits, which are completely. within the
hinder half of the cranium. The olfactory capsules form relatively
large rounded lateral prominences in the middle of the cranium.
The rostral part is short and wide, not tapering but nearly
truncated in front, and remarkable for the large size of the
elongated anterior fontanelle which extends backwards between
the olfactory capsules. There is no indication of a posterior
fontanelle in the cranial roof. ‘The jaws are not seen, but there
appears to be a vague trace of the mandibular articulation on the
right side well behind the occiput. All the vertebre are crushed
and broken, but they show much secondary calcification round
the primary double-cone, and this seems to have been in concentric
lamin (on the tectospondylic plan). As in many other fossil
Elasmobranchs from the lithographic stone, the body-muscles are
well preserved; and it is clear that while in the abdominal region
each myotome corresponds with one vertebral centrum, in the
anterior part of the caudal region each myotome comprises two
234 DR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON
vertebral centra. There is thus the common diplospondyly. The
vertebral arches are scarcely seen, except within the caudal fin,
which is displayed in direct side-view. Here the hemals are
apparently stouter and Jess inclined backwards than the neurals.
The pectoral arch is only imperfectly shown, but the right
pectoral fin is complete. It is relatively large, and the supporting
cartilages extend only about half-way from its insertion towards
the distal margin. The three basals ave distinct, the propterygium
being comparatively small and narrow, the triangular meso-
pterygium about as wide as long, and the metapterygium longer
than wide but very little produced backwards. The radial
cartilages, which are not much longer than the basals, are rather
sparsely arranged and do not clearly exhibit any transverse
articulations, About 12 are arranged along both the mesoptery-
gium and the metapterygium. Faint striations are seen in part
of the fin-membrane, but there are no distinct remains of dermal
rays. The pectoral fins extend as far backwards as the pelvic
fins, which ave much smaller. The pelvic basipterygium is long and
gradually tapering, and bears at least 17 radial cartilages, which
(like those of the pectoral) are not closely pressed together and do
not show any transverse articulations. ‘The cartilages occupy only
half of the total expanse of the fin. As they are imperfect behind,
the sex of the individual is uncertain. Of the median fins, one large
dorsal, bordered in front by the remains of a smooth, laterally
compressed spine (d’), arises just behind the origin of the pelvic
fins; but it is very imperfectly preserved. The impression of the
fin-membrane shows some fine striations, which may perhaps
denote strengthening dermal rays. As the tail of the fish is
relatively long, this is doubtless the first dorsal fin, but the fossil
is too fragmentary to exhibit the second dorsal. The caudal fin,
which is displayed in direct side-view and only incomplete at the
upper extremity, is long and ovoid, with the lower lobe the larger.
The membrane here again shows faintly some fine striation. Just
in advance of its lower lobe, a small deep and narrow fin is shown
(a.), with most of the outline defined by oxide of manganese.
Though its separation from the caudal is a little obscured by the
rough fracture of the rock, it is almost certainly distinct and may
be regarded as an anal fin. Fine shagréen covers the whole of
the trunk and fins. Near the margins it is especially smooth and
dense, but on parts of the trunk the granules are rather stellate.
On the trunk in front of the pectoral fins, and again on the
tail just behind the pelvic fins, it is interesting to notice that the
course of the lateral line is marked by a close series of incomplete
ringlets (fig. 2a), as in Chimeroids and in the extinct dog-fish,
Mesiteva.
Young Specimen.—A second specimen inthe British Museum
(No. 37014), from the same formation and locality, only 30 em.
in. Jength, evidently represents a young individual of the same
species. ° The cranium and vertebral column are in undisturbed
series, with the two dorsal fin-spines in their natural position on
TWO NEW ELASMOBRANCH FISHES. 23)
the tail; but the parts of the paired fins are scattered, and only
fragments remain. The specimen, however, is of special impor-
tance, because displaced portions of both jaws with groups of the
teeth are also preserved. The characteristic large anterior fon-
tanelle in the cranium is well displayed as in the type specimen,
The teeth (fig. 3) are relatively small and closely arranged, several
series evidently functional at one time. Their exact shape is
difficult to determine, but they seem to be transversely elongated
rhomboids, with a low crown, which is smooth, compressed antero-
posteriorly to a sharp edge, and sometimes rising in the middle to
a little cusp. Many of the vertebral centra clearly exhibit the
secondary calcification round the primary double-cone. A frag-
ment of a pelvic fin seems to denote a male individual, and a row
of slightly enlarged, pointed shagreen-granules may have belonged
to the clasper. The two dorsal fin-spines (fig. 3a, d', d’), though
fractured, are shown to be nearly similar in size and shape, and
their leneth equals about one-quarter of the distance between
their insertions. The spine of the first dorsal is supported not
only by a short triangular cartilage behind, but also by a larger
and more extended cartilage in front. Traces of the fine stellate
shagreen are seen on the rostrum.
A { finities. —The new genus and species now described evidently
represent a family closely related to the Spinacide, but still re-
taining the anal fin and a less specialised dentition. Protospinaxr
is indeed a generalised type such as might be expected among
Juvassic Hlasmobranchs when the Batoids were beginning to be
differentiated. The Batoids themselves were first represented by
the Rhinobatide. and it is interesting to notice that one member
of this family (Belemnobatis) contemporary with Protospinax had
a spine in front of each of its two dorsal fins.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Orossorhinus jurassicus, sp.'n.; nearly complete fish, nat. size.—Litho-
eraphie Stone; Hichstidt, Bavaria. I, II, IJ. the three paired dermal
lappets.. [British Museum no. P. 11211. ]
2. Protospinax annectans, gen. et sp. n.; fragmentary fish, one-sixth nat.
size.—Ibid. a. anal fin; d!. spine of first dorsal fin. [British Museum
no. P. 8775. ]
2a. Ditto; portion of lateral line of same specimen enlarged four times to show
supporting ringlets.
3. Ditto; group of teeth enlarged ten times.—Ibid. [British Museum
no. 37014. ]
3a. Ditto; portion of tail of same specimen, showing dorsal fin-spines (d!, d?),
nat, size.
ON PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 237
14. The Function of Pathological States in Evolution.
By Morey Roserts*.
[Received May 7, 1918: Read June 11, 1918.]
That dissatisfaction with much orthodox biological opinion is
growing can hardly be denied. Not a little of this feeling is
due to the fact that what is often given as explanation cannot
be resolved into factors capable of appreciation, and, possibly, of
measurement, by the intellect. The theory has to be accepted
as more or less a matter of faith. Where there is a general
tendency to rely on authority, speculation is discouraged, for
orthodoxy everywhere rests on the native conservatism of man,
and even the revolutionary is capable at last of fatigue. As a
result, tentative hypotheses offered by the great leaders tend to
become objects of faith, and among their less enterprising
followers there arises a more or less fervent conviction that,
however unsatisfactory they appear now, they will presently
become demonstration. Thus the theory of the germ-plasm,
even in its later modified form, seems heid too dogmatically by
many: the ‘nature’ of inherited living matter accounts for
every organ as it appears; while all changes are due to obscure
variations of an advantageous kind which give the survivors in
the struggle a better chance. On analysis, such opinions do not
seem truly scientific, for the “nature” of the germ-plasm can
barely be distinguished from the directing entelechy of Driesch,
and if the Weismannian cloud of ids and biophors is now
somewhat condensed, the magic determinant still remains in a
concealed vitalism which is exactly analogous, as regards the
organism, with pantheism as regards the universe. Nor, if we
are told with certainty that altered characteristics are not trans-
mitted, is the theory of small advantageous variations much more
satisfactory, if we know neither how they come, nor how they
are inherited. To say so much must not be regarded as treating
with disrespect its great author, without whom we might still be
wandering in the barren field of teleology.
To regard these theories as hasty and, perhaps, unsound
explanations is not to accept without scrutiny the theory
of the transmission of acquired, or modified, characteristics.
Though this is a view that can be defended on the physico-
chemical grounds of catalysts which are measurable determinants
of a really scientific order, experiments to prove the fact must
take a very long time, and we are compelled to rely on other
methods of proof. ‘That the experiments of Tower and Kam-
merer, for Instance, suggest the transmission of modifications
cannot be denied. Such as oppose the general view that the
environment has thus an inheritable moulding influence on the
organism, seem to reply that these are only rare and doubtful
* Communicated by the SECRETARY.
238 MR. MORLEY ROBERTS ON THE FUNCTION OF
eases, whereas the theory of inherited advantageous variations,
whether continuous or discontinuous, can be made responsible
for the whole of the phenomena. As the conclusion is gradually
being strengthened that large variations of a Mendelian character
deal with other characteristics than those which are racial, all
who rely on inherited spontaneous variations are forced back on
the Darwinian view that small variations can gradually, if of an
advantageous kind, convert one species into two or more, and
that all living characteristics, or organs themselves, are due to
such a cumulative effect. It is, of course, inferred and definitely
stated by Darwin, that any variation in the least degree injurious
would inevitably be destroyed. It is this statement I propose to
examine, and for the purpose of such an enquiry it must be
clearly understood what is meant by the word ‘disadvantageous’
or injurious.
At first sight nothing seems clearer. Why should we doubt
that any functional or organic failure is a handicap in the
biological race? By functional trouble of which the cause is
not obvious: we mean some hindrance, which may be recovered
from, to normal or physiological action. It is due to factors
which, for the most. part, are unknown. We do not doubt that
there is a failure somewhere, which, as regards certain cells,
might be called organic, but often we cannot do more than guess
where the actual failure occurs. In that advanced disorder of
function which has visible lesions and destruction or irremediable
alteration of the individual parts of the machine there is un-
doubted organic disease. Can anything seem more certain than
the conclusion that any organism which fails in the established
functions of its species is as a fact severely handicapped, that
the variation is disadvantageous and cannot possibly be trans-
mitted either directly or by survival? There are, however, some
reasons for believing that this inference is inaccurate and that
the function of disease in evolution is of much greater import-
ance than that of mere elimination. But pathology has very
naturally been neglected as a study by biologists. On the views
generally held, it has seemed sutlicient to recognize that disease
destroyed organisms which obviously left offspring, if it left
them at all, that were handicapped even more heavily than their
parents. It has been understood that their elimination was only
a matter of time and that neither their virtues nor their failures
could influence the race.
If there is one thing more than another which has struck me
when attempting to study these questions, it is that too many
men of science appear to believe that any serious investigation
of other branches than their own is for them a waste of time.
The physiologist ignores the pathologist, who in his turn is far
too likely to fix his eyes on morbid phenomena which cannot be
properly appreciated save by those with a knowledge not only
of normal function but of the general physiology which underlies
is. The same can be said of most workers in science, but in no
PATHOLOGICAL STATES IN EVOLUTION. 239
case is it more likely to occur than in that of the biologist, who,
by the very name and nature of his task, should include in his
apparatus a considerable knowledge of everything which deals
with the organic, and even inorganic, world. Science, however,
is kept in more or less water-tight compartments, and it seems
left to the mathematician to hold the opinion that his own
branch of learning has, somehow or another, deep relations with
all things, including life itself. Even by him it does not seem
to have been pointed out that in things living and non-living
certain principles of construction rule alike. However much
they were wedded to mechanico-physical explanations, biologists
have assuredly often ignored the fact that any organism is con-
struction, and knowing little of the laws of construction have
ignored basal facts familiar to every architect or even every
artisan. It was reserved for Wolff, in formulating his law of
bone-growth and reaction to stress, to propound a principle more
far- reaching than he recognized, ‘when he showed that living
bone, reacting to normal or “abnor ‘mal stimulation, can be pr -oved
to develop in accordance with the principles of engineering and
architecture. This law may, I feel assured, be extended to every
living tissue, and in such an extension will be found the key to
many phenomena still awaiting explanation.
To one who holds this view, the work lately done by Starling
on the ‘“ Law of the Heart,” to
2 length of inner toe; tympanum x to $ diameter
of eye; a curved glandular fold on each side
from the upper eyelid to between the shoulders,
followed by a straight fold ...............:..22.00000 M. pliciferus Blgy. 1882.
Toes } webbed; inner metatarsal tubercle 3 to ¢
length of inner toe; tympanum } to } diameter
of eye; upper parts rough with prominent glan-
dular folds and tubercles; heel with a dermal
PYOCESS OF SPUL .2e-s6 cecessesesenerseetrereesrseeeses DL, asper Blgr. 1882.
Il. Glandular dorso-lateral fold extending from
behind the eve to the hip; loreal region ver-
tical; tympanum # to once diameter of eye;
discs of fingers and toes rather large; tibio-
tarsal articulation reaching tip of snout or a
little beyond; tibia 44 to 5 times as long as
broad, 13 to 12 times in length from snout to
vent; toes } webbed ; belly granulate behind. M. albofrenatus F. Mill. 1892*.
Nothing is known of the development and laivee of these frogs,
but the eggs are remarkably large, measuring 5 mm, in diameter
in M. guttulatus (¢ 120 mm. from snout to vent), 3 mm. in
M, lugubris (2 50 mm.), 2°5 mm. in WM. betsileanus (2 33 mm.).
MANTIDACTYLUS AMBOHIMITOMBI, Sp. 0.
Vomerine teeth in short transverse or oblique series behind the
level of the choane, equidistant from the latter and from each
other. Head a little broader than long ; snout rounded, feebly
projecting beyond the mouth, with indistinct canthus and very
oblique, concave loreal region; nostril equidistant from the eye
and from the end of the snout ; interorbital region as broad as or
a little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, } to
3 the diameter of the eye, 1 to 13 times its distance from the
latter. Fingers moderately long, first and second equal or first a
little the longer, the discs small, not very much larger than the
well-developed subarticular tubercles. Toes moderately long,
3 webbed, the discs about as large as those of the fingers; no
tarsal fold; inner metatarsal tubercle oval, moderately promi-
nent, + to 4 the length of the inner toe; no outer tubercle.
Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye or between the eye and
the nostril; tibia 24 to 3 times as long as broad, 14 to 2 times in
* M. frenatus Boettg., 1913, is probably identical with this species, although the
hind limb is longer and the discs of the fingers and toes are described as very small.
FROGS OF THE GENUS MANTIDACTYLUS. 261
length from snout to vent, as long as or a little shorter than the
foot. Skin finely granulate above, with or without elongate flat
warts on the sides of the body; a strong, curved glandular fold
from the eye to the shoulder ; lower parts smooth ; femoral gland
more or less distinct, with a single pit, or absent. Brown above,
spotted or marbled with darker, often with a large dark trian-
gular spot between the eyes; a dark canthal streak and a tem-
poral band, usually light-edged beneath ; a yellow vertebra! streak
sometimes present; limbs with more or less distinct dark cross-
bands; hinder side of thighs usually dark brown, with small
yellow spots. White beneath, uniform or mottled with brown,
or nearly entirely brown. Male without vocal sacs.
Nasal bones rather large, narrowly separated from each other
antl from the frontoparietals.
From snout to vent 65 millim.
Several specimens from the Ambohimitombo Forest, Mada-
gascar, from the collection of Dr. Forsyth Major, 1896.
Proc. Zoou, Soc.—l919, No. XIX. 19
w
t
oe
he acd
KAY RE a
CILIARY ACTION IN PLEUROBRACHIA PILEUS. 263
17 Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the Ctenophore
Pleurobrachia pileus Fabry. By Jamus F. GrmMixt,
MEAS ED DsS ce) beZins:
[ Received October 2, 1918: Read November 5, 1918. ;
(Text-figures 1 & 2.)
During life ciliation is active throughout the internal cavities
of Pleurobrachia; and the latter are wide enough to allow the
divection of the ciliary action on their different surfaces to be
made out from the motion of particles suspended in the con-
tained fluid, e.g. small oil globules, alimentary particles, and
debris.
The “circulation” * is an extremely orderly one and meets the
physiological need for continuous regulated change through the
whole of the internal cavities.
On the whole the circulation inside the funnel system goes
on independently of that within the stomodeum‘. So far as I
could make out, except under the influence of peristaltic action,
only slight interchange of fluid between the stomodeum and the
funnel takes place.
I. Stomodewm (text-figs. 1 & 2).
Round the margin of the mouth there is a very narrow band
best seen in yonng specimens, the cilia of which strike into
the mouth-cavity. Up the middle of each lateral wall of the
stomodeeum, and continued on the thickenings in this region, and
to the infundibular opening, there is a track with aboralward
ciliation. Over the rest of the lateral wall of the stomodzeum the
ciliation is oralwards with a slant towards the sagittal angles.
* Along the sagittal angles from the opening of the funnel to that
of the mouth the ciliation is stronger and in the oralward
direction.
Il. Funnel anid Canal System (text-fig. 2).
We may best follow the circulation here by beginning in the
floor (oral wall) of the funnel at points on opposits sides of the
opening from stomodeum into funnel. It will be remembered
that the aboralward currents up the middle of the sides of the
stomodeum lead to these points. Working transversely outwards
* Reference may be made to the following recent papers on ciliation :—
Carlgren,O. Biol. Centralbl. xxv. 1905, pp. 308-322 (Actinians, Madreporarians).
Orton, J. H. Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. U. K. ix. 1912, pp. 144-478 (Ascidians,
Molluscs).
Orton, J. H. Ibid. x. 1913, pp. 19-49 (Amphioxus, Ascidians, Molluscs).
Gemmill, J. F. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1915, pp. 1-19 (Starfish).
Widmark, E.M.P. Zs. Allg. Phys. Jena, xv. 1913, pp. 33-48 (Aurelia awrita).
+ In this paper the whole of the cavity between mouth and funnel-opening is
called stomodzeum.
19*
264 DR. J. F. GEMMILL ON CILIARY ACTION IN THE —
Text-figure 1.
m.0
Diagram of lateral wall of stomodeum of Plewrobrachia, showing direction of
ciliary currents.
: M.O., mouth-opening ; F.O., funnel-opening.
(For explanation see text.)
Text-figure 2.
Diagram of internal cavities of Plewrobrachia (transverse or infundibular plane in
plane of paper). ‘The arrow-heads in the walls of the cavities point in the
direction of the ciliary currents.
1. Stomodzeum. 2. Funnel. 8. Paragastric canal. 4. Tentacular canal.
5. Perradial canal. 6. Interradial canal. 7. A sub-sagittal canal. 8. A sub-
transverse canal. 9. Adradial canal.
INTERNAL CAVITIES OF PLEUROBRACHIA PILBUS. 265
from either of the points in question we find the current strongly
outwards towards the equator, in the floor of the funnel, but soon
meet the opening into the paragastric canal. The axial wall of
this canal carries cilia which strike oralwards, while on its abaxial
wall the cilia strike in the aboral direction. The canal is thus
bathed mesially by an in-going and laterally by an out-going cur-
rent (text-fig. 2,5). Exactly the same thing holds good for the
ciliation and currents within the tentacle-canals (text-fig. 2, +).
On the floor (oral wall) of the perradial, interradial, and adradial
canals the ciliation is outwards, 7. e., towards the entrances into
the meridional canals.
The adjacent halves of neighbouring sub-sagittal canals are
ciliated along the whole length of their axial walls in the oral-
ward direction. This holds good also for the adjacent halves
of neighbouring sub-transverse canals. The areas of oralward
ciliation thus correspond with the distribution described for the
female gonads at the sides of thé canals. The axial walls of the
remaining halves of all the meridional canals (cf. distribution of
the male gonads) are ciliated in the aboralward direction.
Along the roof (aboral wall) of the adradial, interradial, and
perradial canals the ciliation is inwards, 2. e¢., towards the main
cavity of the funnel. ‘The walls of the aboral extension of the
funnel have an aboralward ciliation, while an oralward reflux
takes place down the middle of this extension into the main
cavity of the funnel.
Here mixing occurs and currents are caught up anew into the
paragastric, tentacle, and other canals.
The arrangement above described proved constant for a con-
siderable number of large and small Plewrobrachia examined.
The tissues are transparent enough to allow the examination to
be made in undissected specimens with the help of a binocular
microscope. Fine carmine grains can be used to supplement the
evidence of the particles floating in the gastrovascular fluids.
Mixed with sea-water the powdered carmine will occasionally be
ingested into the stomodeeum by natural peristaltic action, or it
may be injected into this cavity with the help of a pipette.
After a short interval the carmine is expelled from the mouth,
but meantime in successful cases sufficient particles to be visible
have found their way into the funnel and the cavities leading
therefrom.
The specimens were obtained last June at the Mullport
Biological Station, and the work was done partly there and
partly at Glasgow University, the cost of obtaining material
being met out of a grant from the Carnegie Scottish Universities
Trust.
onset
—
ie
CAPT. D. M. 8. WALTSON ON SEYMOURIA. 267
18. On Seymouria, the most primitive known reptile. By
D. M. 8. Warson, M.Sce., Capt. R.A.F., Lecturer in
Vertebrate Paleontology, University College, London.
[Received September 9, 1918: Read November 19, 1918.]
(Text-figures 1-15.)
The reptile Seymouria bayloriensis was originally described
from two imperfect skulls, one in connection with a few vertebre
and the shoulder-girdle, by Prof. Broili of Munich, whose excel-
lent description made us well acquainted with the structure of
the upper and lateral surfaces of the greater part of the skull, and
gave general information about the palate, occiput, and anterior
axial skeleton.
In 1910 Williston described as Desmospondylus anomalus a
collection of vertebra, a humerus, femur, and some other bones,
which he subsequently recognised as belonging to a young Sey-
mouria. In 1911 the same author described a beautifully
complete skeleton, publishing a restoration to whose accuracy I
am glad to be able to bear testimony. At the same time he
suggested that the skull described by Cope as Conodectes favosus
was really Seymouria, a determination which is undoubtedly
correct. As Cope’s description of Conodectes is quite insufficient
for recognition of the skull, and Seymowriu is a name universally
known, I propose to regard Conodectes as a nomen nudum and
relegate it to the synonymy.
In 1914, v. Huene published figures of the type skull of
Conodectes, but added nothing to our knowledge; and in 1915.
I gave a short description of such knowledge of the otic region
as could be obtained from the rather badly preserved skull of
Conodectes.
In January 1914, through the kindness of Prof. Broili, I was
able to make a careful examination and drawings of the type
material of Seymouria in Munich, which at that time, owing to
a new and more complete preparation, showed many features of
the structure of the palate and occiput which were not referred
to in the original description.
In 1915 I was so fortunate as to collect some Seymouria
material in Texas. The most important of my specimens was
found weathered out on the side of a small hillock about 20 yards
. away from the Cradock bone-bed quarry. I at first supposed it
to be a single individual, but have subsequently found that two
are represented. The better individual is represented by the
pelvis, both hind legs, fifteen presacral, the sacral and the caudal
vertebre in a connected series, and many ribs; these bones are
connected by matrix and are all articulated. Almost certainly
belonging to this individual are the atlas and axis and three
268 ‘CAPT, D, M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
succeeding vertebra, with the incomplete right scapula, coracoid,
and clavicle attached by matrix, the occipital region and part of
the right side of the skull and lower jaw, the lower end of a
radiag) and ulna, and a metacarpus. ‘The associated skeleton is
represented by a sacral and nine presacral vertebre, an incom-
plete femur and ischium.
Another specimen collected on West Coffee Creek consists of
numerous fragmentary bones of a young individual washed
perfectly clean. I also obtained certain isolated bones.
This material and the new preparation of that at Munich
allow me to add materially to our knowledge of the structure of
this most interesting form, perhaps the most perfect annectant
type known to us.
Skull.
Profs. Broili and Williston have given a satisfactory account
of the upper and lateral surfaces of the skull. The Munich
skulls and that of my skeleton give an equally complete know-
ledge of the occiput and palate. For reference I shall refer to
that Munich skull which has a shoulder-girdle belonging to it
as A, the other as B.
Basioccipital—This bone is yery well shown in my skull. It
is a small bone, remarkably thin dorso-ventrally and of consider-
able width. The dorsal surface appears to be completely covered
by the exoceipitals and forms no part of the floor of the brain-
cavity. The posterior surface forms part of the condyle, which
is wide from side to side, shallow and rounded. The ventral
surface is widely exposed as a quadrangular area bounded in
front by the suture with the basisphenoid. The posterior part
of the lateral border is in contact with the exoccipitals, in advance
of which it is cut out into a shallow notch, the lower border of
the fenestra ovalis. Anteriorly the lateral margin is produced
downward and outward to take part in the formation of the
tuber basisphenoidalis.
Basisphenoid.—The basisphenoid is completely known, so far
as concerns its inferior surface, from the Munich skulls and that
_of my skeleton.
Posteriorly it has a suture with the basioccipital, the ends of
which he on the summits of the well-marked tubera. From the
tubera a pair of prominent ridges run forward on the ventral
surface, so that this face forms a smooth concavity between them.
At the level of the basipterygoid processes these ridges die out,
so that the surface becomes gently convex. The basipterygoid
processes (shown in Munich A & B) are extremely short and end
in a flat articular surface, which does not directly support the
pterygoid but is attached to a separate small bone very clearly
shown in Munich B. The lateral surface of the basisphenoid,
between the tuber and the basipterygoid process, is concave and
passes indistinguishably into that of the prootic. About three
millimetres above the lower edge of the tubera a minute foramen
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 269
opens out from the basisphenoid. A broken face about 5 mm. in
advance of the tubera shows that in that region the basisphenoid
is a thin plate scarcely a millimetre thick medially.
Text-figure 1.
i” PRO BSe\ BOc ParOc
Ex Oc.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Restoration of the palate, X .
General shape and palate from the types in Munich. Details of maxillary dentition
from fragments in my possession. Basisphenoid and occipital region from
my skeleton.
Reference letters :—B.Oc., basioccipital; B.Sp., basisphenoid ; Ecr.Pr., ectoptery-
goid; Ex.Oc.,exoccipital ; Mx., maxilla ; P.Mx., premaxilla; Pat., palatine ;
Par.Oc., paroccipital ; PR.O., prootic ; Pr.V., prevomer; Qu., quadrate ;
X, autogenous basipterygoid process ?
Parasphenoid.—The parasphenoid is well shown in Munich B
as a short narrow rostrum projecting forward in the palate
between the pterygoids.
The type of Conodectes shows that it supports a large ethmoidal
ossification which surrounds the anterior part of the brain.
Exoccipital.—The right exoccipital is well shown in my skull,
270 CAPT. D, M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
in which unfortunately a piece about 2°5 mm. thick is missing
from the middle of its height, this not having been collected.
The exoccipital rests on the upper and lateral surface of the
basioccipital, meeting its fellow above that bone so as to form
the floor of the brain-cavity in the occipital region. Posteriorly
it projects behind the basioccipital and is provided with an arti-
cular face looking downwards and backwards which forms about
a quadrant of the occipital condyle. Above the body the bone is
continued up so as to form the side wall of the brain-cavity until
its posterior surface is overlapped by the occipital flange of the
dermo-supraoccipital.
On the inner surface the exoccipital is excavated into a deep
pit from which a rather large hypoglossal foramen starts to pass
through the bone and open into the large vagus foramen. In
Text-figure 2.
Qu. Pr FArOc &0cBOcFenOv Qud.
2
Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Restoration of the occipital view, X 3.
Membrane-bones from Munich A. Quadrate from a young individual collected
by the writer. Occiput from my skeleton.
Reference letters as before with :—D.S.Oc., dermo-supraoccipital ; Frn.Ov., fenestra
ovalis; Qu.J., quadrato-jugal ; Sq@., squamosal; Tas., tabular.
front of the ridge which bounds the hypoglossal foramen
anteriorly, the inner surface of the exoccipital turns outward
and forms the posterior margin of the foramen for the Xth
snerve. ‘The upper end of the exoccipital is fused with the par-
occipital, no suture being visible. It approaches its fellow of the
opposite side over the foramen magnum, but leaves a space for
the cartilaginous supraoccipital. In my skull the space where
the supraoccipital should be is entirely free from bone, but in the
type of Conodectes there is some evidence of a slight supra-
occipital ossification.
Paroccipital.—The paroccipital is fused with the exoccipital on
the back of the skull. It is separated from the lower part of
that bone by a large notch, the foramen for the vagus nerve.
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 20
Laterally to this it forms a deep plate extending downwards
nearly to the level of the ventral surface of the basioccipital,
where it ends in a suture with the prootic laterally and in a free
margin, part of the border of the fenestra ovalis, at its inner end.
The upper outer part of the posterior surface is overlapped by the
occipital flange of the tabular. Between this region and the top
of the exoccipital the upper part of the posterior surface is turned
forward so as to form a groove, the lower part of the post-temporal
fossa. The cranial end of the paroccipital appears to be narrow,
so that the inner ear is widely open to the cranial cavity in the
bony skull.
Prootic.—Vhe prootic is fused with the lateral margin of the
basisphenoid below and has a suture with the paroccipital
behind. Its lateral face, which alone is satisfactorily shown, has
Text-figure 3.
DQ. occ. Sinks
Qu.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broiliim—Occipital view of the type-skull
Munich A, X 3.
Reference letters as before with :—F.B.Pr., facet on the pterygoid for articulation
with-the “ basipterygoid process.”
a powerful ridge running horizontally along it at about the
middle of its height. Below this it is concave, its lower border
forming part of the rim of the fenestra ovalis mesially and laterally
uniting with the paroccipital, the joint bones forming the massive
pavoccipital process which in section has a V-shaped lower surface.
Above the ridge the prootic is essentially flat, having however
a deep groove leading to a foramen towards the outer end. The
anterior edge of the bone is damaged, but the minute foramen far
the facial nerve is just preserved.
The endocranial end of the bone is shown to be formed by an
extremely thin shell.
Dermo-supraoceipital and Tabuiar.—The dorsal exposure of
these bones on the upper table of the skull has been accurately
described by Broili. Munich A shows their occipital aspect
perfectly. Each dermo-supraoccipital has a small descending
272 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
lappet passing vertically downward, the inner border of this
forms part of the margin of the foramen magnum, the outer, that
of the post-temporal fossa.
The tabular has a similar occipital flange forming the outer
margin of the post-temporal fossa and covering a large area of
the posterior surface of the paroccipital.
My skull suggests the presence of some sort of a flange on the
ventral surface of the tabular articulating with the end of the
paroccipital process. :
Text-figure 4.
\\\ \\ \
AN ib ‘
R Pat ii a a,
\
i)
Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Palate, X 2. Drawn from Munich A.
Reference letters as before with :—B.Pr., the basipterygoid articulations on the
basisphenoid; R.Pau.Tu., right palatine tusk.
Pterygoid.—Vhe pterygoid is completely exposed in Munich A,
The quadrate ramus forms a vertically standing plate whose
posterior surface is concave. ‘The outer margin has a long
suture with the squamosal below the otic notch, ventrally it
separates from that bone so as to leave exposed an area of the
quadrate, with which bone it has a large powerful suture.
The inner margin of the quadrate ramus approaches the
anterior border of the prootic closely, the bone in this region
though deep not nearly reaching the skull-roof. This part of the
ramus bears towards its ventral edge a large, well-developed,
shightly cupped articular facet.
When the perfectly preserved pterygoids and basisphenoids of
Munich A and B are compared, it is seen that there is a large
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. ike
triangular space between this facet on the pterygoid and that on
the basipterygoid process with which in ordinary reptiles it
should articulate. In Munich B, this space is filled up by a
small separate bone on the right side of the skull. The fact that
although in A this bone is not preserved, the facets on the
pterygoids and basipterygoids are identical in the two specimens,
shows beyond dispute that it is a separate bone. Nothing similar
is known in any other Tetrapod.
Text-figure 5.
B Oc
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Palate, X 3. Drawn from Munich B.
Reference letters as before with:—Par.Sp., parasphenoid.
In advance of the quadrate ramus the pterygoid is represented
by a large flat bone in the palate which articulates with its
fellow in the middle line in advance of the parasphenoid, and
laterally has sutures with the transverse, palatine, and prevomer.
That margin of the palatal part of the pterygoid which forms the
anterior limit of the subtemporal fossa is slightly deflected
laterally, so that with the ectopterygoid it forms a small flange
against the inner surface of the lower jaw.
Ectopterygoid.—The ectopterygoid is a bone of few features.
It forms merely a plate in the palate articulating with the
pterygoid in a suture only shown incompletely in my skull, a
long suture with the palatine and presumably another with the
maxilla. About the middle of its area in Munich A is a small
depression probably intended to receive a tooth on the lower
aw.
Palatine.—The palatine is well shown in Munich A and in my
274 CAPT, D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
skull. It has a long suture with the pterygoid, is bounded
posteriorly by the transverse, and in front forms certainly the
back and apparently also a large part of the lateral margin of
the internal narial opening.
Its most interesting feature is the presence of a pit surrounded
by an upstanding ridge, lying on the palatal surface just posterior
to the nostril. This pit contains two large tusks, which replace
one another so that normally only one is functional at once.
The whole arrangement is identical with the large palatine tusks
and their pits in. Labyrinthodonts. It is remarkable that this
tooth has only been deseribed by Cope in Conodectes. It is well
shown also in Munich A and my skull.
Prevomer.—Only the posterior end of the prevomer is known.
The two separate the internal nares and articulate with the
anterior ends of the pterygoids. ;
Quadrate.—An incomplete but isolated and extremely well-
preserved left quadrate belongs to my young West Coffee Creek
specimen. It has a well-ossified and rounded articular margin
rather conspicuously divided into two condyles. The anterior
face is concave. The outer side is entirely occupied by a sutural
surface for the quadrato-jugal and squamosal, and the inner
retains the impression of the tip of the quadrate ramus of the
pterygoid. The exposed posterior surface is triangular and bears
an irregular knob.
Ductus naso-lachrymalis——My skull shows quite clearly the
‘presence of a naso-lachrymal duct lying within the substance of
the lachrymal and extending from the orbit to the nostril.
Septomaxilla.— Whilst removing the matrix from the sym-
physial region of the mandible of my skull, I found a single
septomaxilla which had obviously dropped down through the
posterior naris.
This element is a thin plate of bone bent round so as to clasp
Jacobson’s: organ, and has a flat face for articulation with the
dorsal surface of the prevomer.
Lower jaw.—My skeleton retains the right ramus of the lower
jaw from the symphysis to behind the anterior end of the supra-
meckelian fossa. Both inner and outer surfaces are well exposed,
and a fortunate fracture along a horizontal plane lying just above
the upper surface of the cavity of the jaw, which passes through
the dentary and the three coronoids, places the structure beyond
doubt, as it permits a definite distinction between sutures and
cracks. The sutures are usually very visible, being filled with red
iron oxide and the bone white.
_ Articular.—Both articulars of the young specimen from Coffee
Creek are preserved.
The bone is very short and ends anteriorly in a flat face con-
tinued in life by the remains of Meckel’s cartilage.
The articular surface is convex from back to front and is
divided into two areas, corresponding to the condyles of the
quadrate, by a low ridge running obliquely across.
The outer face has a deeply depressed sutural area for the
THE MOST PRIMITIVE. KNOWN REPTILE. 275
Text-figure 6.
AQNE= =
3 | |
pres q
aa ~
“es
|
oy
cE Poste PrAer Ang, Ar
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Right ramus of the lower jaw of my
skeleton, X 1.
A. Inner surface. The area covered with parallel oblique lines is covered with
matrix ; the teeth in the dentary are restored on the evidence of fragments of
that bone of a youug individual. The articular is drawn from that of a
young individual and is probably slightly too small.
B. Ventral view of a horizontal fracture passing just above the cavity of the lower
jaw of my skeleton.
C. Vertical section seen on the broken posterior end of the jaw.
D. Vertical section seen on a fracture through the splenial region.
Reference letters :—Ane., angular; ART., articular; Cor. I, II, III, the Ist, 2nd,
and 3rd coronoids; Den., dentary; Posr.Sp., post-splenial ; Pr.ARt., pre-
articular; Pat.TH., the palatine tusks, represented in dotted lines to show
their position with the mouth closed; Sp., splenial ; Sur.ANG., surangular,
276 CAPT. D. M. 8S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
surangular; the inner, more faintly marked depressions for the
prearticular and angular. The posterior surface bears a minute
knob representing the postarticular process.
Dentary.—In general the sutures on the outer surface of the
jaw are not well shown. ‘The dentary, however, forms the entire
outer surface for some distance behind the sy mphysis, posteriorly
it ends in a point which is received in a groove in the surangular.
Fragments belonging to the young individ ual show that it carried
a single series of rather large round teeth. Its admesial surface
has a long perfectly straight suture with the coronoids.
Splenial—The splenial appears to enter the symphysis. It
forms the lower border of the anterior portion of the jaw, its
suture with the dentary running along just above the-lower edge
on the outer surface. The greater part of the bone, however,
forms a flat inner surface articulating above with the first and
second coronoids, and behind with the prearticular and pre-
angular.
Preangular.—The preangular is a channel-shaped bone forming
the lower part of the jaw, articulating above with the dentary
on the outer surface and the prearticular on the inner, with the
splenial in front and the angular behind.
Angular.—The angular is only very incompletely preserved,
but is a bone of the ordinary reptilian pattern.
Prearticular.—The prearticular is a very large bone running
from the articular to the splenial. Its lower edge has long
sutures with the angular and preangular, interrupted so as to
leave an anterior internal mandibular vacuity between the pre-
articular and preangular and a posterior vacuity bounded by
prearticular and angular.
Coronoids.—The fracture referred to above shows that there
are three coronoids forming together a continuous strip wedged
in between the dentary and surangular on the outside and the
prearticular and splenial within.
The Ist or anterior bone is small and incompletely exposed, it
is not shown to bear any teeth.
The 2nd is:of considerable size, and in the middle of its ep
which in life lies immediately outside the palatine tusks, 1
thickened and carries a*tightly packed mass of small Be
teeth.
The 3rd, posterior, coronoid forms the anterior border of the
supra-meckelian vacuity, extending back along the sides of that
opening in contact with the inner surface of the surangular
outside and the upper edge of the prearticular below. This 3rd
coronoid bears one large bluntly pointed tusk at about the middle
of its length: this tooth is oval in cross-section and was appa-
rently received in a special pit in the ectopterygoid.
Vertebral Column.
Atlas —The first vertebra preserved in my skeleton is the
atlas. The parts preserved ave slightly displaced.
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. OME TS.
There is a large hemicylindrical intercentrum whose width
- agrees with that of the basioccipital part of the condyle. The
lower surface is smooth, short blunt-ended backwardly directed
processes forming its lateral margin. The upper surface of this
bone has laterally two large flat triangular areas for articulation
with the neural elements; between these areas the anterior end
of the bone is excavated into a conical pit, only half of which is
present, but which resembles exactly that in the end of an
ordinary centrum, | ;
Text-figure 7.
Iw!
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili—Three anterior vertebrae, X 2.
Right lateral aspect. Left surface.
The atlas is composed of drawings of the elements in my skeleton replaced in what
appears to be their natural relations, the centrum of the axis and the inter-
centrum before it are hypothetical.
C2, C3, centra of 2nd & 3rd vertebre; In.C.1,2,3, intercentra 1, 2, & 3;
Op., odontoid ; N! & N2, neural arches of Ist & 2nd vertebree.
One pair of other elements is preserved. Each of these has
a high laterally compressed but antero-posteriorly elongated
neural spine, whose posterior margin descends directly to the
hinder end of a well-formed posterior zygapophysis. The
anterior margin of the spine descends vertically about to the
level of this “prions face, and then turns forward so as to
lie horizontally and form the upper edge of a squarish area of
bone whose front edge is rounded and articular and of consider-
able width. The lower part of this region ends in a short blunt
point. It is obvious that the neural spines of the pair of elements
lay in contact with one another and that the zygapophyses were
supported by those of the succeeding vertebra. The anterior end
could have articulated with the exoccipital part of the condyle,
the intercentrum supporting the basioccipital part.
Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1918, No. XX. 20
278 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
The odontoid is a single bone. Its upper surface is slightly
rounded but presents no trace of any articulation. The posterior
surface is not exposed. The anterior surface is slightly convex,
rising to a small point. This surface is in general triangular
with the point at the mid-ventral surface. The lateral edges are
slightly emarginate at about the middle of their height so as to
divide the whole area into thr ee; of these, the lowest articulates
with the anterior iahore Cucumis and the two dorsal with the
neural arches. ‘The lateral surface is nearly flat, but rises some-
what towards the ends; it is triangular, so that there must be a
gap fora triangular intercentrum hetween the odontoid and the
axial centrum.
Text-figure 8.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili. X 2.-
A. Odontoid from in front.
B. Atlantal intercentrum from in front.
C. Atlantal intercentrum from below, anterior end upward.
D. Third intercentrum and centrum from below.
K. Fourth centrum and fifth intercentrum.
Azxis.—The secoud vertebra preserved differs in no important
respect from the third and fourth. It has large well-formed and
somewhat swollen zygapophyses, which are not very much pro-
duced laterally, the lateral part of the newal arch immediately
below the articular surface being extended outward into a short
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 279
but well-formed transverse process bearing a rib-facet distally.
The neural spine of this vertebra is destroyed.
The restoration (text-fig. 7) 1s only uncertain in the shape
and size of the intercentrum between the odontoid and axial
centrum and of that element itself. The sutures between the
neural arch and centrum of the axis are obliterated.
The 3rd and 4th vertebrae exactly resemble the 2nd, except that
the arches are wider and the transverse processes longer. The
neural spine is represented only by a little ridge.
The 5th vertebra exactly resembles that in front of it except
that it has a low but very massive neural spine.
The centra of the 3rd, 4th, and 5th vertebre are short antero-
posteriorly and have a very well-marked keel, their sides being
excavated into deep concavities on each side of the middle line.
The intercentrum between the 4th and 5th vertebre is well
displayed, it is nearly as long as the centrum before it, and
laterally is carried out into well-marked processes for articulation
with the capitula of the ribs.
“The next vertebra completely preserved is the 9th, from which
the series 1s complete and naturally articulated to the 10th
caudal.
The 9th is a typical Seymourta vertebra with a small well-
rounded centrum, considerably longer than that of the 5th. The
arch is enormously wide and massive, but the ends of the com-
paratively slender transverse processes project well beyond the
extremities of the zygapophyses. The 9th vertebra has a low but
very massive spine whose summit is bifid.
From this vertebra to the sacrum the structure of the vertebre
remains very uniform, the only changes being that the transverse
process gradually shortens, the spine becomes lower and more
slender, and the ventral surface of the centrum becomes flattened.
The 10th vertebra is unique in that it is entirely devoid of the
slightest trace of a spine. I myself removed the matrix which
covered it, and the surface is still practically perfect.
My skeleton is abnormal in that the 23rd vertebra is asym-
metrical, on the left side agreeing exactly with that in front,
whilst the right side of the neural arch is much elongated and
carries a sacral rib.
The 24th vertebra, the sacral, is only exposed on the left side,
where it carries a very massive sacral rib, applied to the inner
aspect of the ilium in the usual way. This vertebra has a rela-
tively high and massive spine.
As Prof . Williston has already remarked, the first caudal differs
markedly from all that precede it in its narrow and unexpanded
neural arch. It has a fairly long transverse process. From here
to the sixth the caudals do not differ much, except that the spine
gets progressively more and more slender and leans more steeply
backward.
The seventh and succeeding caudals bear no ribs and the
transverse process has disappeared from them; their centra are
20%
280 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
small and hourglass-shaped and separated from one another by
an interval of more than their own length. The neural arch
rests on the anterior part of the centrum and presents a large
articular face to the space between the centra; the lower part of
this space is in part filled. up by the top of the chevron, but there
ean be no doubt that the condition in life was essentially embolo-
merous, the cartilaginous intercentrum not having ossified.
Text-figure 9.
CavlV ae
Cau. VY
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili. Ribs, X 1.
The numbers are those which the bones drawn occupy in the series.
Cav. IV. & V. are caudal ribs. é
Ribs. —Vhe general distribution and structure of the ribs have
been well described by Williston, to whose account, however, I
ain able to add some details of interest.
The long slender aélantal rib is double-headed, the capitulum
and tuberculum being carried at the ends of two widely separated
branches.
The upper part of the 5th rib, which has a very expanded
distal end, is extraordinarily deep and massive. ‘The two heads _
ave widely separated, the capitulum articulating with a special
process on the intereentrum.
From here backwards the ribs are more slender, and in the
middle of the back the tuberculum is merely a facet on the upper
edge of the rib, and not carried out as a special process.
The sacral ribs cannot be described in detail. The caudal ribs
are remarkably long and massive, they are well curved, and if
found separately would have been regarded as dorsals,
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 28]
The ribs on the 4th and 5th caudals are very distinctly double-
headed, having a distinct emargination between the well-marked
tuberculum and capitulum. This feature is, I believe, known in
no other vertebrate.
Text-figure 10.
F Fron FRCor :
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Outer surface of the incomplete right scapula
and precoracoid, X 2.
The fragment lying on the anterior end of the coracoid is clavicle.
Reference letters ;—Ct., clavicle; F.Gu., glenoid foramen; F.PR.Cor., precoracoid
foramen; F.S.Gu., supra-glenoid foramen; PR.Cor., precoracoid; Sc., scapula.
Shoulder-girdle.—The shoulder-girdle has already been well
described by Broili and Williston, but some features of its
structure have so far escaped observation and others are worthy
£ further emphasis. The scapula is exactly as Williston has
described it, with a very broad supra-glenoid fossa, high up in
which lies the small supra-glenoid foramen. My specimen shows
clearly not only that it only articulates with a single coracoidal
element, but also that it differs from the somewhat similar con-
dition in_Varanoops in not presenting an articular face for a
cartilaginous posterior coracoidal element. In fact the evidence
makes it quite plain that there was only a single coracoid,
corresponding to the anterior one of most Cotylosaurs, the
posterior not being represented even by a cartilage. The pre-
coracoid is as Williston has described it, with a very deep fossa
on its outer surface behind. the front of the glenoid cavity. A
small glenoid and a much larger precoracoid foramen open into
the fossa.
The glenoid cavity is represented by a deep groove, V-shaped
in section. This groove during life must have been filled up
with cartilage, its margins map out a typical screw-shaped glenoid
articulation.
Sternum.—The hard matrix lying on the inner surface of the
.
282 CAPr. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
scapula and coracoid shows quite distinctly traces of an ossification
or ossifications over an area about 2°5 em. by 1-5 em. This bone
is of very open texture and has no definite surface, it was exposed
so irregularly in development and its matrix is so extremely hard
that no account of its shape can be given. It is certain that it
does not represent a series of abdominal ribs or other dermal
ossifications. It does not show any tendency to form long
columns such as sternal ribs would be, and must apparently re-
present a sternum, the first evidence of an ossification in this
element in a Lower Permian reptile.
Text-figure 11.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.—Right side of the pelvis, x 3.
From my skeleton.
Pelwis.--The perfect pelvis of my skeleton agrees very well
with Prof. Williston’s figures and description, but the very
well exposed ilia show certain significant differences from the
young bone figured by Williston (‘American Permian Vertebrates,’
pl. xxix. fig. 7). Im them that part of the bone which hes
behind the acetabulum and articulates with the ischium is quite
large, and a more interesting difference is that the upper margin
of the bone has a distinct projection towards its anterior end.
This feature 1s shown by both right and left ilia.
Femur.—Vhe two well-preserved femora of my skeleton agree
generally with Williston’s figures, but appear to be considerably
less massive. The lower end is very markedly divided into
condyles.
Tarsus.—Both hind limbs are in position with the femur
directed forward with its head in the acetabulum. The knees
are very strongly flexed. The right foot lies naturally articu-
lated, but has been slightly laterally compressed, so as to slide
the head of the third over that of the fourth metatarsal. Only
four tarsals are preserved, and it appears extremely unlikely that
any more were ossified at the death of the individual. The
tarsus and foot are exposed from the plantar surface.
There are three proximal tarsals all closely articulated with
one another and with the tibia, but separated by an interval
of about 8 mm. from the fibula. |
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 283
The fzbiale is a small squarish bone with rounded edges and
corners. It has a somewhat definite edge towards the inter-
medium.
The dntermedium is a well-formed bone with a cylindrically
concave ventral surface. Towards the tibia and fibula it has
well-formed edges, which are separated proximally by a smooth
well-rounded notch of considerable breadth. It articulates with
both tibiale and fibulare, the faces towards those bones being
separated distally by a small smooth notch.
Text-figure 12.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broilii—Right hind leg of my skeleton, x
cto
The bones are represented as they lie in the matrix. The dotted part of the fibula is
exposed on the lower surface of the block and is represented as seen through
it, and its distal end beyond the line which crosses it is drawn reversed from ’
the bone of the left side.
The fibulare is a small rounded bone resembling the tibiale in
general characters. It is separated from the intermedium by a
definite layer of matrix.
The only other tarsal preserved is a small rounded element
above the upper end of the 3rd metatarsal.
In text-fig. 12 I have represented the right femur, tibia, fibula,
and proximal tarsals in the position in which they lie in the
matrix. The part of the fibula indicated in dotted lines is
exposed on the other side of the block, and the distal strip of the
fibula about 1 mm. wide is restored from the bone of the left
side, as the right bone is slightly weathered here.
In text-fig. 13 I have restored the tarsus by moving up the
fibula into contact with the proximal tarsals, the resulting
accuracy of fit is good evidence for the reliability of the figure.
This leg differs from Prof. Williston’s figure somewhat in the
shape of the lower end of the fibula, and much more importantly
in showing the clearest evidence of an intermedium. There is no
284 CAPT. D. M. S$. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
doubt that the distal notch in that bone formed part of the fora-
men which occurs in all Permian reptiles between the ‘“ tibiale”
and fibulare.
Text-figure 13.
Seymouria bayloriensis Broili.
Right tibia, fibula, tarsus, and pes, reconstructed from my skeleton,
the cross-hatched phalanges are not preserved.
The left foot retains a complete 2nd toe and a third which has
obviously been complete but from which part of the first and
the whole of the second phalange are missing, the piece of
matrix containing them not having been collected. ‘These toes
have respectively 3 and 4 phalanges, the terminal one being in
each case a little conical bone.
The foregoing description when read in connection with those
given by previous authors renders Seymouria nearly as well
known as any reptile recent or fossil, and should allow of a very
thorough study of its taxonomic relationships and of the bearing
of its structure on morphological problems. Broili in his original
discussion recognised the extraordinary Stegocephalian appear-
ance of its skull. Williston, from a study of the whole skeleton,
concluded ‘That the relationships of Seymouwria are not very
intimate with any other reptiles known from the Permian ; at
285
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE.
“UOJOTEYS AU MOI, Se] puIy pu
STA} “SOUOd pazelOst IoY}O WoIZ snAouN}T ‘UoJopeys AU WlOIZ BUN pu snIpeA Jo syivd pue snuvpyY ‘UoJolexs
Aud Jo yey} Aq poxy ozis “oANSy 8,UOysI]]LAA WOAJ O[pIS-topnoyg ‘uoyspays AuL wos, sqrt puB uUINJOo [eAqoq10\
“Moppoys Aur Jo vy} Fo squoursery oy Aq paxy azis sf ‘SoANSY $,WO4SIT]LAA WLOIy poyo[utoo [wrtayeur YOLUN oy} way [MAG
“£ X “UoqooYs olf} JO UOIyVIOJsoy—'T]IoIg seswartojing mrunouhag
SC
if,
=>
sy
q 46
Wa prem)?
5 j
o
cs
ie
Wu)
"PI emn3y-4Xx07,
286 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
least any that are tolerably well known. In the skull the
presence of the deep otic notch, the arrangement and number of
the temporal bones, the slender, elongate teeth, longest in the
maxille, and the shape, all U@arontinds the genus widely from
either Diadectes or Limnoscelis, as well as the chief forms now
referred to the Pariotichide, and also from the known foreign
forms.” ‘In any event, it is certainly very remarkable that
this cotylosaur reptile with all its other strange amphibian
affinities should mimic so closely the temporal structure of the
real amphibians.” ‘‘ However, it is very much of a question
whether these resemblances {to Amphibia in skull -and limbs |
are so much the result of heredity and relationships as of
adaptive, parallel, or convergent evolution. We have been
speculating on the assumption that the known temnospondylous
amphibians lke Oacops, Hryops, Huchirosaurus, are, if not the
actual ancestors of the reptiles, their first or second cousins.
But this presumption is, in my opinion, quite unjustified.”
In several papers during the last five years, [ have upheld the
view that Seymowria is the most primitive of all known reptiles,
and that its resemblances to Temnospondyls, particularly to the
Embolomeri, are due to inheritance. I now propose in the hight
of a practically complete knowledge of the skeleton in the
Cotylosaurians Diadectes, Labidosaurus, Captorhinus, Linunvoscelis,
Pariasaurus, and Procolophon, and in the 'Temnospondylous
Amphibia Eryops, Cacops, Trematops, Trimerorachis, Archego-
saurus, Lydekkerina, and Rhinesuchus, and a good knowledge of
the skull and much of the skeleton in many Embolomeri, to
discuss the position of Seymowria in detail.
Labidosaurus and Captorhinus belong to the same family;
each of the other forms represents an independent family; Dia-
dectes, Paraisaurus, and Procolophow represent the superfamily
Diadectomorpha. The other Cotylosaurs are Captorhinomorphs
(Watson, 1917).
The skull and lower jaw of Seymouria as a whole resemble those
of Labyrinthodonts in their reticulate ornamentation. Similar
sculpture is retained by the Captorhinomorpha alone amungst
Cotylosaurs, that of other types being less markedly composed of
pits, sometimes elongated to form long twisted channels.
Basis Cranii.—Vhe basioccipital of Seymouria agrees with those
of all other Lower Permian Cotylosaurs, rachitomous Amphibia,
and.certain Embolomeri, in being excluded from the brain-cavity
by the meeting above it of special flanges from the exoccipitals.
Certain Embolomeri (Pteroplax) have the basioccipital entering
into the border of the foramen magnum, a condition which
appears to be the primitive one for Tetrapods. Seymouria 1s
unique amongst Cotylosaurs in the very large part which the
exoccipitals play i in the condyle. They form welll marked, down-
wardly-projecting areas strongly reminiscent of those of Den YOps,
and not exactly paralleled in’ any other reptile.
‘'HE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. I87
The. large ventral exposure of the basioccipital is a reptilian
character not achieved in Amphibia.
Basisphenord. —The presence of large powerful tubera basi-
sphenoidales in the basis crani of Seymouri ia is a reptilian
character. Definite tubera do occur in certain Temnospondyls
(Eryops), but these are always small. In Embolomeri tubera are
absent.
The short basipterygoid processes of Seymouria supporting the
pterygoid through the intervention of a special bone are unique,
nothing similar occurring in any other known adult reptile or
amphibian, The shape and position of the pterygoid render it
certain that these special bones cannot be the epipterygoids,
which in Dimetrodon are known to articulate with the basi-
sphenoid. Swinnerton and Howes. showed that in the develop-
ment of the skull of Sphenodon special articular cartilages are
developed between the basipterygoid processes and the pterygoid,
and it is not impossible that these are the representatives of the
articular bones in Seymouria.
* On the other hand, Gaupp has shown that in Lacerta the
basipterygoid processes contain independent centres of ossification,
and it is feasible and attractive to regard the Seymouria bones as
permanently separate autogenous basipterygoid processes.
The way in which the sides of the lower surface of the basi-
sphenoid of Seymowria pass on directly into the outer surface of
the prootic is reptilian, agreeing exactly with the conditions in
most Cotylosaurs. The structure of. this region is, however,
equally similar to that of Pteroplax and another Middle Coal-
Measure Embolomerous amphibian; but it is quite different
from the conditions in Rachitom1.
The parasphenoid of Seymouria is of normal reptilian type,
and also agrees with that of Embolomeri. It differs in its small
size from that of Rachitom1.
Brain-case and Otic region.—TVhe brain-case and otic region of
Seymouria present a wonderful mixture of features occurring 1m
other Cotylosaurs and in Labyrinthodontia.
Seymouria is unique amongst reptiles in not possessing an
ossified supraoccipital. It also differs in this respect from the
Embolomeri, but agrees exactly with the conditions in most
Rachitomi.
The whole structure of the exoccipital, its relations to the
basioccipital and paroccipital, and to the skull-roof especially in
its connection with a special descending lappet from the dermo-
supraoccipital, is that of such an amphibian as Trimerorachis,
which resembles Seymowria even in the unusual position of the
hypoglossal foramen.
The Rachitomous amphibian in which the brain-case is most
completely known is Hryops, where the structure has been
described by v. Huene, Broom, the present writer, and Williston.
Although Prof. Williston eriticises certain "points of my
288 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURTA,
description, the discrepancies between his account and mine seem
to be almost entirely, and in all important points are entirely,
differences of interpretation and not of structure. The only sig-
nificant difference is that the foramen I hold to be for the Xth
nerve Williston takes to be that for the XIIth. It is undeniable
that it does greatly resemble a hypoglossal foramen, but in the
several specimens in the American Museum which show both its
outer opening and the suture between the exoccipital and par-
occipital, there is no doubt that it opens between these two bones
as a vagus foramen always does. The course of the Xth nerve
demanded by Williston’s interpretation leads through the large
cavity, which is definitely shown by an American Museum skull,
which I have described and figured, to have housed the vestibule
of the inner ear, and passes out high up in the lateral walls of
the skull through a foramen which is certainly absent in certain
well-preserved New York material, and therefore cannot be for
any cranial nerve. I thus still prefer my own interpretation
of the structure, although for theoretical reasons I should wish
to see a XIIth nerve in Eryops as in so many other Labyrin-
thodonts.
The brain-case and otic region of Seymouria resemble the
corresponding regions of a Rachitomous amphibian in the follow-
ing features :—
1. The large opening from the brain-cavity to that for the
inner ear.
2. The position of the inner ear in the side-wall of the skull.
3. The way in which the inner anterior corner of the prootic
reaches up to the skull-roof.
4. The extremely massive paroccipital process.
5. The upward direction of the paroccipital process.
6. The presence of an occipital flange from the tabular cover-
ing a large area of the back of the paroccipital.
The only difference of importance between the ear-region of
Seymouria and Rachitomous amphibia is that in the reptile the
fenestra ovalis lies very low down, being bounded below by the
basisphenoid and basioccipital along the posterior margin of the
tubera basisphenoidalis, whilst in the Amphibia the lower border
-of the fenestra is formed by the parasphenoid, the basioccipital
at any rate never entering into its margin.
In characters 4, 5, 6, Sea YyNrouria dimen from and is obviously
more primitive than all other reptiles, for it is easy to derive
the very diverse conditions in other Cotylosaurs from those in it.
The condition of the fenestra ovalis in Seymouria is paralleled
amongst Cotylosauria only by the Captorhinide, whieh in this
region present an almost identical structure.
The conditions in such types as Diadectes and Pariasaurus
seem to depend on a reduction in size of the stapes and a corres-
ponding diminution of the fenestra which receives its proximal
‘HE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 289
end. The reduction seems to have taken place at the ventral
end of the opening. The Captorhinide retain a very large
stapes.
Sphenethmoid.~The anterior end of the brain of Seymowria is
surrounded by a badly known bone, which agrees exactly in its
main features with the sphenethmoid of Hryops, and with the
same bone in Pariasaurus and similar bones in other Cotylosaurs.
Palate.—TVhe palate of Seymouria is in essentials identical with
that of the Embolomerous Labyzinthodonts.
The resemblances depend on the identity in shape of the large
pterygoid, meeting its fellow in the middle line anteriorly,
laterally articulating with the prevomer, palatine, and ectoptery-
goid, and having the quadrate ramus formed by a vertically
standing plate reaching nearly up to the skull-roof, and bending
round behind the quadrate to meet the squamosal in a long
suture. [
This bone is covered, apparently all over, by a shagreen of
granular teeth in Seymouria and Pteroplax.
- The palatine of Seymouria agrees exactly with that of Temno-
spondyli in structure, the most striking similarity lying in the
tusk. This tooth is unique amongst reptiles in its mode of
insertion in a pit which also encloses thé replacing tooth, but
agrees exactly with all the large palatal teeth of Stegocephalia.
The ectopterygoid of Seymouria agrees exactly with that of
Eryops in contributing to a rudimentary flange which is applied
to the lower jaw, and consists essentially of a deflected corner
formed by pterygoid and transverse. ‘The only feature of the
palate of Seymouria which cannot*be matched in Temnospondyli
is the approximation of the posterior nares to the middle line.
The palate of Seymouria differs from those of all other
reptiles in the presence of the palatine tusks and the very weak
development of the flanges which face the lower jaw.
The Captorhinid palate more nearly resembles that of Seymouwria
than those of other Cotylosaurs, but differs in not having the
quadrate ramus of the pterygoid reaching the squamosal, in the
stronger transverse processes, and the loss of the palatine tusk.
The maxillary teeth of Seymouria exactly resemble those of
Temuospondyls in being fused to their base and to a labial wall
of bone, in having fluted roots, and in being replaced alternately.
No other Cotylosaur has at all a similar dentition.
Prof. Broili has already shown that in its general build, in the
deep otic notch, and the backwardly-inclined quadrate, and in the
presence of the intertemporal, the skull of Seymouria resembles
that of the Temnospondyls. In all these features it differs from
all other reptiles.
The elongated lachrymal reaching from the orbit to the nostril
is, however, a reptilian characteristic known in scarcely any
Tempospondyl.
The septomaxilla of Seymouria agrees with that of Temno-
.
290 CAP. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
spondyli in lying within the nostril and not appearing in the
face. ‘The condition of this bone is known in few other Coty-
losaurs. :
Lower jaw.—The mandible of Seymouria is typically Laby-
rinthodont in structure, agreeing very closely with that of
Trimerorachis, in possessing a post- -splenial and three coronoids,
The presence of a patch of small granular teeth on the second
coronoid is also a point of resemblance to most Rachitomi.
The single large tusk on the 3rd coronoid is unique amongst
Tetrapods, being unparalleled in either Amphibia or Reptilia, but
of constant occurrence in Osteolepid fish.
The non-fusion of the articular with the surangular is a point
in which Seymouwria differs from the Temnospondyls and agrees
with the majority of reptiles.
Vertebral column.—The atlas of Seymouria is unique in the
lateral compression and great antero-posterior length of its
neural elements. This feature comes out most clearly in the
large spine composed of two apposed halves. The pair of
nevval elements together much more resemble a normal dorsal
neural arch than in any other known Tetrapod, and are un-
doubtedly extraor dinarily primitive. The odontoid is thoroughly
reptilian.
The axis of Seymourza in its complete unspecialisation, resem-
bling as it does the vertebra next behind it, is quite different
from that of any other reptile, whilst it agrees with that of
Temnospondyls, where the 2nd and 3rd vertebree have a similar
resemblance to one another.
Prof. Williston in a recent paper has given an account of the
mode of evolution of a Seymouria vertebra from an Embolo-
merous type, with which I am in perfect agreement. He shows
that the Seymouria vertebra is more pr imitive than that of any
other known reptile in having a larger intercentrum, only
slightly reduced from the hiss which represents that bone in
Embolomeri.
The presence of distinct processes for the head of the rib in
certain Seymouwria intercentra is a condition known in many
Rachitomi and occurring in no other reptile.
The presence of a single sacral vertebra only is an Amphibian
feature very rare in reptiles. The wide separation of the centra
of the caudal vertebre suggesting the presence of a ring-shaped
intercentrum, is a very primitive feature.
On the other hand, the massive neural arches of the pre-sacrals
with horizontally placed and widely separate zygapophyses are
typically Cotylosaurian, and occur in no Labyrinthodont what-
soever. The caudal neural arches are also of typical reptilian
type.
Ribs.—In possessing double-headed ribs throughout the whole
pre-sacral part of the vertebral column, Seymouria differs from
all other known Cotylosaurs and agrees with the Embolomeri.
There can be no doubt that two- headed ribs are primitive, and
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 291
that they are preserved on the atlas and axis in all early reptiles
together with a permanent primitive temnospondylous structure.
The double-headed caudal ribs of Seymouria are unique
amongst Tetrapods.
Shoulder-girdle.—I have endeavoured to show that primitively
the Tetrapods had only a single cartilage element on each side of
the shoulder-girdle, that a precoracoid was then added to this,
and subsequently a coracoid appeared. If this view be justified,
Seymouria, which has only a precore acoid and presents no trace
even of a cartilaginous coracoid, is primitive, more so indeed than
any other known lower Permian reptile.
The preservation of all three foramina of the Rachitomous
shoulder-girdle is a primitive feature known in few other
reptiles.
Pelvis.—The ilium of Seymouria differs in. the antero-posterior
elongation of its dorsal end from that of any Rachitomous
Labyrinthodont, but in this character it exactly resembles the
four known Embolomerous ilia. It agrees with these also in the
process from the upper edge toward the anterior end of that
border. Several cotylosaur ilia resemble that of Seymowria in
the production of the caudal end of the upper part of the bone.
Fore linb.—Williston has already called attention to the
remarkably “Tlemnospondyl appearance of the humerus, but he
has also pointed out that this bone differs from all amphibians,
and resembles all early reptilian humeri in the presence of an
entepicondylar foramen.
Hind limb.— Williston has shown how much the Seymowria
femur resembles that of such a Rachitomous amphibian as
Eryops, wd I have nothing to add to his account.
Tt is, however, of great interest to note that it also presents a
still more striking “resemblance to the Lower Carboniferous
(Lower Mississippian) femur which I recognised as probably
reptilian and called Papposaurus traguart. This bone is very
nearly as old as the oldest known amphibian bone, and far older
than any other known reptile.
The tarsus as revealed by my skeleton is thoroughly amphibian
in retaining a separate intermedium. In all other reptiles
except Limnoscelis, where the fibulare is unossified, and the
Plesiosaurs and Ichthyosaurs, there are only two proximal
tarsals, the fibulare and a compound bone formed of the fused
intermedium and tibiale.
-The phalangeal formula is apparently that common to all early
reptiles.
The foregoing series of comparisons show how wonderful a
primitive and annectant form Seymouria is. In every part of its
skeleton it shows a mixture of Temnospondyl and Reptilian
characters, each recognisable, and in general showing little
evidence of an intermediate condition, The whole effect of its
292 CAPT, D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
structure is that of a mosaic of separate details, some completely
amphibian, some completely reptilian, and very few, if any,
showing a passage leading from one to the other. In this fea-
ture our study of Seymouria lends support to the belief first
upheld by the Mendelians and now accepted and used by many
paleontologists, that an individual animal consists of an aggre-
gate of separate characters which are to a large extent capable of
separate evolution, and may indeed proceed with their evolu-
tionary change at very different relative rates in different stocks,
although of course they react on one another so as to produce a
workable result.
It thus appears desirable to have a tabular statement of the
characters in which Seymouria shows an advance on ‘Temno-
spondyl] structure, using so far as possible that of the Embolomeri
as standard, and pointing out where these advances are in
different directions from those which occur in the Rachitomous
Labyrinthodonts, the cousins of the Reptilia.
List of characters in which Seymouria has advanced
above the Embolomeri :—
1. The basioccipital is depressed and no longer presents a
round concave condyle. Rachitomi parallel.
2. There are tubera basisphenoidales. Rachitomi parallel.
3. The exoccipitals exclude the basioccipital from the brain-
cavity. Some Embolomeri and Rachitomi parallel.
[4. A hypoglossal foramen is present. %If really absent in
Embolomeri, Rachitomi parallel. |
5. The exoccipitals reach up to be overlapped by the occi-
pital flanges of the dermo-supraoccipitals. Rachitomi
parallel.
6..The supraoccipital is not ossified. Some Rachitomi
parallel.
7. The inner ear, though widely open to the brain-cavity, is
distinctly separated by arim of bone. Some Rachitomi
* parallel.
8. The fenestra ovalis is large and placed low down so that
its lower margin is formed by that of the basipterygoid
process. Rachitomi not parallel.
9, The paroccipital is ,partly covered behind by an occipital
flange from the tabular. Rachitomi parallel.
10. The lachrymal extends from the orbit to the nostril.
Rachitomi not parallel.
11. The ductus naso-lachrymalis lies in the substance of the
lachrymal. Rachitomi parallel (Micropholis).
12. The choanz lie near to the middle line. Rachitomi not
parallel.
13. The articulating surfaces of the zygapophyses are hori-
zontally placed and the neural arches wide and swollen.
Rachitomi not parallel.
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 293
14, Intercentra with reduced and unossified dorsal halves
occur. Rachitomi parallel.
15. A distinct sacral vertebra is present. Rachitomi parallel.
16. A cleithrum is absent. Rachitomi not parallel,
17. An additional bone occurs on each side of the cartila-
ginous shoulder-girdle. Some Rachitomi parallel.
18. An entepicondylar foramen is present in the humerus.
Rachitomi not parallel.
19. The presacral part of the vertebral column is shortened.
20. An articular not fused with the surangular occurs.
Rachitomi not parallel.
21. The odontoid is a single bone. Rachitomi not parallel.
The only characters which show that Seymouria is a reptile
are: 8, 10, 12, 13, 16, 18, 20, 21, of the foregoing list.
It is specially to be noted that some of these [10, 18, 20]
are features apparently of very minor interest, and that the
really important characters, in the absence of knowledge of which
no one would be justified in recognising the reptilian nature of
Seymouria, ave those of the vertebral column. Nothing like the
large swollen neural arches with horizontally placed articulations
is known in Temnospondyls, and the small notochordal centra
when taken in conjunction with the crescentic intercentra are
equally distinctive.
It thus appears that the vertebral column affords the best
evidence for the reptilian nature of any Paleozoic tetrapod.
It is of interest to compare Seymouwria in more detail with
other Cotylosaurs and putative Cotylosaurs.
Sauravus.—The small, rather imperfectly-known animal from
the upper part of the Stephanian of France described by
Thevenin as Sauravus costei. was regarded by its describer as a
reptile, and referred by Case to the Cotylosauria. This attribu-
tion has not yet been challenged; it appears to have been
founded on the presence in the hind foot of two proximal tarsals
and a digital formula 2, 3, 4, ? 2.
The structure of the vertebral column shows beyond all doubt
that this form is a Lepospondylous amphibian. There are no
intercentra in any part of the column, and in the caudal region
the hemal spines, which in all reptiles are supported by inter-
centra (which in Mososaurs may fuse with the centra), project
from the lower surface of the whole length of the “ centrum.”
They have peculiar fluted ends, exactly similar to Ceraterpeton
and other types forming Miall’s family Nectridia. The dorsal
‘““centra”’ are slender hourglass-shaped bones shown by the
section figured by Thevenin to be continuous with the neural
arch. The presacral neural arches bear a flat lamellar expansion,
the middle of which forms the rib-carrier, the whole structure
being identical with that of a nectridian vertebra. In fact the
whole column differs so fundamentally from that of a Cotylosaur
Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1918, No. X XI. al
294 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
as to be incapable of ready derivation from an Embolomerous
type, while it seems to resemble that of living Amphibia in
being ‘‘ pseudocentrous,” 7. e. with the apparent centrum derived
from a membranous ossification lying between the notochordal
sheath and the cartilaginous blocks of the embryonic vertebra.
The animal is of considerable interest as showing that a reptilian
type of foot may occur in Amphibia in no way connected with
reptilian ancestry.
Kosauravus.—The veniarkable skeleton from the Coal Measures
of’ Linton named by Williston Hosauravus copei, and described
by Cope, Williston, Moodie, and Case, seems to be certainly a
Cotylosaur if Case is correct in stating that the “ neural arches
are low and broad with horizontal zygapophysial faces and short,
heavy spines.” The ‘“intercentral” position of the ribs, which
has troubled certain American authors, really means very little.
The skeleton (which I have not seen) is probably not well
preserved, and if it be that of a reptile as primitive as Seymouria,
no doubt had double-headed ribs of which the capitulum articu-
lated with the intercentrum. The slab may have been split so
that only this head is preserved.
The chief interest of the specimen lies in the proportions of
the animal. ‘Twenty-three left dorsal ribs are preserved, and the
position of the left hand suggests that twenty-eight or more
presacral vertebre were present. There are preserved twenty-
three caudals, the latter half of which series shows no signs of
tapering, so that the tail may easily have been quite as long
as the presacral part of the body. These proportions at once
recall the aquatic Embolomeri. /Pteroplax has more than
28 presacrals, so has Pholidogaster, which animal has a tail as
long as its body. The long slender form of Cricotus is familiar
from Cope’s two skeletons. Thus it is not improbable that
Eosauravus retains a primitive form.
In possessing only two proximal tarsals, it is undoubtedly
more advanced than Seymouria.
Papposaurus.—I have already pointed out that the Lower
Carboniferous femur which is the type and only known material
of Papposaurus traquari distinctly recalls Seymouria. This
resemblance increases the probability (admitted by Williston
and Broili) that the form is a reptile. If so, it is by far the
earliest known. i
Limnoscelis.—The large Cotylosaur from New Mexico described
by Williston as Limnoscelis is in its limb-structure one of the
most primitive known. The skull is, however, far more advanced
than in Seymouria; it retains no trace of the typical Eryopine
shape of the latter skull, in particular the long slender otic
notch of the more primitive form is lost, the posterior surface
appearing to be truncated. The occiput unfortunately has not
yet been described in detail, but from Prof. Williston’s out-
line drawing it appears to be derivable from that of Seymourta
by a migration downwards of the ends of the paroccipital
%
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 295
processes, the fenestra ovalis retaining its position quite at the
lower surface of the skull.
The palate of ZLimnoscelis has advanced far beyond that of
Seymouria in the wide interpterygoid vacuity and in the
pronounced pterygo-transverse flanges.
The lower jaw seems to have lost the post-splenial and pro-
bably the anterior coronoids.
The vertebrz in retaining a quite long spine are probably more
primitive than those of Seymowria, for all the Temnospondyls
have high neural spines.
The single-headed ribs are, however, an advanced feature.
In the shoulder-girdle Limmnoscelis is advanced in having a
posterior coracoid element, but retains in its cleithrum a primitive
bone lost by Seymouria.
The pelvis of Lemnoscelis much resembles that of Seymouria in
the general form of the ventral surface, which is very reminiscent
of Rachitomi in the short pubes. The posteriorly produced ilium
is also a primitive feature retained by both reptiles.
The hind leg of Limmnoscelis resembles that of Seymouria in
having a separate intermedium, but the conditions are different
in the non-ossification of the tibiale in the former animal.
Limnoscelis is thus in most ways: more advanced than Sey-
mouria, although it is still a very primitive reptile.
Diadectide.—The Diadectids, known from New Mexico, Texas,
and probably also Hurope (Stephenospondylus), are obviously
much more advanced reptiles than Seymouria. They have a
remarkably specialised palate and occiput—which region I have
recently discussed in detail. The brain-case is theoretically
derivable from that of Seymouria, but is so extremely modified
that no useful end will be served by a further discussion.
Pariasauride.— With the Middle and Upper Permian group of
the Pariasaurs, we pass to reptiles which haveadvanced much from
the primitive Seymouria structure in all features of skull and
skeleton. Some of these differences I have already pointed out,
others are at once obvious from any comparison. One important
feature which deserves emphasis is the high position of the
fenestra ovalis, which lies on the front of the paroccipital process
far removed from the basioccipital and the tuber basisphenoidalis.
The opening is small and the stapes is a slender rod, without the
much expanded base-plate it must have had in Seymouria.
Procolophonide.—Procolophon and its allies are the most
advanced Cotylosaurs known. They differ extremely from Sey-,
mouria in nearly all features. The differences which at present
most interest me are those in the brain-case and otie region. In
essentials these regions resemble the condition in Sphenodon,
and differ from that in Seymouria in ways I have already pointed
out, perhaps most markedly in the slender paroccipital process
with a grooved lower surface in which the stapes lies, and in the
high position of the fenestra ovalis.
The Cotylosaurs so far considered all differ markedly from
Zils
296 CAPT. D. M. 8. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
Seymouria in the condition of the brain-case and of the ear.
Although their structure could in practically all points be derived
from that of Seymouria, they do not im any way recall that
reptile. In the Captorhinids we find features which distinctly
hark back to the structure of Seymouria, although the group as
u Whole is one of the most advanced of the I’exan Cotylosaurs.
Through the work of Cope, Broili, Case, and especially Willis-
ton, we have a nearly perfect knowledge of the skeleton of both
Captorhinus and the more advanced Labidosawrus, and I have
given a somewhat more detailed account of the occiput than is
to be found in earlier writings.
The skull of Captorhinus is advanced in the loss of the
intertemporal and tabular and the very great reduction of the
supratemporal ; it retains the primitive feature of a lachrymal
reaching the nostril, and of a septomaxilla not appearing on
the face.
It resembles Seymowria in the following important characters :—
1. The occipital condyle is tripartite, the exoccipitals forming
a good deal of its surface.
| Whe: fenestra ovalis is large, surrounded by the pr ootic,
paroccipital, hasioceipital, and basisphenoid ; it is
placed low down in the skull so that its margin below
hes on the border of the tuber basisphenoidalis.
3. The basisphenoid is remarkably similar in the two
genera.
4. The palate of Captorhinus, though advanced in the loss
of the palatine tusks and in the greater development
of the pterygo-transverse flanges, is on the whole not
unlike that of Seymouria.
In the vertebral column the remarkably swollen neural arches
of the presacral vertebre and the short nearly obsolete neural
spines, are points of resemblance between the two forms.
The Captorhinids have advanced over Seymouria in the
following ways :—
1. In the downgrowth of a process of the paroccipital between
the lateral margins of the basioccipital and the inner
border of the fenestra ovalis, so as to separate that
opening more widely from its fellow.
2. In the reduction of the paroccipital processes and the
rotation of their ends downwards.
. In an enormous widening of the supraoccipital.
. Ina great deepening of the whole brain-case.
. Ina reduction of the prootic so that it no longer reaches
the skull-roof.
6. In the loss of the tabular and the restriction of the
dermo-supraoccipital to the occipital surface.
7. In the loss of the intertemporal and in Labidosaurus of
the supratemporal.
Ou co
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 297
8. In the narrowing of the face.
9. In the loss of the palatine tusks.
10. In the better development of the pterygo-transverse
flanges.
11. In the lateral compression of the quadrate so that its
horizontal section is no longer U-shaped.
12. In such reduction of the pterygoid that 1t no longer
reaches the squamosal.
13. Ina considerable compression of the lower part of the
articular.
14. In the loss of the two anterior coronoids and the post-
splenial.
15. In the somewhat more modified axis.
16. In the presence of two sacral vertebre.
17. In the development of single-headed ribs.
18. In the reduction of the intercentra.
19. In the development of a coracoid in addition to the pre-
coracoid.
20. In the reduction and loss of ornament of the lower parts
of the clavicles and the anterior end of the interclavicle.
21. In the loss of the long posterior extension of the dorsal
part of the ilium.
22. In the more advanced humerus.
23. In the loss of the long adductor crest in the femur.
24, In the fusion of the intermedium and the tibiale.
25. In the obliteration of the otic notch by the swinging
backward of the upper end of the quadrate, so that the
posterior end of the skull seems cleanly truncated.
Thus the Captorhinids alone amongst Cotylosaurs present
definite significant resemblances to Seymouria, which in the case
of the palate are due merely to the retention of a primitive
structure, but in the important characters of the fenestra ovalis
and the vertebre are due to the possession by both types of a
structure which is certainly not derived from amphibian ancestors.
The position and character of the fenestra ovalis common to
Seymourt ia and Captorhinus is preserved throughout the whole
series of mammal-like reptiles, the Pelycosaurs and all the later
S. African types. This fact is clearly illustrated in the drawings
of text-fig. 15, where the stapes is indicated by shading.
This position of the fenestra is of course connected with that
restriction of the inner ear to the lower part of the side wall of
the brain-case which I have shown to be one of the most constant
and significant characters of the Anomodontia, and one which is
entirely restricted to them and the Captorhinids, which Prof.
Williston and the writer believe to be their ancestors. Com-
parison of the occipital views of skulls in text-fig. 15, with similar
drawings of any other reptiles, will bring out the difference
between the two types of structure of this region clearly.
Apart from the Captorhinids, only Limnoscelis and Seymouwna
298 CAPT. D. M. S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
Text-figure 15.
Series of occipital views, reduced to the same width, of the skulls of Anomodonts
and of Cotylosaurs connected with that group. To show the low position, at
the back of the tuber basisphenoidalis, which the fenestra ovalis occupies in
these reptiles, its situation is indicated by the stapes.
A. Seymouria bayloriensis.. B. Captorhinus sp.
C. Varanosaurus acutirostris. D. Arctops willistoni.
E. Diademodon browni. F. Deiopeus leptocephalus.
G. Dimetrodon sp. H. Mormosaurus seeleyi.
A, from text-fig. 2; B, from Watson, 1916. (C. Restored from the type-skeleton
in Munich; D, E, & H, from Watson, 1914; F, modified from Watson, 1916;
G, from a skull figured by Case, modified by other material.
A-E form an approximate morphological series; F' & G represent an aberrant side
line arising from C; and H another distinct line also arising from a form near C.
THE MOST PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 299
have this peculiar structure. I havealready brigaded Limmnoscelis
with the Captorhinids. Seymouria is so much more primitive
that it is remarkable to find in it a character of this kind
connecting it clearly with a definite series of more advanced
reptiles.
It remains to be seen whether the other reptiles have lost this
type of fenestra ovalis, or whether, as seems more probable, their
ancestors never possessed it.
It is a remarkably interesting fact that the primitive Pelyco-
saurs such as Varanosaurus retain primitive features found in
Seymouria which have been lost by the Captorhinids. Such
are :—
The retention of a supratemporal lost in Labidosaurus.
The retention of a quadrate which is U-shaped in horizontal
section.
The retention of a suture between the pterygoid and squamosal
° behind the quadrate.
The non-ossification of a posterior coracoidal element in
Varoops.
The retention of a considerably expanded lower end of the
clavicle and a largely expanded interclavicle.
The retention of a posterior process on the ilium.
_ The characters in the above list represent features in which
the Captorhinids are more advanced than the early Pelycosaurs ;
they are, however, all acquired by later Anomodonts and represent
parallel evolutionary changes which have gone on in the Capto-
rhinids and Pelycosaurs independently, since their separation.
The most striking of these characters is the peculiar flattening
and lateral compression of the quadrate. In principle the
quadrates of Captorhinus and Dimetrodon are identical, differing
only in the wide articular condyle of the Cotylosaur. As this
type of quadrate is restricted to the members of the Superfamily
Sphenacodontide, we have a very remarkable case of parallel
evolution, which in the original stock does not follow the main
line of the evolution of the derived group, but duplicates a
structure restricted to a single aberrant side line.
The study of the Seymouria skeleton which fills this paper
shows that that reptile is far more primitive than any other,
presenting a strange mosaic of characters derived without change
from the Embolomerous Labyrinthodonts with common reptilian
characters marking distinct advance over an amphibian structure,
and one or two which are restricted to the mammal-like reptiles
and such Cotylosaurs as can be brought into connection with
them.
These facts have an important bearing on reptilian classifica-
tion, suggesting as they do that all reptiles may be divided into
two groups, one composed only of the Anomodontia and the
Captorhinomorpha, the other of all other reptiles.
300 CAPT. D. M. 8S. WATSON ON SEYMOURIA,
In the Cotylosaurs this division corresponds with that which
I have previously founded on the character of the otic notch,
and the mode in which a vertically placed quadrate is arrived at.
IT have recently found that this division on the character of the
otic notch applies to all reptiles, affording a sharp distinction
between the Anomodonts and all other groups, so that we have
now two quite independent series of characters, the otic notch
and the structure of the fenestra ovalis, which allow us to split all
reptiles, Seymouria excepted, into two-groups. Seymouria itself
shows characters definitely connecting it with one of these.
The curious way in which the structure of Seymouria is built
up of perfectly well-developed amphibian characters and equally
decisive reptilian features, those of intermediate type being very
rare, affords a magnificent example of the way in which the
evolution of great groups may have taken place by the rapid
change of all the definite morphological entities of which it
may be regarded as made up, the changes occurring quite inde-
pendently and over a considerable time, the passage from the
structure of the more primitive to the advanced group being quite
gradual when viewed as a whole, but when further considered
and analysed found to depend on a rapid evolution of separate
regions apparently independently of each other.
I hope that this study of Seymouria will be regarded as placing
beyond dispute the origin of the reptiles from the Embolomerous
Labyrinthodonts.
I wish to express my thanks to the Percy Sladen Trustees, who
paid the expenses of my visit to Texas, to Prof. 8. W. Williston,
who allowed me to study freely the superb collection of Lower
Permian Tetrapods which he has built up in Chicago, to President
Osborn and the Staff of the American Museum for similar
privileges there, and to Prof. F. Broili, who placed the treasures
at Munich at my disposal. I regret that circumstances at
present forbid my obtaining his permission to publish a descrip-
tion of the Seymouria material of which he gave so excellent a
description. Finally, I wish to thank my wife for editing this
paper and thereby removing many obscurities.
Literature.
Broinr, F. 1904. ‘ Permische Stegocephalen und Reptilien aus
Texas.” Paleontographica, Bd. li. pp. 1-120.
——. 1908. “ Ein montiertes Skelet von Labidosaurus hamatus
Cope, einen Cotylosaurier aus dem Perm von Texas.”
Zeitsch. deutsch. geo]. Gesell. Bd. lx. Heft 1, pp. 63-67.
Broom, R. 1913. ‘Studies on the Permian Temnospondylous
Stegocephalians of North America.” Bull. Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. vol. xxxi. pp. 563-595.
Casn, E.C. 1911. A Revision of the Cotylosauria of North
America.
THE MOSLE PRIMITIVE KNOWN REPTILE. 301
Corr, E. D. 1896. *‘ Second Contribution to the History of the
Cotylosauria.” Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. vol. xxxv. pp. 123-
149,
v. Huenn, F. 1913, The Skull Elements of the Permian
Tetrapoda in the American Museum of Natural History,
New York.
Tueventn, A. 1906. ‘““Amphibiens et reptiles du terrain houiller
de France.” Ann. de Paléontologie, tome i. pp. 145—
163.
Wiuurston, 8S. W. 1908. “The oldest known Reptile.’ Journ.
Geol. vol. xvi. pp. 175-192.
——. 1910. “ Desmospondylus anomalus.” Bull. Geol. Soc.
Amer. xxi. p. 280.
——. 1911. American Permian Vertebrates. Chicago, 1911.
——. 1916. “Synopsis of the American Permo-Carboniferous
Tetrapoda.” Contributions from the Walker Museum,
vol. i. No. 9, pp. 193-236.
——. 1917. “ Labidosaurus Cope, a Lower Permian Cotylosaur
reptile from Texas.” Journ. Geol. vol. xxv. pp. 309-
321.
——. 1918. “(1) The Evolution of Vertebre.” “ (2) The
Osteology of some American Permian Vertebrates, IIT.”
Contributions from the Walker Museum, vol. il. pp. 75-
22
Watson, D. M.S. 1912. “The Larger Coal-Measure Amphibia.”
Manch. Memoirs, vol. li. pp. 1-14. 5
——. 1914. “Notes on Varanosaurus acutirostris Broil.” Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xiii. pp. 297-310.
——. 1914. “The Deinocephalia, an Order of Mammal-like
Reptiles.” Proc. Zool. Soe. 1914, pp. 749-786.
——. 1914. “Notes on some Carnivorous Therapsids.” Proc.
‘Zool, Soc. 1914, pp. 1021-1088.
——. 1914. “ Procolophon trigoniceps, a Cotylosaurian Reptile
from South Africa.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914, pp. 735—
747.
——. 1914. “On the Skull of a Pariasaurian reptile, and on
the Relationship of that Type.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1914,
pp. 155-180.
——, 1916. “On the Structure of the Brain-case in certain
Lower Permian Tetrapods.” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist. vol. xxxv. pp. 611-636.
——, 1917. “A sketch Classification of the Pre-Jurassic Tetra-
pod Vertebrates.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1917, pp. 167-186.
——. 1917. “The Evolution of the Tetrapod Shoulder-girdle
and Fore Limb.” Journ, of Anat. vol. li. pp. 1-63.
ON THE FRESHWATER FISHES OF GREAT BRITAIN, 303
EXHIBITIONS AND. NOTICES.
May 7th, 1918.
Prof. E. W. MacBripzg, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Ages of Hlephants, as inferred from the Molar Teeth.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.8., Curator of Mammals, ex-
hibited a series of the molar teeth of Elephants that had died in
the Gardens, and drew particular attention to the state of wear
of the last tooth of an elephant known to be about 50 years old.
Since this tooth comes into use in about the 40th year and had
lost by wear more than one-third of its lamine in 10 years,
Mr. Pocock concluded that the animal would have been toothless
and would have come to the end of her time before she was 70.
My. E. Heron-Atten, F.L.S8., F.R.M.S., F.Z.S., gave a lantern
exhibition of Arenaceous Foraminifera of the genus Thwrammina.
May 28th, 1918.
Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions
to the Society's Menagerie during the month of April 1918 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of April were 209 in number. Of these 129 were acquired
by presentation, 77 were received on deposit, and 3 were bred in
the Menagerie.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
1 Barbary Sheep (Ammotragus lervia), born in the Menagerie
on April 18th.
1 Blossom-headed Parrakeet (Palwornis cyanocephala) 3 , from
India, presented by Miss H. F. Dunbar on April 27th.
Mr. C. Tare Recan, M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.5., gave an account,
illustrated by lantern-slides, of the Freshwater Fishes of Great
Britain, with special reference to their value as food and to the
possibilities of increasing their economic use.
304 LT.-COL. 8. M. COPEMAN ON A COLONY OF
June 11th, 1918.
A. Hizra, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions
to the Society’s Menagerie during the month of May 1918 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during
the month of May were 68 in number. Of these 14 were
acquired by presentation, 46 were purchased, and 8 were bred in
the Menagerie.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
2 Grecian Ibexes (Capra cegagrus), born in the Menagerie on
May 9th and 15th.
1 Ruby-throated Warbler (Calliope calliope), from India, pre-
sented by W. H. St. Quintin, F.Z.S., on May 29th.
1 Indian Chameleon (Chameleon calcaratus), from Calabar, -
presented by A. M. Kinloch on May 11th; new to the Collection.
Observations on a Colony of Burrowing Bees (Andrena fulva)
on Primrose Hill.
Lt.-Col. 8. Moncxron Copeman, M.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., exhibited
examples of the Burrowing Bee, dndrena fulva, and made the
following remarks :—
The existence of a flourishing colony of a burrowing bee
(Andrena fulva) on the western slope of Primrose Hill, where,
during the present year, it has spread over a much more extended
area than previously occupied by it, appears worthy of record
for the reason that one locality only in the neighbourhood of
London—a small area on Hampstead Heath—is cited as a
habitat of this insect in the British Museum Catologue of
Hymenoptera.
For the past six years this particular colony has been kept
under observation, during which period the number of nests has
not markedly varied from season to season until the present year.
The unexampled spread of the colony this year (1918), curiously
enough, was consequent on the manceuvres of a Cadet Battalion
last autumn having converted a previously grassy slope into a
quagmire of mud, now represented by a smooth bare surface of
clayey loam. This patch of ground the bees have found so much
to their liking for nesting-purposes that (as indicated by a scale-
plan drawn by my son last year) they have, in large measure,
deserted their former haunts alongside a neighbouring path to
seize upon the new territory so conveniently provided for them.
Notwithstanding the hardness of the ground, the female bee
excavates in it a tunnel which in many instances, on probing
with a fine flexible wire, I have found to extend to a depth of
BURROWING BEES ON PRIMROSE HILL. 305
ten or twelve inches, and occasionally even more. ‘This insect is
usually about the size of the ‘“ worker” honey-bee, which she
somewhat resembles in form. She is, however, handsomer, and
also appears larger than her actual size owing to the abdomen
especially being covered with a thick pubescence, which ranges in
colour from a pale orange toa tawny-red in hue. This bee is,
in consequence, a conspicuous object on a sunny morning as she
flies in mazy flight, usually a few inches only above the ground.
The male insect is utterly unlike her, being smaller, less pubescent,
and more sombre-toned in hue.
As the outcome of six years’ observations it has been found
that over a period which has varied, according to prevalent
meteorological conditions, from the middle of April to the first
week in May the bees make their first appearance quite suddenly,
following on one or two days of warmer weather. For the first
few days the number of males emerging greatly exceeds that of
females, the relative divergence in numbers being as great as
fifty to one.
* Careful examination of bare patches of ground in the neigh-
bourhood, so soon as the bees are first seen, discloses a number of
small round holes which look as though they had been punched
out with the point of a pencil. These are the open doorways of
the burrows in which eggs were laid in the previous spring and
in which the bees, passing through the stages of larva and pupa,
have finally developed into the perfect insect. Herein the bee
awaits the stimulus of warmth to give it strength to break
through the slight covering of earth beneath which it has been
sheltering since the previous autumn.
Within a few days further, mating having taken place, the
male bees are no longer met with, their brief life ending when
the object of their existence has been attained. Almost imme-
diately the females begin to dig their burrows, as indicated by the
appearance of numerous little mounds like miniature volcanoes,
eventually three or four inches in width and somewhat less in
height. These are gradually built up of the tiny particles of
earth thrown out, a few grains at a time, as the work progresses.
In the first stages of the excavation the bee throws out the
particles of earth between her hind legs, after the fashion of a
dog when digging for a rat or rabbit, aiding the process by
sweeping motions of her abdomen. Later on, however, when
progress has been made beneath the surface, she brings up the
grains of earth she has dug out, on the top of her head, generally
waiting a few moments on reachiag the mouth of her burrow,
before pitching them over the edge with a sudden jerk. The
resulting mounds are easily recognizable owing to the material
of which they are composed being lighter in colour than the
surrounding soil.
On completion of the main burrow small nurseries are opened
out from its sides, in each of which is deposited a carefully
kneaded pellet of pollen and honey, which has to suffice for the
306 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE,
needs of the grub which will develop from the egg laid upon
its surface. This done, the little chamber is sealed up, and the
process again repeated.
During the numerous foraging expeditions necessary for obtain-
ing sufficient pollen and nectar for the sustenance of her future
broods, no care is taken to protect the burrow, a fact of which
advantage is occasionally taken by a Vomada bee, too lazy herself
to build nurseries or to gather stores of food. Waiting therefore
till the rightful owner has set out on her travels, the. “cuckoo ”
bee slips in and deposits an egg on any pellet of food of adequate
size not yet sealed up.
The Andrena bee not infrequently appears to experience con-
siderable difficulty in recognizing her own burrow, as she may
often be seen to tentatively. explore the entrance to several before
suddenly diving down her own. Marking the bee with a little
powdered chalk as she leaves her burrow will render it easy to
recognize the rightful owner on her return.
The burrowing bee having finished her labours underground
does not take the precaution of closing up the mouth of the
burrow, but on her death, within about a month from emergence
from her winter quarters, leaves it to be gradually obliterated by
the levelling of the mound outside under the influence of rain
and wind.
October 22nd, 1918.
Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Srcrerary read the following Report on the Additions
made to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June,
July, August, and September, 1918 :—
JUNE.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of June were 38 in number. Of these 22 were acquired
by presentation, 14 were bred in the Menagerie, and 2 were
deposited.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
1 White-bearded Gnu (Connochetes albojubatus), born in the
Menagerie, June 17th.
4 Taurus Lizards (Lacerta taurica), new to the Collection, from
Calamaria, Salonika, presented by G. H. Colt, F.R.C.S., on June
20th.
JULY.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of July were 328 in number. Of these 24 were acquired
ON WHEAT WEEVIL IN AUSTRALIA. 307
by presentation, 9 were bred in the Menagerie, and 295 were
deposited.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
1 Kiang (Hquus kiang), from Tibet, born in the Menagerie,
July 15th.
1 Eland (Taurotragus oryx), from South Africa, born in the
Menagerie, July 16th.
AUGUST.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of August were 81 in number. Of these 59 were acquired
‘ by presentation, 9 were bred in the Menagerie, and 13 were
deposited.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
1 Thar (Hemitragus jemlaicus), from the Himalayas, born in
the Menagerie, August 10th.
5 Coypus (Myccastor coypus), from the Argentine, born in the
Menagerie, August 16th.
2 Verticillated Geckos (Gecco verticillatus), from Rangoon, pre-
sented by Mrs. Hilda D. Sedgwick, August 10th.
SEPTEMBER.
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of September were 31 in number. Of these 15 were
acquired by presentation, 2 were bred in the Menagerie, 8 were
deposited, and 6 were received in exchange.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
Two hybrid Porcupines (Hystria cristatus x H. africew australis),
born in the Menagerie on September 20th.
On behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.,
exhibited the skin of an abnormally coloured red deer stag shot
by Major R. C. Forster in Scotland, where it had been known
for many years. It was a partial albino, the red hairs of the
body being mixed with grey, the face, throat, and legs being
white, the hoofs pale horn-colour, the muffle pink, and the eyes
blue.
Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects, gave
an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, on the work he had
accomplished for the Wheat Commission on Wheat Weevil in
Australia.
’
308 THE “NEW” RABBIT DISEASE.
November 5th, 1918.
Prof. E. W. MacBrinps, D.Sc., F.B.8., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. D. Sera-Suirn, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a
mounted specimen of a hybrid Cockatoo (d Roseate Cucatwa
roseicapilla x 2 Lesser Sulphur-Crested C. sulphurea), bred in
1917 at Hartwell House, Aylesbury, by Mrs. Lee.
Diagnosis of Helminth Infections.
Dr. R. T. Letrer, M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.8., gave a lantern
exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections from the cha-
racter of the eggs in the feces. He stated that, by examination
of the feeces of a living animal, the extent and specifie nature of
most helminthic infections could be accurately determined, and
the method had been applied successfully as a routine practice
in the case of man, rabbit, dog, cat, and pig, and was apparently
capable of indefinite extension.
The eggs of parasitic worms were constant in character and of
great systematic importance. The ground-plan of the egg-shell
indicated the genus or even subfamily to which the parasite
belonged, and specific differences were found in slight but con-
stant peculiarities in relative length and breadth, and in the
conformation of excrescences on the surface of the shell.
The “ New” Rabbit Disease.
Dr. R. 'T. Lereer also gave a demonstration on the “new”
rabbit disease. Examination of a large number of rabbits shows
that the chief cause of mortality is a coccidial invasion of the
intestinal wall or of the lining of the bile-ducts. According to
Fantham and others the causal agent in both types of disease is
Eimeria stiede, but Dobell holds that the intestinal lesion is due
to a distinct species. In many cases changes in the liver attri-
buted to coccidiosis were the result of infection with Cysticercus
pisiformis, the larval stage of the dog tapeworm Tenia serrata.
Large swellings in the region of the head and neck, suspected to
be cancerous, were due to Cenurus serialis, the larva of the
dog tapeworm TJenia cenurus. Of relatively small economic
importance are infections with the threadworm Oxyuris ambiguus
and the tapeworm Ctenotenia leuckarti. ‘There is some evidence
that a bacterial infection may occasionally be the cause of death.
The coccidia] infections pass from infected to healthy animals
through the feces. When freshly passed the coccidial oocysts
THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE, 309
are not infective. hey only become so after a period of delay,
in which certain developmental changes take place. These
changes proceed more rapidly in dry than in wet feces. Pre-
vention depends upon the systematic periodical removal and
destruction by burning of all pellets and contaminated bedding,
and the use of some fluid which will destroy such oocysts as
remain in the hutch.
Although several cases of coccidial infection in man have been
recorded, “Dobell maintains that in none of these cases is Himeria
stiede the causal agent. There would appear therefore to be no
risk of infection to man.
The cystic stages of the tapeworms of the dog appear to occur
chiefly in those) rabbits fed with dandelions fand other green
stuffs collected from the roadsides, where the vegetation 18
especially liable to contamination with feces of dogs which have
acquired their infections from eating uncooked rabbit offal.
Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., exhibited a series of lanterm-
slides, from photographs taken during the recent visit to the
Zoological Gardens, Sydney, N. 8. Wales.
November 19th, 1918.
Dr. A. Surra Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secrerary read the following Report on the Additions to
the Society’s Menagerie during the month of October, 1918 :—
The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the
month of October were 22 in number. Of these 8 were acquired
by presentation, and 14 were deposited.
The following may be specially mentioned :—
1 Black-cheeked Cercopitheque (Cerccpithecus ascanius), from
the Lower Congo, presented by Chevalier E. Carton de Wiait on
October 2nd. °
2 Mississippi Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis), from North
America, deposited on October 28th.
1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus), from the Hast
Indies, deposited on October 11th. :
Special attention may also be directed to a captured German
Carrier-Pigeon Loft, with 35 of the captured Pigeons, taken by
the Canadians at Folies, France, on August 9th, and presented
to the Society on October 30th by the British Armies in France,
at the suggestion of the War Office.
Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1918, No. XXII. 22
310 CHIMPANZEE WITH PULMONARY TUBERCULOSIS.
Miss K. Lanper, F.Z.S., described the method of preparing
skeietons by the use of trypsin, and exhibited a number of
successful examples from the Society’s Prosectorium.
Mr. E. HavscueK described his investigations into the forms
assumed by drops and vortices of gelatin in various coagulants,
exhibited a series of the formations he had obtained which
simulated animal structures, and demonstrated the method by
which he obtained his results.
Professor F. Woop-Jones, F.Z.S., exhibited a cast and a set of
Roéntgen-ray photographs taken from a Chimpanzee belonging
to the Society, which had recently died from pulmonary tuber-
culosis, and called attention to the possibility of diagnosing
tubercle by this method in living subjects.
Errata in Mr. L. A. Lanz’s communication supra, pp. 11-17.
Table, last line.
For 26, read 36.
Page 13. Footnote, line 3 from bottom.
For 24, read 28.
Page 14. Line 9 from bottom.
For 37, read 39.
Page 15. Last line.
For 121, read 171.
No. 184.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
October 22nd, 1918.
Dr. A. Smitu Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Minutes of the last Scientific Meeting were confirmed,
The Secretary read a list of additions to the Menagerie in the
months of June, July, August, and September 1918.
On behalf of Mr. E. Gerrard, Mr. R. I. Pocock, ¥F.R.S.,
exhibited the skin of an abnormally coloured red deer stag shot
by Major R. C. Forster in Scotland, where it had been known
for many years. It was a partial albino, the red hairs of the
body being mixed with grey, the face, throat, and legs being
white, the hoofs pale hern-colour, the muffle pink, and the eyes
blue.
Sir E. G. Loprr, Bart., Vice-President, read a communication
entitled ‘‘ Notes on the Beavers at Leonardslee, 1916-1918,’
containing evidence of the hitherto unrecorded fact that Beavers
may breed twice in a season.
A memoir by Mr. G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., on
Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus, Blgr., was pre-
sented to the Meeting.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subseribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Stix Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
28
Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.S., Hon. Curator of Insects, gave
an account, illustrated by lantern-slides, on the work he had
accomplished for the Wheat Commission on Wheat Weevil in
Australia,
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, November 5th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :
Professor H. M. Lerroy, F.Z.8.
Exhibition of Lantern-slides illustrating the Sydney Zoo-
logical Gardens.
Bie Liss ts Ds aoe
1 Tae n Gaiibiion on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections
from the Character of the Eggs in the Feces.
(2) Demonstration of the “* New ” Rabbit Disease.
James F', Gemurur, M.A., D.Sc., M.D., F.Z.8.
On Ciliary Action in the Internal Cayities of the Cteno-
phore, Pleurobrachia pileus Fabr.
The following am have been received :—
Ron Seq dinownte id, ‘the most primitive known Reptile.
K. M. Smire, A.R.C.S.
A Comparative Study of certain Sense-organs in the Antenn»
and Palpi of Diptera.
The Comparative Morphology of the Secondary Sexual
Characters of Hlasmobranch Fishes. The Claspers, Clasper
Siphons, and Clasper Glands.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited as far as possible to the description of new results.
* Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonvon,
Rrcent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.
Ociober 29th, 1918.
No. 185.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
S November 5th, 1918.
Professor E. W. MacBrips, D.Sc., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
Mr. D. Sers-Smirs, F.Z.S., Curator of Birds, exhibited a
mounted specimen of a hybrid Cockatoo (d Roseate Cacatwa
roseicapilla x 92 Lesser Sulphur-Crested C. sulphurea), bred in
1917 at Hartwell House, Aylesbury, by Mrs. Lee.
The CHAIRMAN gave an account of a communication by
Dr. James F. Gemmii!l, in which was described the cause of the
ciliary action in the internal cavities of the Ctenophore,
Pleurobrachia pileus.
Dr. R. T. Leiper, M.D., D.Sc., F.Z.8., gave a lantern
exhibition on Diagnosis of Helminth Infections from the chara-
eter of the eggs in the feces. He stated that, by examination
of the feces of a living animal, the extent and specific nature of
most helminthic infections could be accurately determined, and
the method had been applied successfully as a routine practice
in the case of man, rabbit, dog, cat, and pig, and was apparently
capable of indefinite extension.
The eggs of parasitic worms were constant in character and of
great systematic importance. The ground-plan of the egg-shell
indicated the genus or even subfamily to which the parasite
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on
the day of publication at the price of Siwpence, or, if desired, sent post-free
for the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
32
belonged, and specific differences were found in slight but con-
stant peculiarities in relative Jength and breadth, and in the
conformation of excrescences on the surface of the shell.
Dr. R. T. Lererr also gave a demonstration on the “new”
rabbit disease. Examination of a large number of rabbits shows
that the chief cause of mortality is a coccidial invasion of the
intestinal wall or of the lining of the bile-ducts. According to
Fantham and others the causal agent in both types of disease is
Eimeria stiede, but Dobell holds that the intestinal lesion is due
to a distinct species. In many cases changes in the liver attri-
buted to coccidiosis were the result of infection with Cysticercus
pisiformis, the larval stage of the dog tapeworm Tenia serrata.
Large swellings in the region of the head and neck, suspected to
be cancerous, were due to Cenusus serialis, the larva of the
dog tapeworm Tenia cenurus. Of relatively small economic
importance are infections with the threadworm Oxyuris ambiguus
and the tapeworm Cienotenia leuckarti. There is some evidence
that a bacterial infection may occasionally be the cause of death.
The coccidial infections pass from infected to healthy animals
through the feces, When freshly passed the coccidial oocysts
are not infective. They only become so after a period of delay
in which certain developmental changes take place. These
changes proceed more rapidly in dry than in wet feces. Pre-
vention depends upon the systematic periodical removal and
destruction by burning of all pellets and contaminated bedding,
and the use of some fluid which will destroy such oocysts as
remain in the hutch.
Although several cases of coccidial infection in man have been
recorded, Dobell maintains that in none of these cases is Himeria
stiede the causal agent. There would appear therefore to be no
risk of infection to man.
The cystic stages of the tapeworms of the dog appear to occur
chiefly in those rabbits fed with dandelions and other green
stuffs collected from the roadsides, where the vegetation is
especially liable to contamination with feces of dogs which have
acquired their infections from eating uncooked rabbit offal.
33
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will be
held on Tuesday, November 19th, 1918, at 5.30 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
The SECRETARY.
Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in the
month of October 1918.
Miss K. Lanner, B.Sc., F.Z.8.
Exhibition of Skeletons prepared by the “trypsin ” method.
K. HatscHeEK.
Notes on Investigations into the Forms of Drops and
Vortices of Gelatin in various Coagulants.
I EE SON LEB Ee
On Seymowria, the most primitive known Reptile.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. ‘This will render it
necessary for the present that papers siould be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonpow,
Regent’s Park, Lonpon, N:W. 8.
November 12th, 1918.
No. 186.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
November 19th, 1918.
Dr. A. Smira-Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The Secretary read a report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in the month of October 1918, calling special attention
to a captured German Oarrier-pigeon Loft, with thirty-five
of the captured Pigeons, taken by the Canadians at Folies,
France, on August 9th, and presented to the Society by the
War Office through Major A. H. Osman, Officer Commanding the
English Carrier-Pigeon Service.
Miss K. Lanner, F.Z.S., described the method of preparing
skeletons by the use of trypsin, and exhibited a number of
successful examples from the Society’s Prosectorium.
Mr. E. Harscuex described his investigations into the forms
assumed by drops and vortices of gelatin in various coagulants,
exhibited a series of the formations he had obtained which
simulated animal structures, and demonstrated the method by
which he obtained his results.
Professor F. Woop-Jonss, F.Z.S., exhibited a cast and a set of
Rontgen-ray photographs taken from a Chimpanzee belonging
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
36
to the Society, which had recently died from pulmonary tuber-
culosis, and called attention to the possibility of diagnosing
tubercle by this method in living subjects.
Dr. D. M.S. Watson, F.Z.8., gave an account of a Memoir
entitled “On Seymouria, the most primitive known Reptile,”’
and illustrated his remarks by lantern-slides.
The next Meeting for Scientific Business will be held on
Tuesday, February 4th, 1919, at 5°30 p.m. Notice of the
Communications to be made will be issued early in 1919.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOIGcAL Society oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.
November 26th, 1918.
No. 187.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,*
February 4th, 1919.
Dr. 8. F. Harmer, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The SecRETARY read a report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in the months of November and December, 1918.
Mr. C. Davies SHERBORN, F.Z.S., exhibited and made remarks
on a letter written in 1693, by Malpighi to Dr. Mathew Faber,
Sir Dovetas Mawson read a communication on Australasian,
Antarctic, and Subantarctic Life, and exhibited a large series of
lantern-slides illustrating the scenery and mammals and birds
of the South Polar Zone. He commented on the urgent need of
international measures to preserve the fauna of these regions.
The Chairman, expressing the sense of the Meeting, assured
Sir Douglas Mawson of the active sympathy and support of the
Zoological Society.
A communication by Mr. R. I. Pocock was deferred to the
next Meeting, with the consent of the Author.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Sic Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
2
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, February 18th, 1919, at 5.80 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
R. I. Pococg, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
On the External Characters of the Existing Chevrotains.
(Illustrated by lantern-slides.)
K. M. Smiru.
A Comparative Study of certain Sense-Organs in the
Antenne and Palpi of Diptera. (Illustrated by lantern-
slides.)
The following Papers have been received :—
G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S.; F.Z.S:
On a Collection of Fishes from Lake Tanganyika, with
Descriptions of Three new Species.
Miss Joan B. Procter, F.Z.S. :
On the Skull and Affinities of Rana subsigillata, A. Dum.
* The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society or Lonpon,
RecEnNt’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.
February 11th, 1919.
No. 188.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON*
February 18th, 1919.
A. Smita Woopwarp, Esq., LL.D., F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair.
The SecreTary read a Report on the Additions to the Society’s
Menagerie in the month of January 1919.
Mr. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S., F.Z.S., read a paper upon the
external characters of existing Chevrotains (Tragulina), and
showed that the Indian species, commonly cited as Tragulus
meminna, differs in so many important characters from the
Malaysian species that it is necessary to sever it from them as
a distinct genus, for which the name Moschiola, used by Thomas
in a subgeneric sense, is available. In the absence of the inter-
ramal scent-gland, in the structure of the penis, and in the
retention of spots on the pelage, Joschiola is a more primitive
type than Zragulus, and resembles the still more primitive West
African genus Hyemoschus.
Prof. H. Maxwett Lerroy, M.A., F.E.S., communicated a
paper by Mr. K. M. Smuiru, on “‘ A Comparative Study of certain
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘ Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications ; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Stxpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Six Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
4
Sense-Organs in the Antenne and Palpi of Diptera” (illus-
trated by lantern-slides).
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, March 4th, 1919, at 5.30 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
Dr. J. A. Murray, F.Z.S., Acting Honorary Pathologist.
Report on the Deaths in the Gardens during the Year 1918.
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8.
On a Collection of Fishes from Lake Tanganyika, with
Descriptions of Three new Species.
Miss Joan B. Procter, F.Z.S.
On the Skull and Affinities of Rana subsigillata, A. Dum.
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited so far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.
February 20th, 1919.
No. 189.
ABSTRACT OF THE PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.*
March 4th, 1919.
Dr. A. Smita Woopwarp, F.R.S., Vice-President,
in the Chair,
Dr. J. A. Murray, F.Z.S., read a report on the deaths in the
Gardens during the year 1918, illustrating his remarks with
lantern-slides.
Mr. G. A. Bouuencer, F.R.S., F.Z.8., described a collection of
Fishes from Lake Tanganyika, and drew attention to three new
species.
Miss Joan B. Procter, F.Z.8., gave a short account of her
paper ‘‘ On the Skulland Affinities of Rana subsigillata,” drawing
attention to several cranial characters either peculiar to this frog
or held in common with Z. adspersa, its nearest ally.
* This Abstract is published by the Society at its offices, Zoological Gardens,
Regent's Park, N.W., on the Tuesday following the date of Meeting to which
it refers. It will be issued, along with the ‘Proceedings,’ free of extra charge,
to all Fellows who subscribe to the Publications; but it may be obtained on the
day of publication at the price of Sixpence, or, if desired, sent post-free for
the sum of Sia Shillings per annum, payable in advance.
6
The next Meeting of the Society for Scientific Business will
be held on Tuesday, March 18th, 1919, at 5.30 p.m., when the
following communications will be made :—
H. R. A. Mattock, F.R.S., F.Z.S.
‘“Some Points in Insect Mechanics.” (Illustrated with
lantern -slides. )
F, Martin Duncan, F.R.M3S., F.R-P.S.
Exhibition of Photographs and Lantern-slides of Marine
Zoology.
H. F. Biaauw, C.M.Z.S.
“On the Breeding of Orya gazella at Gooilust.”
The following Paper has been received :—
Lancetor T. Hoapen, B.A., B.Sc.
“The Progressive Reduction of the Jugalin the Mammalia.’
(Communicated by Mr. H. W. Unthank, B.A., B.Sc., F.Z.S.)
?
The Publication Committee desire to call the attention of
those who propose to offer Papers to the Society, to the great
increase in the cost of paper and printing. This will render it
necessary for the present that papers should be condensed, and
be limited as far as possible to the description of new results.
Communications intended for the Scientific Meetings should
be addressed to
P. CHALMERS MITCHELL,
Secretary.
ZOOLOGICAL Society oF Lonpon,
Recent’s Park, Lonpon, N.W. 8.
March 1\th, 1919,
Exhibitions and Notices (continued).
Page
The Secrerary. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the month
Of October; ONS Pe eae Meiers Sie uertatal crc steciar sigalg Moyea eer ake Boa OS 309
Miss K. Laypzr, F.Z.S. Description and exhibition of the method of preparing skeletons
Pabyp these) Of tnypstit else staat cl sie las eneder cree 2 fe, 0/0 ote Mop uroieyclicseehevene searanecersicUsteys «+» 310
Mr. E. Harscung. Description and exhibition of investigations into the forms assumed by
drops and vortices of gelatin in various coagulants ......-0..e cece ee eee cece ee 310
Prof. F. Woop-Jonns, F.Z.S. Exhibition of a cast and set of Rontgen-ray photographs
taken from a Chimpanzee which had died from pulmonary tuberculosis .......... 310
PAPERS.
10. ‘Comparison between the Lower Jaws of the Cynodont Reptiles Gomphognathus and
Cynognathus. By Dr. Brantstav Prerronrevics. (Text-figures 1-8.) ......+...0 197
11. On a new Genus of Extinct Muscardine Rodent from the Balearic Islands. By
Dorotuea M. A. Bats, Hon. M.B.O.U. (Plate I. and Text-figures 1 & 2.) ........ 209
12. A Case of Hermaphroditism in a Lizard, Lacerta viridis. By Nor. Tayusr, B.Sc. (Lond.).
(From the Zoological Department, University of London, University College.) (Text-
ACME RELI ON. cetect ae OS Feel Nc ansioos «ein! a's cdipteais rehtoicy ain) slSee Meretaaa ia etelene:c veiltvensyetnia ol cla aol 223
18. On two new Elasmobranch Fishes (Crossorhinus jurassicus, sp. nov., and Protospinax
annectans, gen. et sp. nov.) from the Upper Jurassic Lithographic Stone of Bavaria.
By Artnor Smuira Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S. (PlateI.) .............. 281
14. The Function of Pathological States in Evolution. By Morizy Roserrs oi of Arnie otare 237
15, Noes on the Reavers at Die guuuiisloe, 1916-1918. By Sir Epmounp G. Lopzr, Bart.,
Wiee-BresiconteZ: ssi ache rare avails eteys wien erste iat sho) oleaintisre) etayiersl eleiteln = ap ee ei sien aherete ene OD
16. On the Madagascar Frogs of the Genus Mantidactylus Blgr. By G. A. Bou.nneznr,
SRS ep) HZ Sn ce As oe acolyte svasewee| ein lore TEES CAR G OC ounba ne Gee OTe eon boar an nt 257
17. Ciliary Action in the Internal Cavities of the Ctenophore Pleuwrobrachia pileus Fabr.
By James F. Gemurin, M.A., M.D., DSc., F.Z.S. (Text-figures 1 & 2.) .......... 268
18. On Seymouria, the most primitive known reptile. By D. M.S. Warson, M.Sc., Oapt.
R.A.F., Lecturer in Vertebrate Paizontology, ree see London, (Text-
figures 1-15.) . wpa Ase hetero) Nese iecnaaieheeate sara ete oi Semaky coe at osdae eye Aue ray crepotr ee OM
Mitlepage 2... ssc ee cece tect ee eee teen cette eae Fee ee eb ee tees eee e ene ees 1
List of Council and Officers .............. Aaa Tae Deon eat ir si, UDR Np hyrot a te ween 2 Ne ii
List of Contents ..... SiG em tan ans. ReaD CAPE OP Tens. USA Ghe ia: Rese UR ees lii
Alphabetical List of Contributors ........ 666 6 cece eet e ete eee eee eee ee ee ee ee Vil
PLATES.
1918, Parts III. & IV. (pp. 197-310).
Page
Plate
eae 209
Miss Bate: J. Hypnomys, gen. nov, et Leithia ...ccccscseveuee
I. 1. Crossorhinus jurassicus. 2,3. Protospinax annec- } 93]
J
WoopwarpD:;
UH LRN OO Mer MrT rea AeA SIA aragastnete
NOTICE.
The ‘ Proceedings’ for the year are issued in four parts, paged consecutively,
so that the complete reference is now P. Z. 8.1917, p.... The Distribution
is usually as follows, but on account of war conditions Parts I. & II. were
published simultaneously and Parts III. & IV. are similarly issued :—
Part I. issued in March.
it ee June.
Pe 1G isin September. -
LON ee a) December.
‘ Proceedings,’ 1918, Parts I. & II. (pp. 1-196), were published
together on August 18th, 1918.
-
_ The Abstracts of the ‘ Proceedings,’ Nos. 184-189, are
contained in this Part.
eS.
si
ipa
ang
alae
eR
Pas
1 Tahal
% Dad, Ya DY, | a prePanroni! Ayan 45% 4s ali Me 7 a
a4 BLT Wy ue Yu = lige | | tt 2X ya Apgn! ea oene ms,
pra RAT bi ne eee SERED CODE EEERee 1 ii Laan twe'
>> 1) bela hit (rape AL) pats Nag, aq SJuay |
yt re Ha Pde LT dd a Pe
TAL. (> E Soiree : » oe ee > A | & 5
thos bye LAD n PRRe PR Amat Me |
MHL TT TEE TT LT! 1 | elim tthe. ease
\
29... | inne WA al Ppa da
we M4 An. eu < *Ieceaye ‘Dg Me ge
A a TY “N49 yay ay YY Bhes . ener
\ WY, ONS ra YY ee Ves pl eoan, Re.” iP
] Vaneet?: 2 4494" f Nae Aaah oes ee RN Tar ‘ DA 2
a. | ‘ 894 7 ay in Sa 8 Oa Saas eons bb
Prins. Daas ya 9 WIV yea! i v
ne VS49. -” fin Pe agitate Ms LLY) Late pets
‘ce ms maka we Ns tlt Nfl
b Aly Meer cAAaqeatt asaan ne iRgRhi DO pieeatleey Th te
a | 9 xa 11) RRA LA qe HO UG Ship be |
L 5 iY r
pa if
a
A Ld gh i Asay
seta SO crt DIS LL:
NG NUE » ARAWY et rer pop dt? Slay paboor,
. ale Panne a) Tey vy t eae ayy erntie \y z 4 @ 14 a
eae Rae ila AWA Vee rahe CT NR | | it |
A Ae Wawa eee i if Kant Want Ty Nagy, | te v: ee 5 ~
= eo (M p/ ‘ad q ~% \ uy y S< aay %ee%ea* 4 @: a! |
ann aM iii att Ty ert cree Sagenn boob hb) Sete Vera veces “5 Maas ims
0 Nie ia, sel ag Hyd wes ya peel ; FRCP py pr oor a
We AAA SGe Me] Sanaa il ial ote aang egpnnoathers ehiye SMA
| Nw Pry A Min aya Sil pi lis sii ety 4 @ #7 Eo:
ec Va yA Ng tq qe ry. ceeaR Lh a4 ny
yl ven tt \ n Vif aia Tt ney iad phd \v mn rull =
APAatlen, an.’ ‘SI ones ’ (0 OD sseese: ine Ty Rleasetictt “eg ® ty
SAA YAK SES oe a Ch SS oe s f
ee dy, MeL
Vy Als a 3 Viigo 8 bth pe Saes
Wee 4% q 'ys a Ter a 4
ee Ns apher faen ae WN ry Macon eet {{ be _ ,!
Rae ee Oe re .. Root ae ar a Pe. aa. Tre gh
Ano s OA ty om YY YT.
a] 1
yy y— “5 DEY ry) We vy
| AAA rN Mrs.y\-
rN gh eat teent tail en ae fia Ney
, a rTP Rag av
| Ren
pars been oe oO.
Ww WN Ot ee
af was!
ee eo Bab ta e
ye Ty aga phy By ou, s Eanes. ‘Buna
108 rt Wea aiia caval a ab
WU been, Petitions ape. Ve pebeeaa Baa.
| | \» pee pastes: bh he he Lil
YA Ntgs 2" TIN itd ae (| Waa uorthnnen < ANA TU Re) Ya ane » by ieee)
mT TTT Wy Vp papee?-
pee ON, ae Swe ee = A NAAR nope podtth, \y naib {
ry =~ ») wl. wala te: . > » y oe %* z
MP a he ata Ceuta LL EP are Bagel Let vy y . MEP Bie NAS n ne we ; ue 7? Bt ape
Ss a a ¥ sh ; ip ib y » dio, a 8 ® ba a e Nt.
eae | | ELIT TA May T Ndr Ni AAU Tahlia pet Tne?
] Ae Vig aa" ii f me > |) way TTY TP dria lize Sea unos ay bt Nak MDa,” vt
ae “5, VI 4 ™ shen ay" a4 a
pan bed 1 ) + | | TY Lendl yea pas ' Rasdaderd : 4
oss a
PD PDL, jero aon op ¢:! vs -
eee as oe ty A
plas 177 Neoweperc eh 8a’ °
AVVO wih ae
- : oteede tren... HTP ETT LLL A WP
¥ an i \ : : ? vvv QP: :
: ee pti ¥ att Re WHEEL HIE LTELLETT EEE ut y ne
ie ayy stall naanvannananat wrens
* ago il ‘Syyvgaere
oy 2 F Maa ein.» Ve y Pye \, |
| | WANN aytiva,... AMM Yee
Sa hbs aye
vi Abe sali Bal FETT I,
para mAbet aban eae MN AUN icadalae TEEPE Peete aay josh ug ppbeall
f o TT TT AE
Ba x
ay Wn ANG wal prernads: porwr echt Our Aue, POWS
a i Y, = bv] Vi VroreT L at
1 > a8 a. aA ig
TY Weis it! AMO Ee ORC Er Tb wey chee ening bee OM,
‘
vo 2 acura ay heel ie ee ee an ee = wy
rad
e+
- rf , ey “1: YMUY Saige ees : i e SOEs ree oe — : Z anny S
; x z ; i - Se ee ‘= 3 Bee Ss “s
My Aaya Shah Qin, ve ry ppm peer. her PRA Bee AR
Li ee ones ts
4-5) 2 aos
v~ vrs
all
Ai a
5
aa ape 4,
~ Len ko@. apes